CTM · E-5 BIB · Entry 2 of 25 · Publication

JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL (JFMM) VOLUME IV TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 VOL 4 REV D CHG 2 · APPENDIX A

CHAPTER 3 - BOILER INSPECTION

p. 4

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 iv 3.3.9 Steam Generating Plant Inspector ....................................................................... IV-3-4 3.4 Inspection Scheduling .................................................................................................... IV-3-5 3.5 Boiler Safety Procedures ............................................................................................... IV -3-6 3.6 Boiler Inspections and Requirements ............................................................................ IV-3-7 3.6.1 Routine Inspection ............................................................................................... IV-3- 7 3.6.2 Pre-start of Availabi lity Inspection ...................................................................... IV-3-8 3.6.3 Start of Availabili ty Inspection ............................................................................ IV-3-8 3.6.4 Strength and Integrity Inspection ......................................................................... IV-3-8 3.6.5 Industrial Support Visi t Inspection ...................................................................... IV-3-8 3.6.6 Completion of Availabi lity Inspection ................................................................ IV-3-9 3.6.7 Inactivation or Reactiv ation Inspection ............................................................... IV-3-9 3.6.8 Engineer Officer Inspection ................................................................................. IV-3-9 3.6.9 Special Inspection ................................................................................................ IV-3 -9 3.6.10 Operational Assessments .................................................................................... IV-3-9 3.7 Boiler Inspection Guidelin es and Reports ..................................................................... IV-3-9 3.7.1 Guidelines ............................................................................................................ IV-3-9 3.7.2 Reports ............................................................................................................... IV-3-10 3.8 Boiler Inspection Preparation ...................................................................................... IV-3-1 1 3.9 Boiler Inspection ......................................................................................................... . IV-3-11 3.9.1 Boiler Inspection Form ...................................................................................... IV-3-11 3.9.2 Boiler Inspection Areas ..................................................................................... IV-3-11 3.9.3 Completion of Inspection .................................................................................. IV-3-13 3.10 Automatic Boiler Control Systems and On line Verification Guidelines ..................... IV-3-13 3.11 Boiler Flexibility Tests ................................................................................................ IV-3-14 3.12 Certified Boiler Water and Feedwate r Tester Requirements ....................................... IV-3-14 3.13 Operating and Casualty Procedures ............................................................................. IV-3-14 Appendices A Sample Boiler Inspection Request Message ..................................................... IV-3A-1 B Sample Inspection Confirmation Message ....................................................... IV-3B-1 C Summary of Boiler Inspection Sche duling and Responsibilities ..................... IV-3C-1 D Sample Boiler Inspection Report Cover Letter ................................................ IV-3D-1 E Sample Boiler Inspection – RBO an d Severely Degraded Deficiencies Message ............................................................................................................ IV-3E-1 F Sample RBO Rescission Message .................................................................... IV-3F-1 G Sample 30 Day Update Message ...................................................................... IV-3G-1 CHAPTER 4 - DIESEL ENGINES 4.1 Purpose.................................................................................................................... ....... IV-4-1 4.2 Diesel Engine Inspecto r Certification ............................................................................ IV-4-1 4.3 Diesel Inspections ........................................................................................................ .. IV-4-1

CHAPTER 4 - DIESEL ENGINES

p. 5

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 v 4.3.1 Diesel Engines Requiring Inspections ................................................................. IV-4-1 4.3.2 Periodicity of Inspections .................................................................................... IV-4-2 4.3.3 Inspection Scheduling .......................................................................................... IV-4-5 4.3.4 Inspection Phases ................................................................................................. IV-4 -6 4.3.5 Preparation for Diesel Engine Inspection ............................................................ IV-4-6 4.3.6 Inspection Findings .............................................................................................. IV-4- 7 4.4 Reporting Requirements ................................................................................................ IV- 4-9 4.5 Operation and Maintenance ......................................................................................... IV-4-10 4.6 Compliance ................................................................................................................ .. IV-4-11 4.7 Subject Matter Expert in the Repair a nd Maintenance of Diesel Engines ................... IV-4-13 Appendices A Diesel Maintenance Strategy for Surface Forces ............................................. IV-4A-1 CHAPTER 5 - MARINE SANITATION DEVICES 5.1 Purpose.................................................................................................................... ....... IV-5-1 5.2 Certification ............................................................................................................. ...... IV-5-1 5.3 Responsibilities .......................................................................................................... .... IV-5-2 5.3.1 Type Commander/Immediate S uperior In Command ......................................... IV-5-2 5.3.2 Commanding Officer/Officer In Charge ............................................................. IV-5-2 5.4 System Maintenance and Inspection .............................................................................. IV-5-2 5.5 Technical System Assessment ....................................................................................... IV-5-3 5.6 Training .................................................................................................................. ........ IV-5-3 CHAPTER 6 - OXYGEN AND NITROGEN SYSTEMS 6.1 Purpose.................................................................................................................... ....... IV-6-1 6.2 Precautions ............................................................................................................... ...... IV-6-1 6.3 Aviators Breathing Oxygen Testing .............................................................................. IV-6-2 6.4 Operations and Maintenance ......................................................................................... IV-6-2 CHAPTER 7 - ACCOUNTABILITY AND CERTIFICATION OF NUCLEAR PROPULSION PLANT TEST AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 7.1 Purpose.................................................................................................................... ....... IV-7-1 7.2 Nuclear Test Equipment Categories .............................................................................. IV-7-1 7.3 Action..................................................................................................................... ........ IV-7-2 7.4 Procurement ............................................................................................................... .... IV-7-2 7.5 Nuclear Test Equipment Certification ........................................................................... IV-7-2 7.5.1 Electronic and Electrical Test Equipment ........................................................... IV-7-2

CHAPTER 7 - ACCOUNTABILITY AND CERTIFICATION OF NUCLEAR PROPULSION

p. 6

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 vi 7.5.2 Mechanical Test Equipment ................................................................................ IV-7-3 7.5.3 Recertification Following Reference Revision .................................................... IV-7-3 7.5.4 Certification Documentation ............................................................................... IV-7-3 7.6 Accountability ............................................................................................................ .... IV-7-3 7.6.1 Lost or Damaged Test Equipment ....................................................................... IV-7-4 7.6.2 Cleanliness and Foreign Ma terial Exclusion ....................................................... IV-7-5 7.6.3 Stowage ................................................................................................................ IV-7-5 7.6.4 Inventory .............................................................................................................. IV-7-5 Appendices A Nuclear Test Equipment Check-Out and Check-In Form ................................ IV-7A-1 B Nuclear Support and Test Equipm ent Certification Record ............................. IV-7B-1 CHAPTER 8 - WEAPONS AND CARGO ELEVATOR ASSESSMENTS 8.1 Purpose.................................................................................................................... ....... IV-8-1 8.2 Elevator Support Unit .................................................................................................... IV-8-1 8.3 Ship's Force Assessment Responsibilities ..................................................................... IV-8-1 8.4 Elevator Support Unit Evolutions .................................................................................. IV-8-1 8.4.1 Material Condition Assessment Visit .................................................................. IV-8-2 8.4.2 Repair Visit .......................................................................................................... IV-8-2 8.4.3 In Process Review ................................................................................................ IV-8- 2 8.4.4 On-Board Maintenance Training ......................................................................... IV-8-3 8.4.5 Integrated Logistics Support ................................................................................ IV-8-3 8.5 Visit Scheduling .......................................................................................................... ... IV-8-3 8.6 Reports ................................................................................................................... ........ IV-8-3 CHAPTER 9 - SYSTEM TEST CHECK LIST 9.1 Purpose.................................................................................................................... ....... IV-9-1 9.2 General Instructions ...................................................................................................... . IV-9-2 9.3 Record Retention .......................................................................................................... . IV-9-2 Appendices A Nuclear Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check List ............................ IV-9A-1 B Non-Nuclear Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check List .................... IV-9B-1 C Nuclear and Non-Nuclear Pre-Test Inspection Check List .............................. IV-9C-1 D Nuclear and Non-Nuclear Performa nce of Test Check List ............................. IV-9D-1 CHAPTER 10 - WORK AUTHORIZATION AND CONTROL 10.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-10-2 10.2 Work Authorization ..................................................................................................... IV-10-2 10.3 Work Authorization Control ........................................................................................ IV-10-2 10.4 Work Authorization System ........................................................................................ IV-10-2

CHAPTER 10 - WORK AUTHORIZATION AND CONTROL

p. 7

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 vii 10.4.1 Administration .................................................................................................. IV-1 0-3 10.4.2 Work Authorization Procedure ......................................................................... IV-10-4 10.4.3 Transfer of Non-Nuclear Systems a nd Nuclear Instrumentation and Control Systems (Depot availabilities only) ................................................................. IV-10-5 10.4.4 Work Authorization Form Revisions ................................................................ IV-10-7 10.4.5 Centralized Work Cont rol Procedures .............................................................. IV-10-9 10.4.6 Equipment Tagout Procedures .......................................................................... IV-10-9 10.4.7 Barrier Criteria .................................................................................................. IV- 10-9 10.4.8 Safety of Ship Maintenance Item Id entification, Listing and Control .............. IV-10-9 10.4.9 Ship in Dry Dock (Submarines Under Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual Controls ............................................................................................................ IV-10-13 10.5 Final Certification, Close-Out and Re -entry of Submarine Spaces, Tanks and Voids ................................................................................................................... IV-10-14 10.5.1 Purpose ........................................................................................................... IV -10-14 10.5.2 Discussion ....................................................................................................... IV- 10-14 10.5.3 Action ............................................................................................................. I V-10-14 10.5.4 Applicability ................................................................................................... IV-1 0-15 Appendices A Work Authorization Form .............................................................................. IV-10A-1 B Technical Work Document Record Sheet ...................................................... IV-10B-1 C Work Authorization Form Continua tion and Revision Sheets ....................... IV-10C-1 D Barrier Criteria for Hu ll Penetrations ............................................................. IV-10D-1 E Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List Example ............................................. IV-10E-1 F Safety of Ship Maintena nce Item List ............................................................ IV-10F-1 G Procedures and Safety Precauti ons for Entering Submarine Spaces, Tanks and Voids ............................................................................................. IV-10G-1 H Close-Out Inspection Check-Off List ............................................................. IV-10H-1 CHAPTER 11 - TECHNICAL DATA AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 11.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-11-1 11.2 Shipboard Technical Document Management ............................................................. IV-11-1 11.3 Technical Libraries ...................................................................................................... IV-11-2 11.3.1 Technical Library Supervisor ........................................................................... IV-11-3 11.3.2 Technical Library Non-S upervisory Personnel ................................................ IV-11-5 11.3.3 Technical Library Materials ............................................................................ IV-11-6 11.4 Index of Technical Publications and Ship's Drawing Index ........................................ IV-11-8 11.4.1 Index of Technical Publications ........................................................................ IV-11-8 11.4.2 Ship's Drawing Index ........................................................................................ IV-11-8 11.5 Maintenance Support Centers (Air craft Carriers only) ................................................ IV-11-9 CHAPTER 12 - HULL INSPECTION OF SHIPS AND CRAFT 12.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-12-1 12.1.1 Scope ................................................................................................................ IV-12-1

CHAPTER 12 - HULL INSPECTION OF SHIPS AND CRAFT

p. 8

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 viii 12.1.2 Discussion ........................................................................................................ IV- 12-1 12.2 Action.................................................................................................................... ....... IV-12-3 12.3 Reports .................................................................................................................. ....... IV-12-3 Appendices A Sample Layout of Inspection Areas ............................................................... IV-12A-1 B Hull Reporting Format .................................................................................... IV-12B-1 CHAPTER 13 - WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT TESTING AND INSPECTION 13.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-13-2 13.2 Naval Sea Systems Command Af loat Requirements ................................................... IV-13-2 13.2.1 Definitions....................................................................................................... IV- 13-2 13.2.2 Procedure ........................................................................................................ IV -13-3 13.2.3 Load Test Types and Duration ........................................................................ IV-13-4 13.2.4 Load Test Periodicity ...................................................................................... IV-13-5 13.2.5 Crane Certification Program ........................................................................... IV-13-6 13.2.6 Daily Inspections ............................................................................................ IV-13-6 13.2.7 Use of Nylon Straps ........................................................................................ IV-13-7 13.2.8 Weight Test Pro cedure Matrix ........................................................................ IV-13-7 13.2.9 Identification of Equipment ............................................................................ IV-13-8 13.2.10 Record Keeping .............................................................................................. IV-13-8 13.2.11 Crane Material Condition Assessments .......................................................... IV-13-9 13.3 Naval Facilities Engineering Comm and Ashore Requirements .................................. IV-13-9 13.3.1 Certification Program ................................................................................... IV-13-10 13.3.2 Operator Licensing Program ........................................................................ IV-13-10 13.3.3 Inspections .................................................................................................... IV-1 3-10 13.3.4 Test Procedures ............................................................................................ IV-13-10 13.3.5 Special Purpose Service ................................................................................ IV-13-10 13.4 Slings ................................................................................................................... ...... IV-13-10 13.5 Crane Rigging Gear and Misce llaneous Equipment .................................................. IV-13-10 CHAPTER 14 - MAGAZINE SPRINKLER INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS 14.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................. ...... IV-14-1 14.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ IV-14-1 14.2.1 Commanding Officers ...................................................................................... IV-14-1 14.2.2 Verification Activity ........................................................................................ IV-14-2 14.2.3 Immediate Superior In Command .................................................................... IV-14-2 CHAPTER 15 - CIRCUIT BREAKERS 15.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-15-1 15.2 Circuit Breaker Function and Ac quisition on Navy Ships .......................................... IV-15-1 15.3 Circuit Breaker Overhaul Facilitie s and Part Procurement ......................................... IV-15-1

CHAPTER 15 - CIRCUIT BREAKERS

p. 9

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 ix 15.4 Submarine Circuit Breakers ......................................................................................... IV-15-2 15.5 Navy Policy on Shipboard Circuit Breaker Maintenance and Overhaul ..................... IV-15-2 CHAPTER 16 - AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY SYSTEMS FOR AIRCRAFT CARRIERS ONLY 16.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-16-1 16.2 Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equi pment Maintenance Program .............................. IV-16-1 16.2.1 Applicability .................................................................................................... IV-1 6-1 16.2.2 Objectives ........................................................................................................ IV- 16-1 16.2.3 Responsibilities ................................................................................................ IV-16 -1 16.2.4 Management Team ........................................................................................... IV-16-2 16.2.5 Assist Visits ..................................................................................................... IV- 16-2 16.2.6 Audits ............................................................................................................... IV-16-2 16.3 Aviation Certification .................................................................................................. IV-16-3 16.4 Carrier And Field Service Unit .................................................................................... IV-16-3 16.5 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ IV-16-3 16.5.1 Aircraft Carrier Comm anding Officer ............................................................. IV-16-3 16.5.2 Industrial or Repair Activity ............................................................................ IV-16-4 16.6 Naval Aviation Depot .................................................................................................. IV-16-4 16.7 Naval Aviation Depot Voyage Repair Team ............................................................... IV-16-5 CHAPTER 17 - STEAM CATAPULT INSPECTION 17.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-17-1 17.2 Policy ................................................................................................................... ........ IV-17-2 17.3 Types of Inspections .................................................................................................... IV-17-2 17.4 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ IV-17-2 17.4.1 Naval Sea System s Command .......................................................................... IV-17-2 17.4.2 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Philadelphia Division ..................................... IV-17-3 17.4.3 Type Commander Maintena nce Program Manager .......................................... IV-17-4 17.4.4 SRF or RMC Command ing Officers ................................................................ IV-17-5 17.4.5 Ship Commanding Officer ................................................................................ IV-17-5 17.4.6 SRF or RMC Senior SGPI ................................................................................ IV-17-5 17.4.7 SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME .................................................................. IV-17-6 17.4.8 SRF or RMC SGPI ........................................................................................... IV-17-6 17.5 Inspection Scheduling .................................................................................................. IV-17-7 17.6 Safety ................................................................................................................... ........ IV-17-7 17.7 Inspections Requirements ............................................................................................ IV-17-8 17.7.1 Routine Inspection ............................................................................................ IV-17- 8 17.7.2 Five-Year Strength and Integrity (5YR-SI) Inspection Cycle .......................... IV-17-9 17.7.3 Special Inspections .......................................................................................... IV-17-10

CHAPTER 17 - STEAM CATAPULT INSPECTION

p. 10

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 x 17.7.4 Operational Assessment .................................................................................. IV-17-11 17.7.5 Inactivation Inspection .................................................................................... IV-17-11 17.7.6 Reactivation Inspections ................................................................................. IV-17-11 17.8 Additional Inspection and Reporting Guidelines ....................................................... IV-17-11 17.9 Catapult Accumulator System Inspection Preparation .............................................. IV-17-13 17.10 Catapult Accumulator Inspection ........................................................................... IV-17-14 17.10.1 Catapult Accumulator Inspection Forms ...................................................... IV-17-14 17.10.2 Completion of Inspection ............................................................................. IV-17-14 17.10.3 Operating Procedures ................................................................................... IV-17-14 Appendices A Sample Catapult Accumulator Insp ection Request Message ........................... IV-17A-1 B Sample Inspection Confirmation Letter ........................................................... IV-17B-1 C Sample Catapult Accumulator Insp ection RBO and Severely Degraded Discrepancies Message ................................................................................... IV-17C-1 D Sample Catapult Accumulator RBO Rescission Message .............................. IV-17D-1 E Sample 30-Day Update Message ..................................................................... IV-17E-1 F Summary of Catapult Accumulator Inspection Scheduling and Responsibilities ................................................................................................ IV-17F-1 G Sample Routine Catapult Accumulator In spection Report Cover Letter ......... IV-17G-1 H Sample Five-Year Strength and Integrity Catapult Accumulator Inspection Report Cover Letter ........................................................................ IV-17H-1 I Sample Other Catapult Accumulator In spection Report Cover Letter ............. IV-17I-1 CHAPTER 18 - SUBMARINE SALVAGE INSPECTION 18.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-18-1 18.2 Inspections .............................................................................................................. ..... IV-18-1 18.2.1 Periodicity ........................................................................................................ IV -18-1 18.2.2 Procedures and Reports.................................................................................... IV-18-1 18.2.3 Inspection Resources ....................................................................................... IV-18-2 18.3 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ IV-18-2 18.3.1 Immediate Superior In Command .................................................................... IV-18-2 18.3.2 Commanding Officer or Of ficer In Charge ..................................................... IV-18-2 18.3.3 Senior Inspecting Officer ................................................................................. IV-18-3 Appendices A SSN 21 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check-Off List ....................... IV-18A-1 B SSN 688 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check-Off List ..................... IV-18B-1 C SSBN and SSGN 726 Class Submarine Salvag e Inspection Check-Off List . IV-18C-1 D SSN 774 Class Submarine Salvage Inspection Check-Off List ..................... IV-18D-1 E Sample Pre-Inspection Informa tion or Certification ...................................... IV-18E-1 F Sample Report of Salvage Inspec tion Forwarding Letter ............................... IV-18F-1 CHAPTER 19 - RETENTION OF MATERIAL DEFICIENCY REPORTS AND RECORDS OF EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS AND TESTS

CHAPTER 19 - RETENTION OF MATERIAL DEFICIENCY REPORTS AND RECORDS OF

p. 11

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 xi 19.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-19-1 19.2 Inspection Reports ....................................................................................................... IV-19-1 19.3 Retention of Records of Equipment Characteristics and Tests.................................... IV-19-1 Appendices A Bearing Log (Submarines Only) .................................................................... IV-19A-1 CHAPTER 20 - DIVER LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS, SUBMARINE RESCUE CHAMBER AND DRY DECK SHELTER MAINTENANCE AND CERTIFICATION 20.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-20-1 20.2 Diver Life Support System Mainte nance and Certification......................................... IV-20-1 20.2.1 General ............................................................................................................. I V-20-1 20.2.2 Objective .......................................................................................................... IV -20-1 20.2.3 United States Navy Diving and Mann ed Hyperbaric Systems Safety Certification ..................................................................................................... IV-20-1 Appendices A System Certification Requirements ................................................................ IV-20A-1 CHAPTER 21 - SUBMARINE OXYGEN GENERATING PLANTS 21.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-21-1 21.1.1 Policy ................................................................................................................ IV-21-1 21.1.2 Background ....................................................................................................... IV- 21-2 21.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ IV-21-2 21.2.1 Immediate Superior In Command .................................................................... IV-21-2 21.2.2 Performance Monitoring Team ......................................................................... IV-21-2 21.2.3 Commanding Officer ........................................................................................ IV-21-3 21.3 Requirements for Shipboard Personnel Qualification ................................................. IV-21-4 21.3.1 Training ............................................................................................................. IV-21-4 21.3.2 Watchstanding Prerequisites ............................................................................. IV-21-5 CHAPTER 22 - SUBMARINE ANTENNA TESTING 22.1 Purpose ......................................................................................................................... IV-22-1 22.2 Background .................................................................................................................. IV-22-1 22.3 Policy ................................................................................................................... ........ IV-22-1 22.3.1 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing ............................................................................ IV-22-1 22.3.2 Fleet Maintenance ............................................................................................. IV-22- 2 22.4 Procedure ................................................................................................................ ..... IV-22-2 CHAPTER 23 - GAS TURBINE ENGINE INSPECTION FOR SURFACE FORCE SHIPS 23.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-23-1 23.2 Discussion .................................................................................................................... IV-23-1

CHAPTER 23 - GAS TURBINE ENGINE INSPECTION FOR SURFACE FORCE SHIPS

p. 12

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 xii 23.3 Marine Gas Turbine Inspector...................................................................................IV-23-1 23.3.1 Certification.....................................................................................................IV-23-1 23.3.2 Authorized Functions and Responsibilities……… ... …………………...……IV-23-2 23.4 Gas Turbine Inspections and Requirements................................................................IV-23-5 23.4.1 Applicability....................................................................................................IV-23-5 23.4.2 Pre-Planned Major Maintenance Availability.................................................IV-23-5 23.4.3 Pre-Deployment................................................................................................IV-23-5 23.4.4 Gas Turbine Bulletin Inspections....................................................................IV-23-5 23.4.5 Casualties.........................................................................................................IV-23-6 23.5 Requesting Procedures................................................................................................IV-23-6 23.6 Preparation for Inspection...........................................................................................IV-23-6 23.7 Inspection Procedures.................................................................................................IV-23-6 23.7.1 Post Casualty Inspections................................................................................IV-23-6 23.7.2 Pre-Availability Inspections............................................................................IV-23-6 23.8 Inspection Criteria.......................................................................................................IV-23-6 23.8.1 Repair Before Operating..................................................................................IV-23-6 23.8.2 Severely Degraded...........................................................................................IV-23-7 23.8.3 Major Deficiencies...........................................................................................IV-23-7 23.8.4 Minor Deficiencies..........................................................................................IV-23-8 23.9 Inspection Results.......................................................................................................IV-23-8 CHAPTER 24 - WOOD HULLED SHIPS AND CRAFT 24.1 Purpose........................................................................................................................IV-24-1 24.2 Wood Decay................................................................................................................IV-24-1 24.2.1 Primary Causes................................................................................................IV-24-1 24.2.2 Recognition......................................................................................................IV-24-1 24.2.3 Preventive Measures........................................................................................IV-24-2 24.3 Class Specific Maintenance........................................................................................IV-24-2 24.3.1 MCM Class Vessels.........................................................................................IV-24-2 24.3.2 YP Class Vessels.............................................................................................IV-24-3 24.3.3 USS Constitution.............................................................................................IV-24-3 CHAPTER 25 - GAS FREE ENGINEERING INSPECTIONS 25.1 Purpose........................................................................................................................IV-25-1 25.2 Scope...........................................................................................................................IV-25-1 25.3 Discussion...................................................................................................................IV-25-1 25.4 Oversight.....................................................................................................................IV-25-9 Appendices A Gas Free Engineering Program Assessment Sheet........................................IV-25A-1 CHAPTER 26 - BOARD OF INSPECTION AND SURVEY INSPECTIONS POLICY

CHAPTER 26 - BOARD OF INSPECTION AND SURVEY INSPECTIONS POLICY

p. 13

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 xiii 26.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-26-1 26.1.1 Scope ................................................................................................................ IV-26-1 26.1.2 Background ...................................................................................................... IV-26 -1 26.1.3 Discussion ........................................................................................................ IV- 26-1 26.1.4 Policy… ........................................................................................................... IV- 26-2 26.2 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ IV-26-2 26.2.1 Type Commander ............................................................................................. IV-26-2 26.2.2 Immediate Superior In Command .................................................................... IV-26-3 26.2.3 Ship Commanding Officer ............................................................................... IV-26-3 26.2.4 INSURV Coordinator ...................................................................................... IV-26-3 26.2.5 Regional Maintenance Centers ........................................................................ IV-26-4 26.3 Inspection Scheduling .................................................................................................. IV-26-4 26.3.1 Combined Trial or Acceptance Trial Inspections ............................................. IV-26-4 26.3.2 Guarantee Material Inspection or Final Contract Trials ................................... IV-26-4 26.3.3 Material Inspections .......................................................................................... IV-26- 4 26.4 Preparation for INSURV Inspection ............................................................................ IV-26-5 26.4.1 Active Preparation ............................................................................................ IV-26- 5 26.4.2 Ship's Internal Organization .............................................................................. IV-26-5 26.4.3 Updating the Current Ship's Maintenance Project ............................................ IV-26-5 26.5 Board of Inspection and Survey Inspec tion Conduct and Documentation .................. IV-26-6 26.5.1 Inspection Conduct ........................................................................................... IV-26-6 26.5.2 Deficiency Documentation ............................................................................... IV-26-6 26.6 Post Board of Inspection and Su rvey Inspection Actions ............................................ IV-26-6 26.6.1 Deficiency Processing and Resolution .............................................................. IV-26-6 26.6.2 Post INSURV Inspection Reports .................................................................... IV-26-7 Appendices A INSURV Material Inspection Plan of Action and Milestones ........................ IV-26A-1 CHAPTER 27 - REBOILER INSPECTION 27.1 Purpose................................................................................................................... ...... IV-27-1 27.2 Policy ................................................................................................................... ........ IV-27-2 27.3 Types of Inspections .................................................................................................... IV-27-2 27.4 Responsibilities ............................................................................................................ IV-27-2 27.4.1 Naval Sea System s Command .......................................................................... IV-27-2 27.4.2 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Philadelphia Division ..................................... IV-27-3 27.4.3 Type Commander ............................................................................................. IV-27-4 27.4.4 Regional Maintenance Center ........................................................................... IV-27-5 27.4.5 Regional Maintenance Center Commanding Officer ....................................... IV-27-5 24.4.6 Immediate Superior in Command ..................................................................... IV-27-5 27.4.7 Ship’s Commanding Officer ............................................................................. IV-27-6 27.4.8 Regional Maintenance Center Senior Inspector ............................................... IV-27-6 27.5 Inspection Scheduling .................................................................................................. IV-27-7

CHAPTER 27 - REBOILER INSPECTION

p. 14

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 xiv 27.6 Safety ................................................................................................................... ........ IV-27-7 27.7 Inspections Requirements ............................................................................................ IV-27-8 27.7.1 Routine Inspection ........................................................................................... IV-27-8 27.7.2 Five-Year Strength and Integrity (5YR-SI) Inspection Cycle ......................... IV-27-9 27.7.3 Special Inspection .......................................................................................... IV-27-10 27.7.4 Operational Assessments ............................................................................... IV-27-11 27.7.5 Inactivation Inspection ................................................................................... IV-27-11 27.7.6 Reactivation Inspection .................................................................................. IV-27-11 27.8 Additional Inspection and Reporting Guidelines ....................................................... IV-27-11 27.9 Steam Reboiler Inspection Preparation ...................................................................... IV-27-13 27.10 Boiler Inspection ........................................................................................................ IV-27-14 27.10.1 Reboiler Inspection Forms ........................................................................... IV-27-14 27.10.2 Completion of Inspection ............................................................................. IV-27-14 27.10.3 Operating Procedures ................................................................................... IV-27-14 27.10.4 Eddy Current Inspection ............................................................................... IV-27-14 Appendices A Sample Reboiler Inspection Request Message .............................................. IV-27A-1 B Sample Reboiler Inspection Confirmation Message ...................................... IV-27B-1 C Sample Routine Reboiler Inspecti on Report Cover Letter ............................. IV-27C-1 D Sample Five Year Strength and Integrity Reboiler Inspection Report Cover Letter ....................................................................................... IV-27D-1 E Sample Other Reboiler Inspecti on Report Cover Letter ................................. IV-27E-1 F Sample Reboiler Inspection RBO and Severely Degraded Discrepancies Message ................................................................................... IV-27F-1 G Sample Reboiler Inspection RBO - Discrepancies 30 Day Update Message .............................................................................................. IV-27G-1 H Summary of Reboiler Inspection Sche duling and Responsibilities ................ IV-27H-1 I Sample Reboiler Inspection RBO Discre pancies Rescission Message ........... IV-27I-1

p. 15

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-1-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST 3120.32 - Standard Organiza tion and Regulations of the U.S. Navy (b) OPNAVINST 4700.7 - Maintenance Policy for U.S. Naval Ships (c) COMLANTFLTINST 5400.2 - U.S. Atlantic Fleet Regulations (d) COMPACFLTINST 5400.3 - U.S. Pacific Fleet Regulations (e) NAVSEAINST 4790.8 - Ships’ Maintena nce and Material Management (3-M) Manual 1.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance in the execution and management for tests, inspections and assessments applicable to units of the Navy. a. The Foreword of this manual contains a master listing of all references used throughout the Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual. These references are arranged in alphanumeric order to facilitate their procurement for use with this manual. References used in specific chapters of this volume are listed at the beginning of each chapter in the order in which they appear in the chapter text. b. Acronyms are identified when they are in itially used in this volume. Appendix C of the Foreword of the manual contains a master listing of acronyms used throughout this manual. c. References (a) through (e) must be used in conjunction with this manual, however, the requirements of this manual must not take precedence over these higher authority directives, or technical directives from applicable Systems Commands. Where conflicts exist with previously issued Fleet Commander, Commander, Naval Reserve Forces (COMNAVRESFOR), Type Commander (TYCOM) letters, transmittals and instructions, other than references (c) and (d), this manual must take precedence. Conflicts must be reported to the cognizant TYCOM for resolution. 1.2 SCOPE. This volume applies to all ships and shore activities under the cognizance of Commander, United States Fleet Forces Command (COMUSFLTFORCOM), Commander, Pacific Fleet (COMPACFLT) and COMNAVRESFOR. This volume is not intended to be all encompassing, since the guidance for many elements of the maintenance programs and their execution are issued by higher or technical authority (e.g., Naval Ships’ Technical Manuals (NSTM), Office of the Chief of Naval Operations Instruction (OPNAVINST)). a. This volume contains general topics, a pplicable to all ships and units under the cognizance of COMUSFLTFORCOM or COMPACFLT. In those cases where chapters, sections or paragraphs of chapters are not applicable to certain Forces, an applicability statement has been used for clarification.

CHAPTER 1

p. 16

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-1-2 b. Equipment under the cognizance of the St rategic Systems Programs and Naval Sea Systems Command Nuclear Propulsion Directorate (NAVSEA 08) is maintained following Strategic Systems Programs and NAVSEA 08 directives, respectively. 1.3 CHANGES AND CORRECTIONS. Changes and corrections will be issued as required. Comments and suggestions for improving or changing this volume are invited. Address comments, recommendations and requested changes to Submarine Maintenance Engineering, Planning and Procurement Activity utilizing the change request form located in the front of this manual. If changes are submitted in electronic format, facsimile or E-mail, each change request must contain the information required on the change request form.

p. 17

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 2 FLEET MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY ASSESSMENT REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9810-AA-GTP-010 - Intermediate Maintenance Activity Work Center Requirements Manual (b) COMPACFLTINST 4700.5/COMLANTFLTI NST 4700.1 - Navy Afloat Maintenance Training Strategy (NAMTS) Job Qualification Requirements (JQR) Management (c) NAVSEAINST 4790.8/OPNAVINST 4790.4 - Sh ips’ Maintenance and Material Management (3-M) Manual (d) OPNAVINST 5100.23 - Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual (e) OPNAVINST 5100.19 - Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat (f) OPNAVINST 3120.32 - Standard Organiza tion and Regulations of the U.S. Navy (g) NAVSEA SS521-AG-PRO-010 - U.S. Navy Diving Manual LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Typical Core Capability Assessment Areas B Typical Core Capability Assessment Projects C Sample FMA Assessment Report D FMA Assessment Deficiency Format 2.1 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to provide guidance for conducting a Fleet Maintenance Activity (FMA) Assessment, including areas to be assessed, responsibilities for conducting the assessment and deficiency correction and reporting requirements. 2.1.1 Scope. Fleet Maintenance Activity assessments will be conducted by the Type Commander (TYCOM) or Fleet Commander with cognizance over the FMA. For assessments conducted by the cognizant TYCOM, the assessment team will be comprised of members from each TYCOM that the FMA performs repairs for, with the senior member from the cognizant TYCOM. For assessments conducted by the cognizant Fleet Commander, the assessment team will be comprised of members from each TYCOM that the FMA performs repairs for, with the Fleet Commander, or Fleet Commander assigned TYCOM representative as the senior member of the assessment team. Assessments will be conducted per references (a) through (g) using the Quality Assurance assessment areas prescribed by Volume V, Part I, Chapter 9 of this manual. a. Assessments of Afloat FMAs will be performed annually, not to exceed 18 months. b. Assessments of shore based FMAs will be performed every 18 months, not to exceed 24 months. (TYCOM Quality Assurance assessments, explained in Volume V, Part I, Chapter 9 of this manual, will be accomplished concurrently with FMA assessments when scheduled in the same calendar year.)

CHAPTER 2

p. 18

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2-2 c. (Regional Maintenance Centers only) The following Regional Maintenance Centers (RMC) will be assessed every 18 months not to exceed 24 months. Areas may be assessed more frequently based upon results of previous assessments. These assessments encompass all functions of the RMC standard departments as listed in Commander, Naval Regional Maintenance Center Ship Organization and Regulation Manual: Mid-Atlantic Regional Ma intenance Center (MARMC) Southeast Regional Maintenance Center (SERMC) Southwest Regional Maintenance Center (SWRMC) Pearl Harbor Naval Shipyard and Intermediate Maintenance Facility Puget Sound Naval Shipyard and In termediate Maintenance Facility

Forward Deployed Regional Maintenance Center (FDRMC) d. Assessments are to evaluate the ability of the FMA to execute maintenance following applicable technical directives and specifications. The assessment of FMAs encompasses Repair Department Work Centers (WC) and the direct repair WC support functions performed by other departments. 2.1.2 Applicability. The assessments described in this chapter are applicable for non-nuclear work only. This chapter does not apply to nuclear work and systems; they are addressed separately in Volume V, Part I, Chapter 9 of this manual. 2.2 ASSESSMENT AREAS. a. FMAs are expected to maintain a broad sp ectrum of capabilities at full readiness. The FMA can expect that many of these capabilities will be observed and evaluated during the course of the assessment. The Assessment Team will place primary emphasis on the essential core capabilities, utilizing the guidelines of references (a) and (b). b. Core capability craftsman demonstration areas are shown in Appendices A and B of this chapter. These represent the typical areas to be assessed and, as time permits, the team leader may observe other areas or projects. Observation of “in process work” is preferred to the assignment of projects or mockups in core capability areas. The team leader will make all decisions regarding the assignment of projects. 2.3 ASSESSMENT RESULTS. An overall grade of satisfactory or unsatisfactory will be assigned based on the FMA’s compliance with higher-level requirements and governing technical documents. 2.4 RESPONSIBILITIES. 2.4.1 Type Commander. a. Promulgate an assessment schedule by 30 November for the following calendar year. b. Forward a precepts letter, or a message, to the FMA’s Commanding Officer at least two weeks prior to the assessment. This letter should include: (1) The date of the assessment. (2) Assessment Team member’s security clearance information.

p. 19

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2-3 (3) Core capability areas for the observation of in process work. (4) Logistic support requirements. (5) Additional information as appropriate. c. Conduct an inbrief and outbrief with th e Immediate Superior in Command (ISIC) (if assigned), FMA’s Commanding Officer and designated personnel. A preliminary copy of the Assessment Report will be provided to the FMA at the outbrief. d. Issue the Assessment Report (Appendix C of this chapter) to the FMA via the ISIC within 15 calendar days following completion of the assessment. 2.4.2 Fleet Maintenance Activity. a. Forward team security clearance information to the local base security office and to all units who are or will be in availability during the period of the assessment. b. Designate an Assessment Coordinator to act as the point of contact between the Assessment Team and the command. Notify the appropriate TYCOM of the name and phone number of the Assessment Coordinator upon receipt of the assessment precepts letter. c. Ensure the following assessment support is provided: (1) Access to all industria l areas within the FMA. (2) An adequate and dedicated administ rative work area to allow the Assessment Team to assemble. (3) Parking for the Assessment Team. (4) A telephone with off-ship and long distance capability. (5) Access to Maintenance Resource Management System. (6) Clerical personnel to assist. Th ese personnel will report to the Assessment Team Leader for assignment of working hours and duties. (7) Copying services. (8) Access to all Controlled Work Pack ages (CWP) and standard Formal Work Packages (FWP), including the index of FWPs. (9) Access to selected Repair Departme nt training records and the departmental weekly training schedule for the week of the assessment. (10) A list of all non-nucle ar Technical Work Documents performed since the last assessment. (11) A list of key pers onnel and telephone numbers. (12) A list of capabilities required pe r references (a) and (b), but not held. (13) A list of all critical path jobs scheduled during the assessment. (14) A list of all production or mana gement meetings scheduled during the assessment.

p. 20

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2-4 (15) In the Assessment Team work area, provide: (a) One desk top computer and a laser printer. (b) A copy of the following reference documents: 1 The previous TYCOM or Fleet Assessment report with corrective actions. 2 Equipment out of commission lists. 3 All FMA instructions and notic es, including those pertaining to safety, production and repair functions, and the Command Availability Guide (if applicable). 4 Activity manpower documents. 5 Navy Afloat Maintenance Tr aining Strategy-Training Reports. 6 FMA Capabilities (currently ti tled IMA Capabilities) and WC Validation Reports for all applicable WCs. 7 Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual. 8 TYCOM Training Manual. 9 Repair Department Equipment Status Log. 10 FMA Audit and Surveillance Program records. 11 FMA self-assessments. 12 Departure from Specification files. d. Initiate action to systematically correct each assessment deficiency finding (Appendix D of this chapter) per paragraph 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 of this chapter. 2.5 ASSESSMENT FINDINGS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION. a. For each noted deficiency in an asse ssment area, a finding will be written and classified as either “Immediate Corrective Action Required” or “Corrective Action Required”. b. Audit cards must clearly “s tand on their own” and indicate if certification is or is not impacted by the finding when the audit card deals with SUBSAFE, Deep Submergence Systems or Fly-By-Wire deficiencies. All audit cards annotating a certification issue will be classified as “Immediate Corrective Action Required”. c. The FMA will annotate in the corresponding assessment report enclosure, the corrective actions taken for each finding. d. The Commanding Officer will also submit a findings status report to the TYCOM via the administrative chain of command within 60 days following receipt of the official assessment report. e. Unless a delay is specifi cally authorized by the TYCOM, all findings will be corrected within the time limits specified in paragraphs 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 of this chapter.

p. 21

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2-5 2.5.1 Immediate Corrective Action Required. A deficiency that poses a significant safety hazard or results in a total loss or extreme degradation of the FMA’s readiness to perform work or provide a service within an area of required capability. Findings classified as “Immediate Corrective Action Required” require the immediate attention of the Commanding Officer and must be corrected within 15 days following the date of the assessment out-brief. Additionally, the TYCOM may direct the immediate suspension of work in any area(s) pending resolution of critical deficiencies. 2.5.2 Corrective Action Required. A deficiency which poses a potential hazard to personnel safety or has a significant impact on the FMA’s readiness to perform work or provide a service within an area of required capability. Findings classified as “Corrective Action Required” require the prompt attention of the Commanding Officer to preclude them from developing into “Immediate Corrective Action Required” deficiencies and must be corrected within 60 days following receipt of the official assessment report.

p. 22

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A TYPICAL CORE CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT AREAS 1. Safety or Navy Occupational Safety and Health. 2. Repair Training Effectiveness. 3. Maintenance Management. 4. Maintenance Data System Management. 5. Calibration - Production or WC Management. 6. FWPs (Volume V, Part I, Chapter 2 of this manual). 7. Tool or Equipment Control Programs. 8. Corrosion Control Program (as applicable). 9. Welding and Brazing Programs. 10. Quality Assurance Organization (Volume V of this manual). 11. Nondestructive Testing and N ondestructive Inspection (Volume V, Part I, Chapter 3 of this manual). 12. Technical Work Documents (Volume V, Part I, Chapter 2 of this manual). 13. Planning & Estimating. 14. Technical Library. 15. Hull Repair. 16. Machinery Repair. 17. Electrical Repair. 18. Electronics Repair. 19. Ordnance Repair (as applicable). 20. Weapon System Repair. 21. Weight Handling or Rigging. 22. Diving or Diver Life Support Systems (as applicable). 23. Regional Repair Center Ca pabilities (as applicable).

p. 23

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B TYPICAL CORE CAPABILITY ASSESSMENT PROJECTS 1. Butt Weld (pipe). 2. HY-80 Weld Process. 3. Weld Hard-face. 4. Silver Braze. 5. Tube Bend. 6. Flex Hose Manufacture & Testing. 7. Electroplating. 8. Hydraulic Control Valve Repair. 9. Weight Handling Sling Ma nufacture and Weight Test. 10. Valve Lap and Hydrostatic Test. 11. Other projects as necessary.

p. 24

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C SAMPLE FMA ASSESSMENT REPORT From: TYCOM (as appropriate) To: Commanding Officer, FMA Via: ISIC (as appropriate) Subj: FMA ASSESSMENT Ref: (a) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3; Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual (b) Precepts letter Encl: (1) FMA Assessment Findings (2) FMA Assessment Project Summary 1. Per Volume IV, Chapter 2 of refe rence (a) and reference (b), an FMA Assessment was conducted onboard FMA (Name of assessed command), during the period (Dates of Assessment). 2. The Assessment Team reviewed selected areas as prescribed in reference (a) and their findings and comments are contained in enclosures (1) and (2). Any required corrective actions should be initiated per Volume IV, Chapter 2, paragraph 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 of reference (a). 3. Overall Observation: (A brief su mmary of the results of the assessment including an overall evaluation of satisfactory or unsatisfactory). 4. (Subsequent paragraphs should brie fly comment on major areas of concern found during the assessment).

p. 25

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-2D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D FMA ASSESSMENT DEFICIENCY FORMAT ( ) IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIRED ITEM: AREA: ASSESSOR: DISCUSSED WITH: FINDING:

REFERENCE:

DISCUSSION:

CORRECTIVE ACTION: A. ROOT CAUSES:

B. TEMPORARY CORRECTIVE ACTION:

C. PERMANENT CORRECTIVE ACTION:

p. 26

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 3 BOILER INSPECTION REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST 9220.3 - Propulsion and Aux iliary Plant Inspection and Inspector Certification Program (b) NAVSEA S9086-GY-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 221 (Boilers) (c) NAVSEA S9221-D2-MMA-010 - Steam Gene rating Plant Inspection (Non-Nuclear) (d) NWP 1-03.1 - Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report (e) NAVSEA S6470-AA-SAF-010 - Ga s Free Engineering Manual (f) NAVSEA S9086-CH-STM-030 - NSTM Chapter 074 Volume 3 (Gas Free Engineering) (g) NAVSEA S0400-AD-URM-010/TU M - Tag-Out Users Manual (h) NAVSEA S9086-GX-STM-020 - NSTM Chapter 220 Volume 2, (Boiler Water/Feedwater Test and Treatment) (i) NAVSEA S9086-RK-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 505 (Piping Systems) (j) NAVSEA S9086-G3-STM-010 - NSTM Ch apter 225 (Steam Machinery Controls Systems) (k) OPNAVINST 9220.2 - U.S. Navy Boiler Wa ter and Feedwater Test and Treatment Program (Nuclear Excluded) (l) OPNAVINST 4100.11 - Navy Energy Usage Reporting System (NEURS) (m) COMLANTFLTINST/COMPACFLTINS T 4100.3 - Navy Energy Usage Reporting System (NEURS) LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Sample Boiler Inspection Request Message B Sample Inspection Confirmation Message C Summary of Boiler Inspection Scheduling and Responsibilities D Sample Boiler Inspection Report Cover Letter E Sample Boiler Inspection – RBO and Severely Degraded Deficiencies Message F Sample RBO Rescission Message G Sample 30 Day Update Message 3.1 PURPOSE. To establish policy and provide procedures and inspection requirements for the inspection of all conventional steam generating plants in surface force ships and training sites including schedules, preparations for inspection, inspection guidelines and reporting. Periodic standardized inspections are required of all non-nuclear propulsion, auxiliary, waste heat and training site boilers by a certified Steam Generating Plant Inspector (SGPI) or Naval Surface Warfare Center, Philadelphia Division (NAVSURFWARCEN PD), as applicable. The maximum interval between boiler inspections and other occasions requiring boiler inspections, including responsibilities for continuation and standardization of the boiler inspection program, are formally assigned in reference (a).

CHAPTER 3

p. 27

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-2 3.2 TYPES OF BOILER INSPECTIONS. a. Routine Inspection. b. Pre-start of Availabi lity Inspection (PSAI). c. Start of Availability Inspection (SAI). d. Strength and Integrity Inspection. e. Industrial Support Visit (ISV). f. Completion of Availa bility Inspection (CAI). g. Inactivation or R eactivation Inspection. h. Engineer Officer Inspection. i. Major Repair Inspection. j. Special Inspection. k. Operational Assessments. 3.3 RESPONSIBILITIES. 3.3.1 Naval Sea Systems Command. NAVSEA must provide technical authority oversight over all main, auxiliary, waste heat and training site boiler systems and associated equipment. The designated NAVSEA Technical Warrant Holder must: a. Assure safe and reliable system operation. b. Set and enforce all technical requirements. c. Approve all major Depart ure from Specifications (DFS). d. Provide technical oversight and manage ment of the SGPI and NSWCPD programs: (1) Establish and enforce requirements fo r SGPI certification and recertification. (2) Ensure periodic SGPI seminars are conducted. (3) Ensure periodic technical audits of all Integrated Logistics Support documentation and Training. (4) Maintain the Boiler Inspection and Repair Management Information System (BIRMIS). (5) Routinely evaluate and ensure stat e of the art inspection, maintenance and repair tools and techniques are used. 3.3.2 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock Division. NSWCCD must: a. Provide support to NAVSEA for the SGPI and NSWCPD programs. Ensure that the required technical documentation to support the SGPI or NSWCPD Inspector programs is maintained current. b. Establish and monitor th e requirements and standards for routine and industrial inspections of steam generating plants.

p. 28

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-3 c. Develop, implement and maintain a progr am to train and certify NSWCPD Inspectors per reference (a). d. Ensure that inspections of newly c onstructed ships and ships undergoing major overhaul or conversion are conducted per this instruction. e. Conduct periodic technical audits of th e SGPI Training Course per reference (a). f. Provide management of technical data , boiler history and the associated repair management information database system. g. Provide technical support to the semi-annual seminars. h. Maintain a roster of all certified SGPIs by name, rating, duty station, date of certification and expiration date of certification. Revoke inspector certification and initiate action to decertify inspectors who fail to comply with requirements of reference (a). i. Ensure that the requirements for SGPI certification, recertification and certification extensions are met prior to final approval. 3.3.3 Fleet Commander. The Fleet Commander must: a. Identify and designate those fleet activ ities which have inspection responsibilities and maintain a base of certified SGPIs within those activities. b. Ensure the availability of “school ship s” to support SGPI or NSWCPD Inspector training. Student certification must be conducted on “D” type boilers. c. Host the semi-annual SGPI semina rs on an alternating coast basis. 3.3.4 Regional Maintenance Center. The Regional Maintenance Center (RMC) must: a. Provide certified SGPIs to perform insp ections per section 3.6 of this chapter. b. Review the guidelines and inspection requirements for all boiler inspections required by this instruction and ensure that each inspection report is recorded and updated into BIRMIS. c. Schedule and coordinate inspections of all steam generating plants required by this instruction with the appropriate technical activities to avoid the unnecessary opening of boilers. d. Provide a qualified SGPI when request ed by the ship, Immediate Superior in Command (ISIC) or Type Commander (TYCOM). 3.3.5 Regional Maintenance Center Commanding Officers. RMC Commanding Officers must: a. Coordinate inspections in cognizant maintenance areas. b. Maintain an up-to-date status of requi red steam generating plant inspections which must include the latest inspection for all ships assigned to RMCs in their respective area of responsibility. 3.3.6 Immediate Superior In Command. The ISIC must:

p. 29

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-4 a. Maintain overall cogniza nce of the Steam Generating Plant Inspection Program within their area of responsibility to ensure requirements and standards are met. b. Schedule routine steam generating plant insp ections in coordination with the cognizant RMC. c. Arrange for the availability of an SGPI during the SAI and CAI in coordination with NSWCPD and the cognizant RMC. d. Monitor the follow-up action required to correct noted discrepancies by randomly sampling the ship’s deferred maintenance action file and most recent boiler inspection report. e. Assist Commanding Officers in arranging for the corrective action of items beyond the capability of Ship’s Force, when requested. 3.3.7 Ship Commanding Officer, Officer In Charge or Maintenance Team. Ship Commanding Officers, Officers In Charge or Maintenance Team must: a. Request boiler inspections via Naval Message using the format in Appendix A of this chapter. b. Prepare for scheduled inspections to include required operational testing per references (b) and (c). c. Review inspection results and initiate co rrective action for those items within Ship’s Force capability. Initiate requests for the correction of items beyond Ship’s Force capability. If any of the discrepancies of paragraph 3.9.2 of this chapter cannot be corrected within 72 hours following completion of the inspection, or if said discrepancies will impact the ship’s operational schedule, initiate a Casualty Report (CASREP) for the affected boiler(s) per reference (d). d. Assess the impact (if any) of corrective action on operating schedules and advise the operational commanders. Decide (with repair activities) the optimum timing of repair actions to minimize impact on operating schedules. e. Submit reports per para graph 3.7.2 of this chapter. f. Schedule boiler inspections as required by appropriate Planned Maintenance System (PMS) or Class Maintenance Plan item. 3.3.8 Regional Maintenance Center Senior Inspector. RMC Senior Inspectors must: a. Ensure all assigned SGPIs maintain current certifications per reference (a). b. Perform steam generating plant inspections per section 3.9 of this chapter, when directed. c. Review and submit reports pe r paragraph 3.7.2 of this chapter. d. Send inspection confirmation messages using Appendix B of this chapter. e. Administer an SGPI pre- test for SGPI training school candidates per reference (a). 3.3.9 Steam Generating Plant Inspector. The SGPI must: a. Maintain SGPI certifications per reference (a).

p. 30

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-5 b. Perform steam generating plant inspections per section 3.9 of this chapter, when directed. c. SGPIs are part of the te chnical authority chain-of-command and are accountable to the NAVSEA Technical Warrant Holder for the performance of their inspection duties. d. The shipboard SGPI must: (1) Monitor all repairs conducted on the boilers, such as tube replacements, casing or refractory work, burner settings, hydrostatic test, etc., and annotate findings in Boiler Water or Feedwater log. (2) Observe PMS performed on the boile rs to include MLOCs (burner front checks), greasing of sliding feet, setting safety valves, high and low static checks, flex tests and auxiliary support equipment safety and governor settings. (3) Accomplish special inspections and repairs on boilers after boiler casualties while underway and report in BIRMIS. Also, accomplish operational assessments on ship’s boiler auxiliary support equipment prior to upcoming availabilities and report in BIRMIS and in ships Current Ship’s Maintenance Project (CSMP), if repairs are required. e. It is recommended that the shipboard SGPI be assigned as the LCPO of the Oil Lab in order to monitor the boiler water chemistry, boiler lay-ups and the Boiler Water or Feedwater Program (not to be assigned as Ships Oil King). NOTE: THE SHIP’S FORCE SGPI CAN ONLY ACCOMPLISH SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND OPERATIONAL ASSESSMENTS ON THEIR OWN SHIP, AS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPHS 3.6.9 AND 3.6.10 OF THIS CHAPTER. THE SHIP’S FORCE SGPI WILL ASSIST THE RMC SGPI OR NSWCPD INSPECTOR DURING ROUTINE AND AVAILABILITY RELATED INSPECTIONS. THE SHIP’S FORCE SGPI MAY NOT INDEPENDENTLY CONDUCT ROUTINE, STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY, PSAI, SAI, ISV, CAI INSPECTIONS ON THEIR OWN SHIP. 3.4 INSPECTION SCHEDULING. Commands will coordinate boiler inspections with the Maintenance Team or ISIC to include operational testing. Commands must ensure the inspection scheduling complies with the following: a. Boiler inspections are actively managed by SURFMEPP utilizing the Class Maintenance Plan. All routine, Pre-Availability, Start of Availability, Completion of Availability, Strength, Integrity and Ultrasonic Test Inspections will be pushed by SURFMEPP into the maintenance screening and brokering system as part of the Baseline Availability Work Package. SURFMEPP will also push non-routine boiler inspections as requested by TYCOM or the Maintenance Team. b. Once the Work Notification is available in the maintenance screening and brokering system, Ship’s Force and the Maintenance Team may coordinate and execute the inspection. c. Inspections should coincide with th e required routine waterside and fireside maintenance.

p. 31

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-6 d. Boiler inspection services must be c oordinated by geographic areas for maximum utilization of SGPIs and NSWCPD Inspectors. ISICs will combine inspection requests and schedule inspections. 3.5 BOILER SAFETY PROCEDURES. The safety of personnel must be given the highest priority. Observance of good engineering practices and careful control of boiler water chemistry will reduce the frequency of pressure vessel entry. a. Ensure “idle boiler condition” is accomplis hed per the provisions of the Engineering Operational Sequencing System (EOSS) and reference (b). Where conflicts occur, an EOSS feedback form should be submitted for resolution. b. Do not enter any part of a boiler or De-Aerating Feed Tank (DFT) until it has been fully ventilated and certified by a Naval Maintenance Facility Gas Free Engineer or National Fire Protection Agency marine chemist as safe for entry per references (e) and (f), as applicable, and Chapter 25 of this volume. c. Ensure the idle boiler is tagged out (val ves wired shut and danger tagged). Observe two-valve protection per reference (g) where applicable. Open to the atmosphere the drain connections on all dead interconnecting piping to observe drainage. d. The use of unshielded or non-approved portable lighting in an open boiler is prohibited. Portable lighting must be watertight. (National Stock Number (NSN) 9S- 6230-00-701-2947 applies.) e. Ensure all precautions cited in Sectio n 2.24 of reference (b) are followed before entering an idle boiler. f. There must be a safety observer outs ide the boiler entrance to provide assistance whenever personnel are inside a boiler (steam drum, water drum, firebox or smoke pipe). g. Maintain an inventory log for accountability of all items taken into a boiler. The pockets of all personnel working in a boiler must be emptied and all jewelry removed. The removal of all items from the boiler must be verified from the inventory log prior to the close-up inspection. The Chief Engineer or his designated representative must inspect the boiler prior to final closeout. h. Cleaning of firesides or repa irs conducted to the pressure vessel exterior of a boiler is acceptable with a steaming boiler in the same space provided the precautions cited in Section 2.7 of reference (b) are observed. Water washing of the firesides is not authorized without NAVSEA approval. i. Requiring personnel to enter the steam or waterside of a boiler with an adjacent steaming boiler is considered an unnecessary risk and will be avoided unless operations dictate otherwise. The decision to override normal safety precautions will be made by the Commanding Officer or Officer In Charge and will be reported to the TYCOM by message. j. Keep the area under the boiler clean and dry.

p. 32

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-7 k. Place signs warning that personnel are work ing in the boiler at the Boiler Console Operating station in the boiler operating space. The sign must remain there until the work has been completed and personnel are clear of the secured boiler. 3.6 BOILER INSPECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. Main propulsion, auxiliary, waste heat and training site boiler inspections conducted per the requirements of this chapter must fulfill all other requirements for comprehensive inspections of propulsion, auxiliary and waste heat boilers. All boiler inspections, including pre- and post-operational assessments, should be scheduled for coincidental performance. Appendix C of this chapter is a summary of boiler inspection scheduling and responsibilities. Propulsion, auxiliary and waste heat boilers will be inspected by a certified SGPI at the following intervals: 3.6.1 Routine Inspection. Routine Inspections will be conducted at least once every Fleet Readiness Training Cycle. For newly constructed ships, the period will begin at the completion of the Board of Inspection and Survey (INSURV) Acceptance Trials. For LHD-1 Class ships, the normal interval between routine boiler inspections will be 24 months. For LCC-19 and CG- 47 Class ships, the normal interval between routine boiler inspections will be every 18 months. To provide scheduling flexibility, boiler inspections may be performed as early as 6 months before or as late as 6 months after the required inspection date. However, extensions beyond 24 months for LHDs or 18 months for LCC-19 and CG-47 class ships, require Type Commander approval via minor DFS. Such extensions must not result in the inspection interval exceeding 30 months for LHDs or 24 months for LCC-19 and CG-47 class ships. Any boiler which exceeds the inspection interval may be placed out of commission until inspected by a certified SGPI. A major DFS submitted from the TYCOM to NAVSEA Boiler and Condenser Technical Warrant Holder for adjudication is required to operate a boiler beyond 30 months for LHD-1 Class ships and beyond 24 months for LCC-19 and CG-47 Class ships without a Routine Boiler Inspection. The Completion of Availability Inspection (CAI) or Strength and Integrity required inspections fulfill the requirements of a routine inspection. a. A Safe-to-Steam Assessment will be pe rformed when a DFS request for inspection periodicity extension is submitted for: 1. LHD-1 Class - Minor and Major 2. LCC-19 Class - Major 3. CG-47 Class - Minor and Major b. A Safe-to-Steam Assessment performed by an SGPI that is not part of Ships Company must be included with the periodicity extension request. Safe-to-Steam Assessments are scheduled by the TYCOM via the ISIC. Minimum requirements for a SGPI Safe- to-Steam Assessment are: 1. Boiler-water and Feed-water progr am review per guidance provided in NAVSEA S9221-D2-MMA-010, Steam Generating Plant Inspection (Non- Nuclear) Manual: para 9.2 and Appendix F for LHD and LCC Classes; para 11.7 and Appendix F for CG-47 Class. 2. Operational inspection per guida nce provided by NAVSEA S9221-D2-MMA- 010, Steam Generating Plant Inspection (Non-Nuclear) Manual: Appendix E and Figure E-6 for LHD and LCC Classes; Appendix E and Figure 11-2 for

p. 33

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-8 CG-47 Class. Demonstration of PMS that will become due during the requested extension timeframe along with any other PMS that has already been complete may be requested by the SGPI conducting the Assessment. 3. All Safe-to-Steam Assessment re sults must be reported in BIRMIS. c. The boiler inspection will be scheduled by the cognizant ISIC. d. The boiler inspection will be performed by the RMC SGPI. e. The TYCOM may utilize PSAIs, CAIs, and Strength and Integrity Inspections which are documented in BIRMIS, to satisfy the pressure vessel portion of a routine boiler inspection. This will reduce the number of boiler openings. A Routine Inspection will not be considered completed until an SGPI has certified all items required in NSTM 221-2.1.2.3 Ship’s Pre-inspection Checklist For Up-coming Routine Boiler Inspection by U.S. Navy Steam Generating Plant Inspector and reference (c), Appendix E, F and Figure E-6 addressing Operational Assessments has been accomplished. Once completed, this resets the periodicity required for the next inspection to 24 months not to exceed 30 months for LHD-1 Class and 18 months not to exceed 24 months for LCC-19 and CG-47 Classes. 3.6.2 Pre-start of Availability Inspection. The PSAI may be required at the discretion of the TYCOM to support early bid specification and work package development. a. The PSAI will be scheduled by the IS IC, as approved by the cognizant TYCOM. b. The PSAI will be performed by the NSWCPD Inspector and the RMC SGPI. 3.6.3 Start of Availability Inspection. The SAI may be required to be accomplished at the beginning of an overhaul or availability to better define or re-evaluate the boiler bid specifications or work items at the discretion of the ISIC with TYCOM concurrence. a. The SAI will be scheduled by the ISIC, as approved by the cognizant TYCOM. b. The SAI will be performed by the NSWCPD Inspector and the RMC SGPI. 3.6.4 Strength and Integrity Inspection. The normal interval between Strength and Integrity Inspections will be 60 months. Strength and Integrity Inspections may be performed as early as 48 months or as late as 72 months after the last Strength and Integrity Inspection to provide scheduling flexibility. Inspections that exceed the 60-month interval will require a minor DFS to the TYCOM with recommendation from NSWCPD. Strength and Integrity Inspections may not exceed 72 months since the last inspection. Any boiler which exceeds the inspection interval will be placed out of commission until inspected by an NSWCPD Inspector and a certified SGPI. A major DFS with NAVSEA Technical Warrant Holder approval is required to operate a boiler beyond 72 months without a Strength and Integrity Inspection. a. The Strength and Integrity Inspectio n will be scheduled by the cognizant ISIC. b. The Strength and Integrity Inspection will be performed by an NSWCPD Inspector and the cognizant RMC SGPI. 3.6.5 Industrial Support Visit Inspection. The ISV inspection should be scheduled during the availability, but may be waived by the TYCOM for availabilities of short duration.

p. 34

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-9 a. The ISV inspection will be scheduled by the industrial activity or Supervising Authority as applicable. b. The ISV inspection will be performed by an NSWCPD Inspector and the cognizant SGPI. 3.6.6 Completion of Availability Inspection. The CAI will be conducted before reinstallation of steam drum internals and de-superheater for the Strength and Integrity Inspection. a. The CAI will be scheduled by the industrial activity or Supervising Authority, as applicable, and may be conducted in conjunction with a Routine Inspection. b. The CAI will be performed by an NS WCPD Inspector and the cognizant SGPI. 3.6.7 Inactivation or Reactivation Inspection. The Inactivation or Reactivation Inspection must be conducted on all boilers prior to completion of the inactivation or reactivation. a. The Inactivation or Re activation Inspection will be scheduled by the industrial activity, Supervising Authority or Inactive Ship Facility as applicable. b. The Inactivation or Re activation Inspection will be performed by an NSWCPD Inspector and the cognizant SGPI. 3.6.8 Engineer Officer Inspection. The Engineer Officer Inspection will be conducted per PMS and situational requirements of references (b) and (c), but does not qualify as a Routine Inspection described in paragraph 3.6.1 of this chapter. This inspection will be scheduled and performed by the ship’s Engineer Officer. All results are to be documented in the Boiler or Water Feedwater logs and the Engineering Logs. 3.6.9 Special Inspection. a. A special inspection must be conducted whenever major repair work as defined by references (b) and (g) is accomplished. This inspection is arranged by the ISIC in coordination with the TYCOM and the RMC and performed by an SGPI. b. Additionally, SGPIs are aut horized to conduct special no-notice inspections at their discretion to assess operational, chemistry and maintenance related problems. 3.6.10 Operational Assessments. An operational assessment must be accomplished prior to and at the completion of all Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) scheduled maintenance availabilities. These assessments are part of the Routine and Strength and Integrity Inspection requirements. These assessments will include both cold and hot plant inport safety checks and an operational evaluation. Detailed assessment requirements and checklists are available in reference (c), Figure E-6. 3.7 BOILER INSPECTION GUIDELINES AND REPORTS. 3.7.1 Guidelines. a. Routine Inspections of boilers will be conducted by certified SGPIs. b. Only an SGPI with a current certificati on may issue a Repair Before Operating (RBO) deficiency. All RBO items must be corrected prior to boiler operation and reinspected by a certified SGPI or NSWCPD Inspector, as applicable, and preferably the same SGPI or NSWCPD Inspector who originally inspected the boiler. RBO discrepancies

p. 35

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-10 include those for which continued unrestricted operation could endanger personnel. RBOs may not be departed via DFS. If there is not an immediate or near future danger to personnel, the discrepancy must be assigned as SEVERELY DEGRADED with major operational restrictions. c. An SGPI-designated discrepancy discove red per reference (c) and paragraph 3.9.2 of this chapter which is assigned as severely degraded with major operational restrictions, and is considered for a DFS submission, is a major DFS and must be brought forward to the attention of the NAVSEA Boiler and Condenser Technical Warrant. A Major DFS must be forwarded for NAVSEA review and approval with accompanying engineering analysis recommendations from the originator. A severely degraded discrepancy per this chapter must be corrected or repaired prior to boiler operation unless it has been properly approved as a Major DFS. d. The status of a boiler related DFS will be verified by the SGPI during the inspection for conformance with the requirements of this manual prior to placing the boiler into operation. 3.7.2 Reports. a. The SGPI must provide an oral cri tique and preliminary report to the ship’s Commanding Officer or his designated representative. The report will contain the findings of the inspection, with special note of recurring discrepancies from previous inspections. The SGPI must ensure a maintenance ready 2-Kilo for every discrepancy found during the inspection is entered into the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project. Document the assessment finding of maintenance ready work notification (2-Kilo) per Volume VI, Chapter 42, paragraph 42.5.5 of this manual. b. The Senior Inspector will forward a copy of the BIRMIS report with cover letter per the sample shown in Appendix D of this chapter to the ship’s Commanding Officer no later than ten days after satisfactory clearance of all discrepancies. c. The SGPI must report deficiencies di scovered during the inspection by message within 24 hours, using the message format of Appendix E of this chapter. This message must contain both RBO and severely degraded deficiencies as described in paragraph 3.7.1 of this chapter. d. The cognizant SGPI must report by message , using the format in Appendix F of this chapter, the correction and re-inspection of all RBO deficiencies prior to lighting off an inspected boiler. e. The ship’s Commanding Officer must submit a copy of the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project to the SGPI for verification of downloaded 2 Kilos. f. The ship’s Commanding Officer must repor t corrected deficiencies, by message, to the ISIC and TYCOM using the format in Appendix G of this chapter, within 30 days of the completed inspection and at 30-day intervals thereafter until all deficiencies are corrected or deferred to a CNO Maintenance Availability. The TYCOM is the sole authority for deferral of deficiencies. Update messages must list the BIRMIS item number and 2K Job Sequence Number of those items which have been completed

p. 36

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-11 since the last update message. A corrected BIRMIS report will be provided to the ship after BIRMIS status codes are updated. g. The ship’s Commanding Officer must notify the ISIC (as applicable) or TYCOM when a scheduled steam generating plant inspection cannot be conducted by submitting a DFS request. State the reason why the inspection cannot be conducted and recommend a revised date. 3.8 BOILER INSPECTION PREPARATION. a. Conduct the operational assessment before disassembling the boiler for inspection. Detailed assessment requirements are reported in reference (c). b. Prepare the boiler using the gui dance provided in reference (b). c. Keep air passages, including the air box beneath the boiler and uptake spaces, clean and dry. d. Wire shut and danger tag all steam and wa ter valves to the boiler per the ship’s Tag Out User’s Manual. Open to the atmosphere the drain connections on all dead interconnecting piping to observe drainage. e. The ship’s Engineer Officer must ensure all Ship’s Force responsibilities are complete using the guidance provided in reference (c). f. Open DFT for inspection. 3.9 BOILER INSPECTION. 3.9.1 Boiler Inspection Forms. Boiler inspections will be conducted using the appropriate BIRMIS forms. Include specific comments on the state of preservation and material condition of the boiler, hull structural members beneath the boiler and the effectiveness or ineffectiveness of the boiler water chemistry program. 3.9.2 Boiler Inspection Areas. A discrepancy is classified as an RBO when, if left uncorrected, it could endanger personnel safety. All RBO items must be corrected prior to boiler operation and re-inspected by a certified SGPI or NSWCCD LCEM Inspector as applicable, and preferably the same SGPI or NSWCPD Inspector who originally inspected the boiler. As inspected by an SGPI inspector, RBO discrepancies may include but are not limited to the following: a. Active oxygen attacki ng the boiler watersides. b. Hard scale or baked sludge. c. Significant lube oil or fuel oil contamination of watersides. d. Inoperative, misadjusted or missing safety devices. e. Refractory deterioration which allows heat penetration to casings or causes incomplete combustion. f. Ship’s Force Boilerwater or Feedwater ce rtifications, chemical inventory and shelf life not within requirements in reference (h). g. Inability to maintain water chemistry w ithin limits. Ineffective Boilerwater or Feedwater program based on log review which, if left uncorrected, may result in

p. 37

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-12 severe degradation of the boiler watersides. Inoperative or degraded treatment, sampling and blow-down systems. h. Excessively fouled or tac ky firesides, fireside deposits built up on the crown of the water drum. i. Sliding feet that do not accept greas e or do not show indication of movement. j. Lack of maintenance and preservation of the boiler, resulting in deterioration and weakening of boiler and hull structural members. This includes deterioration in the air casing which allows water and combustion air or gasses into the space. k. Lube oil contamination of Automa tic Boiler Control (ABC) Systems. l. Fire hazards, safety hazards (fuel or lube oil in the machinery room), deteriorated or missing flange shields. Oil soaked lagging and insulation. m. Inoperative or missing firefighting equipment. n. ABC equipment inoperable or failed cold or hot checks. o. Steam smothering system inoperative (p lugged nozzles, deteriorated or improperly installed piping). p. Deteriorated boiler smoke pipes which allow stack gas to escape. Clogged or deteriorated stack drains. q. Incorrectly adjusted burn ers or inoperative air registers. Safety Shut-off Devices which do not meet the leakage criteria of reference (b). Insufficient amount of sprayer plates, burner barrels and go-no-go gages to meet main space requirements as specified in reference (b). r. Boiler that does not pass design hydrostatic test. s. Non-deferrable defects or indications in the pressure vessel and piping boundary. t. Damaged or deteriorated internals. u. Defective tubes such as blistered, excessi vely warped or married tubes which prevent proper gas passage. Cracked tube bells. v. Ultrasonic test results on soot blower h eads or pressure vessel piping that are currently or projected to be at or below minimum requirements, out of periodicity, or when visual inspection dictates replacement before the next scheduled ultrasonic inspection. w. Out of periodicity, in-operative temper ature or pressure measuring instruments. x. In-operative, out of adjustment For ced Draft Blower counterweight shutters. y. Non-functioning DFT components or defects in the pressure vessel. z. In-operative fuel and steam systems remote isolation devices. aa. Valve tightness integrity and operation which limits its ability to perform its intended function and exceeds the criteria of reference (i). ab. Non-conformance of electrical safety and deteriorated or damaged wiring or components.

p. 38

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-13 ac. Any other discrepancy deemed by the SG PI which would cause injury to personnel. NOTE: A SEVERELY DEGRADED DESI GNATION IS ASSIGNED TO A DEFICIENCY THAT IS NOT AN IMMEDIATE OR NEAR FUTURE DANGER TO PERSONNEL, BUT WILL HAVE MAJOR OPERATIONAL RESTRICTIONS. A SEVERELY DEGRADED DISCREPANCY PER THIS CHAPTER MUST BE CORRECTED OR REPAIRED PRIOR TO BOILER OPERATION UNLESS IT HAS BEEN PROPERLY APPROVED AS A MAJOR DFS. 3.9.3 Completion of Inspection. An oral critique and a preliminary inspection report, including a summary of restrictive deficiencies, will follow the inspection. Paragraph 3.7.2 of this chapter identifies official reporting requirements. 3.10 AUTOMATIC BOILER CONTROL SYSTEMS AND ONLINE VERIFICATION GUIDELINES. a. ABC Systems, which include Automatic Combustion Controls, Boiler Feedwater Level Controls, and Automatic Feed Pump Controls and DFT Level Controls have been designed and installed for the purpose of permitting steady and transient operation with the least variation possible. Proper utilization and maintenance of these systems will also allow a reduction of watch standers on station thereby enabling engineering personnel to devote more time to routine maintenance of machinery and upkeep of spaces, as well as providing the ship with instant response to signaled engine orders. b. The following guidelines must be adhere d to regarding any or all ABC Systems installed: (1) Ships must use the controls at all times while steaming. Manual operation at the control panel or console (remote manual) must be used when lighting off or securing the boiler. ABCs should be cut out and the boiler controlled in local manual only when required for casualty control, maintenance of equipment, or training of personnel. When ABCs cannot be operated in automatic, this fact must be reported by a CASREP message. (2) Installed multi-element feedwater regul ators must be cut in and used at all times except for periods devoted to training operators in the manual operation of feed check valves. Prime reliance for the control of water level in the boiler steam drum must be placed on the automatic regulator. When any indicator, alarm or feedwater regulating valve is not functioning properly, or is out of commission, a qualified check man must be assigned. He or she must have no other duties as directed by temporary standing orders. (3) Prior to boiler light off, all ABCs must be tested per EOSS. (4) Maintenance and calibration of the ABC Systems must be accomplished by qualified technicians following the direction provided in applicable PMS, reference (j) and the manufacturer’s technical manuals. c. Online Alignment Verification procedures provide a set of checks to verify proper performance of each of the sub-systems or control loops within the automatic

p. 39

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3-14 combustion, feedwater and feed pump control systems. Online Alignment Verification must be accomplished using the periodicity and procedures in PMS and applicable ABC ship specific technical manuals. 3.11 BOILER FLEXIBILITY TESTS. PMS and Online Alignment Verification procedures contain the necessary procedures for a boiler flexibility test. The periodicity is provided by and included in the PMS scheduling. The applicable Maintenance Requirement Card contains the NAVSEA guidelines governing the performance level of the boiler flexibility tests. Level I is the desired boiler flexibility performance level. Boilers with performance levels of II and III are considered safe to steam and safe for the conduct of Engineering Casualty Control Exercises. Boilers which cannot achieve a minimum level III flexibility are unsafe to steam and the ABC System should be reported by CASREP per the requirements of reference (d). 3.12 CERTIFIED BOILER WATER AND FEEDWATER TESTER REQUIREMENTS. All personnel who are required in the course of their duties to test, treat or manage boiler water or feedwater programs must be certified as specified in reference (k). 3.13 OPERATING AND CASUALTY PROCEDURES. Each ship with steam generating plants will have approved Steam Generating Plant Operations Procedures in the format prescribed by their respective TYCOM. They must contain detailed procedures and precautions for: a. Normal operations incl uding startup and shutdown. b. Infrequent operations such as initial steam generating plant light-off following an availability. c. Operating parameters, limitations, alarms and set points. d. Casualty conditions including indicati ons, immediate and supplementary actions. e. Propulsion fuel economy pe r references (l) and (m). f. JP-5 for use as boiler fuel. g. Management of boiler water and feedwater. h. Quality Assurance (QA) requirements for boiler repairs. i. Maintenance and storage of boiler burner atomizers.

p. 40

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SAMPLE BOILER INSPECTION REQUEST MESSAGE FM USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) TO: REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER INFO ISIC// TYCOM NAVSURFWARCEN SHIPSYSENGSTA PHILADELPHIA PA// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC// BT UNCLAS MSGID/GENADMIN/(USS SHIP’S NAME HULL NO)// SUBJ/REQUEST FOR ROUTINE BOILER INSPECTION// REFERENCE/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// AMPN/REF A IS THE JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL//SHIPS POC//USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO)/E-MAIL:// GENTEXT/REMARKS/1. PER REF A REQUEST RMC PROVIDE A CERTIFIED SGPI TO ACCOMPLISH ROUTINE BOILER INSPECTION OF (NO. BOILER(s)). 2. REQUEST PRIMARY INSPECTION START DATE OF (PROVIDE DATE) FOR BOILER (NO) AND AN ALTERNATE START DATE OF (PROVIDE DATE) 3. AWR ENTERED IN SHIP’S CSMP (JSN) JOB SEQUENCE NUMBER// BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS DIRECTORY (PLAD) IS UTILIZED.

p. 41

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B SAMPLE INSPECTION CONFIRMATION MESSAGE FM REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER (COMMAND) TO USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NUMBER) INFO COMNAVSURFFOR// TYCOM// ISIC// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC// NAVSURFWARCEN SHIPSYSENGSTA PHILADELPHIA PA// BT UNCLAS MSGID/GENADMIN/ SUBJ/INSPECTION DATE CONFIRMATION// REFRENCE/A/MSG/USS/ (SHIPS NAME HULL NUMBER)/DTG REQUEST// REFERENCE/B/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// NARR/REFERENCE A IS REQUESTING BOILER INSPECTION. REFERENCE B IS COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 DEFINING JOINT FLEET BOILER INSPECTION CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES.// POC/SENIOR SGPI/RATE/UIC/LOC:CITY/TEL:/DSN// RMKS/1. IN RESPONSE TO REF A, AN (TYPE) MONTH BOILER INSPECTION WILL BE CONDUCTED IAW REF B BEGINNING (DATE) ON NUMBER ( ) BOILER. ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CERTIFIED INSPECTORS ARE ASSIGNED TO CONDUCT THE INSPECTIONS: INSPECTOR NAME/RATE//LAST 4//CLEARANCE. 2. POC E-MAIL ADDRESS IS: SENIOR SGPI// BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 42

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C SUMMARY OF BOILER INSPECTION SCHEDULING AND RESPONSIBILITIES Type Inspection Schedule Date Scheduling Responsibility Responsibility for Inspections 1. Routine Every 24 months (LHD-1 Class) Every 18 months (LCC-19, CG-47)

ISIC or Ship RMC SGPI 2. Pre-Start of Availability Inspection Schedule PSAI and operational testing in conjunction with Routine boiler appraisal 3-12 months prior to availability

ISIC NSWCPD INSPECTOR and RMC SGPI 3. Start of Availability Inspection At start of overhaul, with strength and integrity inspection

Naval Shipyard RMC NSWCPD INSPECTOR and RMC SGPI 4. Strength and Integrity Inspection Once every 60 Months ISIC or RMC NSWCPD INSPECTOR and RMC SGPI

5. ISV* During availability Industrial Activity or Supervising Authority NSWCPD INSPECTOR and RMC SGPI

6. CAI To be conducted before reassembling boiler for final hydrostatic test

Industrial Activity or Supervising Authority NSWCPD INSPECTOR and RMC SGPI 7. Inactivation or Reactivation Prior to final action Industrial Activity, Supervising Authority or Inactive Ship Facility NSWCPD INSPECTOR and RMC SGPI

8. Engineer Officer Per PMS and references (b) and (c)

Engineer Officer Engineer Officer

9. Special Subsequent to major repairs No-Notice at SGPI discretion

ISIC (Coordinate with Regional Maintenance Center) NSWCPD INSPECTOR and RMC SGPI 10. Operational Inspection Prior to and at completion of all CNO maintenance

TYCOM RMC SGPI *The ISV inspection may be waived by the TYCOM for availabilities of short duration.

p. 43

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D SAMPLE BOILER INSPECTION REPORT COVER LETTER From: Commanding Officer, Re gional Maintenance Center To: Commanding Officer, USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) Subj: (Routine, etc.) INSPECTION OF BOILER(S) NUMBER (1A, 1B, 2A, etc.) AND REVIEW OF BOILER WATER or FEEDWATER TEST AND TREATMENT IN USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) Encl: (1) Boiler Inspection Report of Boiler(s) Number (1A, 1B, 2A, etc.) 1. (Parent Command) Steam Generating Plant Inspector, (Inspector’s Name) inspected Boiler(s) Number (1A, 1B, 2A, etc.) in USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) on (Day, Month, Year) while (ship’s location). 2. Discrepancies which require corrective action are outlined in enclosure (1). 3. Advance copies of enclosure (1) have been delivered to the ship’s Commanding Officer.

Copy to: (as appropriate) TYCOM (N43AD) ISIC NSWCPD (Code 412)

p. 44

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3E-1 APPENDIX E APPENDIX E SAMPLE BOILER INSPECTION – RBO AND SEVERELY DEGRADED DEFICIENCIES MESSAGE FM COMMANDING OFFICER, REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER TO USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) INFO TYCOM//(AS APPROPRIATE) ISIC//(AS APPROPRIATE) COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC// NAVSURFWARCEN SHIPSYSENGSTA PHILADELPHIA PA// BT UNCLAS/N09221// MSGID/GENADMIN/COMMANDING OFFICER, REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER SUBJ/USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) NR (1A, 1B, 2A, ETC.) ROUTINE/STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY INSPECTION (AS APPROPRIATE)// REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// REF/B/DOC/NAVSEAINST 4790.8/OPNAVINST 4790.4// NARR/REF A IS JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL VOL IV CH 3 AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR BOILER INSPECTIONS. REF B IS 3-M MANUAL AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR CSMP DOCUMENTATION// RMKS/1. BOILER NUMBER (1A, 1B, 2A, ETC.) ROUTINE/STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY (AS APPROPRIATE). INSPECTION CONDUCTED (DATE) BY (INSPECTOR’S NAME) WHILE (SHIPS LOCATION). RBO DEFICIENCIES AND PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION ARE REPORTED IAW REF A AS FOLLOWS: A. (BIRMIS ITEM NO, DE FICIENCY, REPAIR, ETC.) B. C. 2. BOILER NUMBER (1A, 1B, 2A, ETC.) MUST NOT BE STEAMED UNTIL ABOVE LISTED DEFICIENCIES ARE CORRECTED AND A REINSPECTION IS CONDUCTED IAW REF A. 3. SEVERELY DEGRADED DEFICIENCIES AND PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION ARE REPORTED IAW REF A AS FOLLOWS: A. B. C. 4. SEVERELY DEGRADED DEFICIENCIES ARE REQUIRED TO BE CORRECTED PRIOR TO STEAMING OR MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR MAJOR DEPARTURE FROM SPECIFICATION (DFS). 5. IAW REF A DEFICIENCIES COMPLETED MUSTBE REPORTED EVERY 30 DAYS USING THE GUIDANCE PROVIDED IN REF A APPENDIX F. ALL DEFICIENCIES HAVE BEEN DOCUMENTED IN THE SHIPS CSMP FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION IAW REF B.// BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 45

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3F-1 APPENDIX F APPENDIX F SAMPLE RBO RESCISSION MESSAGE TO USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) CC USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) INFO TYCOM//(AS APPROPRIATE) ISIC//(AS APPROPRIATE) COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC// NAVSURFWARCEN SHIPSYSENGSTA PHILADELPHIA PA// BT UNCLAS SUBJ/USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) NUMBERS (1A, 1B, 2A, ETC.) (TYPE) BOILERS REPAIR BEFORE OPERATE (RBO)// REF/A (ORIGINATING RBO MESSAGE DTG) REF/B/CON/USS//(SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) (SHIP POC) NARR/REF A ADDRESSES RBO DEFICIENCIES FOUND DURING BOILER INSPECTION CONDUCTED ON (DATES). REF B IS BTWN USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) (SHIP POC)/AND RMC SGPI/(NAME) DISCUSSING RBO DEFICIENCIES CORRECTION. GENTEXT/REMARKS/1. REF A RESTRICTIONS RESCINDED BASED UPON RE- INSPECTION. THIS MESSAGE CONFIRMS REF B. BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 46

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-3G-1 APPENDIX G APPENDIX G SAMPLE 30 DAY UPDATE MESSAGE FM USS TO USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) CC USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) INFO TYCOM//(AS APPROPRIATE) ISIC//(AS APPROPRIATE) NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// NAVSEA// RMC// BT UNCLAS MSGID/GENADMIN/USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO)// SUBJ/USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO) NR (1A, 1B, 2A, ETC.) ROUTINE BOILER INSPECTION// REF/A/DOC/BIRMIS REPORT FROM (RMC AND DATE) REF/B/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// REF/C/DOC/OPNAVINST 4790.4D// NARR/REF A IS BIRMIS REPORT FROM COMMANDER (RMC). REF B IS COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR BOILER INSPECTIONS. REF C IS OPNAVINST 4790.4D 3- M MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND PROVIDES DIRECTION FOR CSMP DOCUMENTATION.// GENTEXT/REMARKS/1. NR (1A, 1B, 2A, ETC.) BOILER(S) ROUTINE INSPECTION WAS CONDUCTED (DATE) BY (SGPI INSPECTOR NAME) ITEMS CORRECTED ARE REPORTED IAW REF B AS FOLLOWS: 1. (BOILER NUMBER) A. BIRMIS ITEM (I.E., B14/01) JOB SUBMITTED JSN (NUMBER) BT NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLO WING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 47

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 4 DIESEL ENGINES REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST 9220.3 - Propulsion and Aux iliary Plant Inspection and Inspector Certification Program (b) NAVSEA S9233-CJ-HBK-010/020 - U.S. Navy Diesel Engine Inspectors Handbook, Parts 1 (Inspection Procedures) and 2 (Technical Information) (c) NAVSEAINST 4730.1 - Shipyard Inspecti on and Required Conditions of Propulsion Plant Systems (Non-Nuclear) on Nuclear Powered Submarines (d) NAVSEAINST 4730.2 - Inspection and Re quired Conditions of Propulsion Plant Systems (Non-Nuclear) for Nuclear Powered Aircraft Carriers (e) NWP 1-03.1 - Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report (f) NAVSEAINST 4790.8/OPNAVINST 4790.4 - Sh ips’ Maintenance and Material Management (3-M) Manual (g) NAVSEA S9086-HB-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 233 (Diesel Engines) (h) NAVSEA S9086-H7-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 262 (Lubricating Oil) (i) NAVSEA S9086-GX-STM-020 - NSTM Ch apter 220, V3 (Water Treatment) (j) COMUSFLTFORCOM/COMPACFLT Instruction 3000.15 – Optimized Fleet Response Plan (k) NAVSEA S9233-FL-HBK-010 – Di esel Maintenance Strategy (l) NAVSEA S9233-EK-HBK-010 – Di esel Readiness System Handbook (m) LPD-17/LSD-41/49 – Diesel Engine C ondition-Based Maintenance Strategy, Ser 05Z/337 (n) NAVSEAINST 4790.30 – Class Maintenance Plan Policy (o) NAVSEA S9200-BD-PRO-010 – Integrated Propulsion Plant Alignment Manual LSD 41 and 49 Class Ships LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Diesel Maintenance Strategy for Surface Force Ships 4.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance for the conduct of diesel engine inspections, timely correction of discrepancies and the general operation and maintenance of diesel engines. 4.2 DIESEL ENGINE INSPECTOR CERTIFICATION. Diesel Engine Inspector (DEI) candidates must complete all certification requirements as outlined in reference (b). 4.3 DIESEL INSPECTIONS. NOTE: FOR THE ASSESSMENT OR INSP ECTION OF MAIN PROPULSION DIESEL ENGINES (MPDE) AND SHIP SERVICE DIESEL GENERATORS SEE APPENDIX A. 4.3.1 Diesel Engines Requiring Inspections.

CHAPTER 4

p. 48

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-2 a. All diesel engines, including main propulsion, ship service and emergency diesel generators onboard ships and submarines must be inspected per references (a) and (b). b. All small boat diesel engines, includi ng main propulsion, ship service and emergency diesel generators that are 400 Brake Horsepower and above, unless otherwise determined by TYCOM, must be inspected per references (a) and (b). TYCOMs may exempt diesel engines on small boats and craft from inspection requirements where the engine or boat configuration provides insufficient access to accomplish the inspection. 4.3.2 Periodicity of Inspections. Diesel engines must be inspected per references (a) and (b) on the following events: a. Routine and Pre-Availability Inspections. (1) Once during the unit’s cycle, not to exceed 24 months, not including periods of Inactive Equipment Maintenance as discussed in paragraph 4.3.2.e of this chapter. The normal interval between routine diesel inspections is 18 months. Routine and Pre-Availability Inspections may be performed as early as 12 months or as late as 24 months to allow for maximum scheduling flexibility and utilization of assessment findings. The TYCOM, Immediate Superior in Command (ISIC) and other Fleet Maintenance Managers must ensure the Routine and Pre-Availability Inspection is scheduled to allow adequate time prior to availabilities to utilize the inspection and assessment results to plan work on the diesel. As per reference (a), in no case must the interval between Routine Inspections exceed 24 months. A Routine or Pre-Availability Inspection normally consists of all three phases as discussed in paragraph 4.3.4 of this chapter. For Emergency Diesel Generators (EDG) onboard nuclear powered vessels, industrial activity work on the diesel engine(s) or its support systems will not normally be approved except during a Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) Availability. The TYCOM or ISIC must ensure that adequate upkeep time is made available prior to the availability to ensure there are a sufficient number of diesel engines with no outstanding discrepancies to provide the required standby power during the availability. (2) For Submarine CNO Availabilities greater than six months. (a) The Pre-Availability Inspection must be integrated into the Shipyard’s work definition period and must be considered the material health assessment for the EDG. (b) SUBMEPP must enter this Pre-Avai lability Inspection in the applicable 000-Series SWLIN as a material health assessment assigned to Forces Afloat. (c) The DEI must include the Executing Shipyard (Code 260) and the Supervisor of Shipbuilding or NAVSEA Shipyard Representative’s Office, as applicable, on distribution for all DEI reports conducted as a Pre-Availability Inspection or during the availability. (d) As Lead Maintenance Activity, the executing shipyard will work with

p. 49

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-3 the TYCOM to assign all deferred inspection deficiencies to the appropriate repair activity for repair. (e) The Shipyard’s technical review of this inspection report may satisfy the Pre-Availability technical assessment requirement of reference (c). b. Post Casualty or Pre-Overhaul. When major internal engine malfunctions have occurred or are suspected (e.g., crankcase explosion, major bearing, blower or crankshaft failure), or there are indications that the engine is in need for overhaul. Extent of disassembly or inspection is at the discretion of the DEI based on the casualty or observed indications. For Post Casualty Inspections, the DEI must determine the full extent of damage and the cause, along with recommendations for repairs. For Pre-Overhaul Inspections, the TYCOM may require the DEI confirm that an overhaul is required and determine the scope of the overhaul. Partial inspections do not satisfy the requirement for a complete Routine Inspection and this fact will be annotated in the DEI’s written report. c. Post Overhaul or Repair. When an engine has been overhauled or significant maintenance or repair has been completed. A Post Overhaul or Repair Inspection must be conducted by a DEI prior to continuous operation. The DEI will make the final determination of whether the overhaul or repair was extensive enough to warrant a Post Overhaul or Repair Inspection. The inspection must consist of a review of actions taken to complete the overhaul or repair, external visual inspection, tests of safety devices, review of required readings or clearances and a Phase III operational test. Unless there are indications of internal discrepancies, Phase II (internal inspection) is waived and the Routine Inspection periodicity requirement in paragraph 4.3.2.a of this chapter will be considered complete and valid. The Post Overhaul or Repair inspection should be an integral part of the overhaul or repair vice a separate inspection. Specifically, the Phase III operational test should be part of the final operational testing of the overhaul or repair vice a separate operational test. (1) For contractor accomplished work, the contractor specification will contain requirements for the contractor to document required readings or clearances on applicable forms and have appropriate check points made by a DEI or Industrial Subject Matter Expert (SME) during the overhaul or repair. If there is evidence of poor workmanship, use of improper parts, discrepancies in reassembly or test documentation or missing information as part of the repair process or during the inspection, the DEI or Industrial SME will advise the Repair Project Manager of the quality issues and required actions. The Repair Project Manager will coordinate required actions with the RMC Technical Authority and Maintenance Team. The RMC must liaise with the TYCOM and obtain TYCOM concurrence on all required actions and must advise the TYCOM of all potential cost and schedule impacts. (2) For Ship’s Force or Fleet Maintenance Activity accomplished engine overhauls, a Post Overhaul or Repair Inspection will be conducted by a DEI prior to starting the engine. The scope of the inspection will be as specified in paragraph 4.3.2.c of this chapter. Commanding Officer (or designated

p. 50

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-4 representative) permission is required to perform Phase II (internal inspection) when requested by the DEI. d. New Construction (Acceptance Inspection). (1) Prior to the delivery of a newly cons tructed ship, when requested by the Board of Inspection and Survey. An acceptance inspection will normally be conducted in conjunction with the open-and-inspect phase of Board of Inspection Survey acceptance trials. The acceptance inspection does not satisfy the requirements of a routine inspection. (2) The initial Routine Inspection on a new construction unit must occur prior to initial startup by Ship’s Force. The cognizant Supervisor of Shipbuilding should incorporate the DEI as part of the Government Test Plan or Acceptance Plan. The cognizant Supervisor of Shipbuilding must notify the DEI for new construction acceptance test prior to Ship’s Force accepting responsibility of the diesel engine. This will ensure that an inspection baseline is established and construction discrepancies are identified and corrected early in the life of the unit. (3) For submarine and CVN construction programs, the initial Routine Inspection on a new construction unit must occur prior to initial startup by Ship’s Force. For ships with temporary systems in place or less than 95 percent load available, the Phase I (see paragraph 4.3.4a of this chapter) and Phase II (see paragraph 4.3.4b of this chapter) inspections must occur in conjunction with crew Operational Control Transfer including an operational test at available load. The Phase III (see paragraph 4.3.4c of this chapter) inspection must occur prior to ship delivery when sufficient loading is available. Any as found conditions requiring corrections must be adjudicated via the normal shipyard Operational Control Transfer inspections adjudication process. The routine diesel inspection periodicity must commence upon completion of all three diesel engine inspection phases. e. Reactivation of Engines in Inactive E quipment Maintenance. Prior to the first operation of engines which have been placed in Inactive Equipment Maintenance. The inspection consists of a complete review of the administrative records associated with the diesel engine including: actions taken to place the engine in and out of lay-up status, a review of repairs accomplished since the last inspection, visual inspection, test of safety devices and an engine performance test. If sufficient load cannot be attained, a 1-hour operational test at maximum available load must be accomplished. Based on the administrative review and visual inspection, further internal inspections may be accomplished at the discretion of the DEI. This inspection should be requested far enough in advance of the first key event requiring use of the diesel. This will ensure any significant discrepancies found can be corrected prior to the start of the key event. This inspection does not satisfy the requirements of a routine inspection as per paragraph 4.3.2.a of this chapter unless a complete 3-phase inspection is accomplished. If a complete 3-phase inspection is not accomplished and administrative, visual and operational inspections are satisfactory, the reactivation inspection report letter or cover letter should provide revised dates for the next

p. 51

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-5 required inspection that account for the time in Inactive Equipment Maintenance status. The revised date for the next routine inspection must be equal to the completion date of the previous routine diesel inspection plus the number of whole months the engine was in Inactive Equipment Maintenance status plus 12, 18 and 24 months respectively for the earliest, normal interval and latest dates. 4.3.3 Inspection Scheduling. a. (SURFACE SHIPS ONLY) Diesel inspections are actively managed by SURFMEPP utilizing the Class Maintenance Plan. All routine diesel inspections will be pushed by SURFMEPP to the ship’s Current Ships Maintenance Project as part of the ship’s BAWP. SURFMEPP will also push non-routine inspections as requested by TYCOM or the Maintenance Team. As part of this process, the Maintenance Team must contact the local RMC or ISIC Diesel Inspector to coordinate the diesel inspection 120 days prior to the desired inspection date. b. Diesel inspections are sc heduled by the ship with RMC, via ISIC when appropriate, per reference (a) and the Planned Maintenance System (PMS). As part of this process, it is recommended that units contact the local RMC or ISIC Diesel Inspector to schedule the diesel inspection no later than 15 months after the previous inspection. Units must contact the local RMC or ISIC Diesel Inspector a minimum of 120 days prior to the desired inspection date and submit a work request (OPNAV 4790/2K) to the appropriate RMC a minimum of 90 days in advance of the desired dates to allow for DEI scheduling. c. It is the responsibility of the Fleet Ma intenance Managers (the ship, ISIC, and Ashore Ships Maintenance Managers, as appropriate) to schedule the diesel inspection with the RMC during a period where the inspection’s condition assessment can be best utilized for repair planning. The inspection may require that each engine being inspected normally be placed out of commission for five to seven days at the minimum. This time frame may increase when significant Repair Before Operating (RBO) discrepancies are discovered that require extensive repairs. Sufficient time must be allowed for the performance of the operational phase of the inspection which requires specific load testing as defined by PMS. SSDGs normally have the operational phase performed inport, whereas operational assessment of MPDEs requires the ship to be underway for a minimum of one day. Units with MPDEs must allot underway time to allow the DEI to complete the operational phase. The operational phase of the inspection must be completed within 90 days of the start of the inspection. If the operational phase cannot be completed within these 90 days, a TYCOM approved Departure From Specification (DFS) per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual is required. Without a DFS, the inspection will be terminated and rescheduled. Ships should integrate the operational phase of the inspection into the Fleet Response Training Plan underway schedule. d. A Diesel Inspection must be accomplished by an ISIC or RMC DEI. It is encouraged that persons holding the DEI NEC that may be assigned to the ship being inspected be part of this inspection.

p. 52

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-6 4.3.3.1 Inspection Deferrals. Surface and Carrier Forces must submit a minor DFS for approval by the respective TYCOM for diesel inspections in the 18 to 24 month window. When an inspection cannot be accomplished within 24 months, Surface, Carrier and Submarine units must submit a DFS request to the TYCOM no later than the 23rd month since the last inspection, that includes satisfactory operating trend data reviewed by a DEI confirming that the engine is in sound operating condition. For inspection deferrals of greater than 24 months, the TYCOM will forward endorsement to NAVSEA 05Z for approval of the DFS. The requirements of this paragraph are not applicable when the reason for exceeding the 18 month inspection window is due solely to the diesel being in Inactive Equipment Maintenance as discussed in paragraph 4.3.2.e of this chapter. 4.3.4 Inspection Phases. The diesel inspection consists of a detailed records check, internal material condition inspection and observation of engine operating characteristics. During all phases of an inspection, all safety precautions with the engine and space must be strictly adhered to. The degree of the inspection must be decided by the DEI based on the results of reference (b) mandatory checkpoints, TYCOM directed check points, if any, operating data and other records maintained on the diesel engine. The inspection will include the following phases (See Appendix A): a. Phase I - Administrative In spection. This is a complete review of the administrative records associated with the diesel engine(s). b. Phase II - Secured Inspection (partial disa ssembly). Based on the results of Phase I, the inspector will decide the degree of disassembly and will conduct a thorough evaluation of the internal condition of the engine as warranted by Phase I and Phase II findings. Per reference (b), disassembly of the engine will be minimized. Submarines must have a complete Phase II Inspection per reference (b). c. Phase III - Operation Inspection. The DE I will observe and analyze operating data on all inspected engines per reference (b) and PMS Maintenance Requirement Card (MRC) for performance testing or troubleshooting the engine. If no PMS guidance exists, then 100 percent or maximum attainable load on all inspected engines should be achieved. 4.3.5 Preparation for Diesel Engine Inspection. a. The DEI must meet with the inspected ship’s Commanding Officer or his designated representative, Engineer Officer and a diesel system expert prior to the start of the inspection. Where appropriate, either the Reactor Officer or the Engineer Officer may fulfill this role. This visit will ensure that Ship’s Force is aware of the extent of the inspection, what PMS is to be accomplished, required support to be provided to the DEI and interference to be removed to allow access to the diesel engine. Coordination between the ship and the DEI can significantly reduce the time the diesel will be out of commission for inspection purposes and maximize the training to Ship’s Force. Ship’s Force will perform diesel engine disassembly, reassembly and operation, as well as correcting Ship’s Force capable discrepancies concurrent with the inspection. It is the responsibility of Ship’s Force to order all software and repair parts for Ship’s Force capable work, to include all gaskets, lockwire, etc., for engine reassembly. Discrepancies beyond Ship’s Force capability will be scheduled to be corrected

p. 53

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-7 through the Fleet Maintenance Managers, utilizing the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project. At all times during the inspection, safety precautions with the engine and the space will be strictly adhered to. The DEI will meet with the Main Propulsion Assistant or Engineer Officer on a daily basis to ensure the unit’s leadership is informed and produce optimal coordination efforts. b. The ship will: (1) Prepare the diesel engine for inspection. (2) Provide the DEI with dedicated time and the appropriate personnel to conduct the inspection. The inspection will be structured to maximize training of shipboard personnel. The ship should ensure continuity of personnel is maintained during the inspection or assessment. (3) Assign a Job Control Number for acc omplishing the inspection and record all parts usage through the Maintenance and Material Management system. (4) Ensure all equipment directly asso ciated with the engine(s) is operable. (5) Ensure all records are available and in good order. (6) Ensure that the tools listed on the appropriate MRCs, technical manuals, and DEI check sheets are available for use during the inspection. (7) Ensure that all applicable MRCs and technical manuals for the engine and related support systems are available. (8) Test diesel engine lubricating oil following the applicable Lube Oil Quality Management program, as defined by PMS, prior to the inspection. In most cases, this requires Navy Oil Analysis Program results of recent oil sample be available. (9) Test jacket water treatment following PMS prior to the inspection. (10) For SSN, SSBN and SSGN Class Submarine EDGs, the unit should evaluate existing conditions of battery capacity, propulsion plant status and shore power reliability. Based upon this evaluation, if conditions warrant, the ship will submit a request for a stand-by generator for emergency power during the diesel inspection. 4.3.6 Inspection Findings. The inspection will report “as found” conditions. Discrepancies found will be noted on the Administrative Review Sheet and the Engine Discrepancy Sheet as required by reference (b). Categorize discrepancies as Repair Before Operate (RBO), Severely Degraded, Major and Minor. 4.3.6.1 Repair Before Operating. An RBO condition is any condition existing that, if left unattended, would pose an immediate or near term hazard to personnel safety. Only a DEI that is currently certified may issue an RBO. RBO deficiencies require re-inspection by a DEI that is currently certified after repairs and before the diesel engine is operated. A DFS will not be approved for RBOs. Discrepancies that may cause a finding of RBO include but are not limited to:

p. 54

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-8 a. Any condition existing that if left unatte nded, would definitely pose an immediate or near term hazard to personnel safety. b. Evidence of serious internal failure (b earing, connecting rod, crankshaft or piston failure). c. Uncontrollable lube oil, fuel oil or exhaust leaks. Reference (g) provides guidance for defining leaks. d. Malfunctioning overspeed governor or trip. 4.3.6.2 Severely Degraded. A finding of Severely Degraded will be assigned to a discrepancy which does not present an immediate or near term danger to personnel but does present risk to the equipment. A Severely Degraded finding will include specific operational restrictions. Severely degraded items must be corrected and re-inspected prior to operation or must have an approved major DFS. Discrepancies that may cause a finding of Severely Degraded include but are not limited to: a. Inoperative alarms or safety devices. b. Low lube oil pressure. c. Readings that exceed the limits of PMS or manufacturer specifications that during unrestricted operation would present a hazard to equipment. d. Lube oil fuel dilution above safe levels. e. Controllable exhaust leak s as defined in reference (g). 4.3.6.3 Major Discrepancy. This finding is made when major problems exist, but the engine is still operable. operational restrictions must be approved by the TYCOM. Any deficiency that has been noted as major, which has not been corrected by the end of the inspection shall have a JCN assigned. Discrepancies not corrected within 30 days shall be reported by Naval message in accordance with paragraph 4.4.b(3) of this chapter. This requirement does not alter the normal Casualty Reporting or DFS reporting requirements. In accordance with references (a) and (b), major deficiencies include, but are not limited to: a. Engine unable to maintain rated load. b. Automatic equipment inoperati ve or not functioning properly. c. Critical components exceed prescribed limits but do not meet the Severely Degraded criteria. d. Temperature and/or pressure between cylinders are not within specification. e. Either Remote or Local engine starting (one of two must be operational) or remote securing devices are inoperative. f. Excessive blower clearance readings. g. Air box exhaust belt/muffler is excessively dirty or oil laden. h. Clogged valves or ports. i. Malfunctioning fuel injection system.

p. 55

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-9 j. Jacket water treatment out of specification. 4.3.6.4 Minor Discrepancy. Categorize all other deficiencies as minor. 4.3.6.5 Re-inspections. Discrepancies assigned a grade of RBO must be re-inspected by a DEI prior to operation. A Departure from Specification will not be approved in the case of an RBO discrepancy. Discrepancies assigned a category of Severely Degraded require correction and re- inspection prior to operation or an approved Major Departure from Specification. Repairs to Major and Minor discrepancies may be approved at the unit command level and do not require re-inspection. 4.3.6.6 Recurring Discrepancies. A recurring discrepancy from previous inspections will be specifically noted in the inspection report. 4.3.6.7 Component Certification. (Aircraft Carriers only). With the exception of RBOs, deficiencies identified in the course of diesel engine inspections performed prior to or during a CNO availability do not necessarily affect component certification to support readiness conditions identified in references (c) and (d). Evaluation of specific deficiencies by Ship’s Force and Naval Supervisory Authority/project team personnel is necessary to determine system readiness conditions are met. An emergency diesel generator is considered certified for operation per reference (c) (d) provided the diesel inspection and all required PMS are within periodicity, including completion of a satisfactory performance test. 4.4 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. a. Casualty Reporting (submarines only). (1) Purpose. To provide guidance for Casualty Reporting (CASREP) requirements for submarine diesel generators. CASREPs are in addition to, and do not replace the reporting requirements of other documents (e.g., Naval Reactors Technical Bulletins, Operational Orders, Mishap Reports, etc.). (2) Background. The significance of a su bmarine’s emergency and backup power supplies cannot be overstated. Reference (e) defines the CASREP types, requirements and format. CASREP requirements of Out of Commission power generating or storage equipment require additional clarification. (3) SSBN and SSGN Class Submarine EDGs. Report EDG casualties by message as allowed by operational constraints. b. The ship’s Commanding Officer must: (1) Ensure that each inspection or asse ssment is entered in the applicable machinery history with a brief description of any RBO conditions found at the conclusion of the assessment or inspection. (2) All maintenance actions and parts us age as the result of the inspection or assessment are properly documented per reference (f). (3) Report by Naval message 30 days after the conclusion of an engines inspection and each 30 days thereafter the status of any discrepancy assigned a category of Major or Minor that has not been corrected or brokered to a repair activity. Discrepancies not corrected or brokered will be identified by JCN. The

p. 56

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-10 message will be sent action to NSWC Philadelphia and the servicing Regional Maintenance Center. Information addressees are the ISIC, TYCOM N43, the applicable TYCOM Readiness Code for the ship class, and NAVSEA 05Z. The message will include the engine number, date of inspection, the type of inspection and the name of the inspector. c. The DEI must: (1) The DEI shall ensure a maintenance ready 2-Kilo for every discrepancy is entered into the ships CSMP by M0001 file upload using the software approved by the DEI Program Manager and in accordance with the file upload procedures defined in Volume VI Chapter 42, paragraph 42.5.5 of this manual. The DEI will verbally report the findings of the inspection to the Commanding Officer or a designated representative upon completion of the inspection. (2) Ensure the inspection report, prepared in accordance with reference (b), is signed, serialized and transmitted within 30 days of the inspection completion date. When applicable the inspector shall include in the report the likely cause or condition that resulted in discrepancies rated Major or above and any actions taken during the inspection to correct any discrepancies. The Inspector shall upload a copy of the signed, serialized cover letter as the final enclosure to the report in the Report Generator. The appropriate Supervisor shall then approve the report in the Report Generator and upon approval, the inspection report is considered complete. (3) Utilize the Diesel Inspection Management Information System using the DEI report generator for classes of ships that are currently in use. For classes of ships that are not yet in the system, use the current guidance that is in reference (b). This inspection must be reviewed by the RMC or parent command prior to forwarding the report to the Commanding Officer of the inspected ship, with information copies to the ISIC, TYCOM, Fleet Maintenance Managers, the cognizant Shipyard (Code 260) and Supervisors of Shipbuilding or NAVSEA Shipyard Representative’s Office (Pre-Availability and during Availability Inspections only) and In Service Engineering Agent. (4) Open the report in the Diesel Insp ection Management Information System on the day of starting the inspection or assessment and will send an email to the DEI Program Manager that an inspection or assessment has started. Discrepancies found during the inspection or assessment shall be entered into the open report on a daily or weekly basis and AWRs shall be uploaded weekly. 4.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. This section does not supersede existing engine, ship or ship class specific guidance and is only meant to provide guidance where currently none exists. a. Per reference (g), the light loading of a diesel engine (less than 60 percent) should be avoided. Consistently light loading a diesel engine will cause one or more undesirable conditions, depending on specific engine design:

p. 57

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-11 (1) A loss of cylinder compression due to glazed cylinder walls, leading to an unnecessary premature engine overhaul. (2) Carryover of engine lube oil into th e exhaust, causing excessive exhaust smoke and creating conditions for a possible exhaust stack fire. (3) Fuel oil dilution of lube oil, leading to frequent oil changes. (4) Carbon formation on exhaust va lves, leading to valve failure. In situations where light loading of a diesel engine is unavoidable, arrangements should be made to operate the engine at 60-80 percent rated load capacity for a minimum of thirty minutes, preferably three hours, unless other guidance exists specific to the engine’s application. This can help offset the detrimental effects of light loading; however, it is not to be considered a suitable alternative to the avoidance of light loading. Further details are provided in Appendix A. b. Per reference (h), diesel engines that ha ve online purification capability must operate the purifier continuously while the diesel engine is operating. On installations where multiple engines are serviced by one purifier, the purifier alignment should be shifted periodically within a 24-hour period to ensure all engines receive adequate oil purification and maintain satisfactory oil condition. Each engine’s operating hours and oil condition should be considered when scheduling purification of several engines on a rotational basis. c. Per reference (i) and PMS, diesel engine jacket water treatment must be tested and maintained to ensure proper corrosion control and freeze protection, as applicable. d. Diesel engine operating hours since engine commissioning, engine overhaul and lifecycle maintenance requirement completions (PMS or Class Maintenance Plan requirements), at a minimum, must be maintained on all MPDEs, SSDGs, and EDGs. The hours must be documented and recorded in the appropriate machinery history records in order to assist with scheduling of overhauls and lifecycle maintenance requirements. An overhaul typically includes rebuilding or replacing, as complete sets to new criteria the following components: cylinder heads, piston rings, cylinder liners, main and connecting rod bearings. If one of these sets is not rebuilt or replaced, the repair is generally not considered an overhaul and engine operating hours since overhaul must not be zeroed, however, machinery history will be updated and lifecycle operating hours since the significant repairs must be tracked. A certified DEI must make the final determination if the extent of the work accomplished constitutes an engine overhaul for a particular engine or not during execution of the Post Overhaul or Repair Inspection detailed in paragraph 4.3.2(c) of this chapter. e. For any corrective maintenance action accomplished on the engine, an entry should be made to the diesel maintenance history log including date, engine hours and a brief narrative that provides the reason for and description of maintenance. The maintenance history log should be reviewed periodically by the division officer and Department Head, as appropriate. 4.6 COMPLIANCE.

p. 58

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-12 a. All ships, submarines and craft must comply with the procedures herein for the operation, maintenance and inspection of installed diesel engines. b. Ship’s Commanding Officers must ensure al l diesel records are readily available for the inspector’s review and Ship’s Force use, including: (1) Engine operating logs. (2) Navy Oil Analysis Program test results , or, for submarines, the applicable oil analysis results. (3) Onboard lube oil testing logs. (4) Diesel Maintenance and history r ecords to include all maintenance and significant items accomplished on the engine since last engine overhaul. (5) Diesel operating and maintenance documents, including Engineering Operational Sequencing System, Steam Plant Manual, Ship System Manual (Submarines only), PMS, Engineering Standing Orders, etc., as appropriate. (6) Engine hours’ log. (7) Diesel inspection reports since last overhaul and associated Naval message on the status of discrepancies. (8) Fuel Oil Quality Management records. (9) Diesel Engine Technical Manuals. (10) References (g), (h) and (i). (11) Appropriate diesel-r elated Training records. (12) Jacket water logs. c. The TYCOM or ISIC must ensure that assigned ships operate and maintain diesel engines following the procedures in references (a), (b), (g), (h) and (i). Specifically, they must: (1) Ensure ships are complying with al l required instructions by observation of diesel engine operations during shipboard visits. (2) Conduct follow-up action to ensure that any unsatisfactory conditions found are correct at the earliest possible date. (3) Maintain a library of technical materi al and appropriate visual aids for use by assigned ships in training diesel operations. d. (Submarines only) Ensure the induction and exhaust systems are inspected following the appropriate Maintenance Requirement, or Maintenance Requirements for continued Unrestricted Operation. e. The Diesel Inspection Program Manager sh all audit the diesel inspection programs of each Regional Maintenance Center and other DEI inspection activities annually. The audit report will be debriefed to the highest level available at the conclusion and copy of report will be provided to the Commanding Officer and NAVSEA 05.

p. 59

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4-13 4.7 SUBJECT MATTER EXPERT IN THE REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE OF DIESEL ENGINES. The SME provides technical oversight on all scheduled and emergent work performed by the RMC personnel, and contractor, as required. The SME ensures work packages include proper repair procedures and are used with maintenance standards and appropriate technical documentation related to the diesel engine assessment or inspection. The SME must have direct communication with the RMC Engineering Department regarding resolutions of repairs that do not meet Original Equipment Manufacturer specifications.

p. 60

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A DIESEL MAINTENANCE STRATEGY FOR SURFACE FORCES 1. OBJECTIVE. This document is applicable only to non-nuclear surface force ships and craft. The objective of the Diesel Maintenance Strategy (DMS) is to baseline the class maintenance plan by technically validating Life Cycle Maintenance requirements. This provides guidance for Long-Range Maintenance Schedule provisioning and supports the management of Engineering Core Maintenance documentation (e.g., CMP, Technical Foundation Paper, and Ship Sheets). DMS is designed to improve the accuracy of work specifications and provide a closed loop work product evaluation and improvement process. DMS supports the Surface Maintenance Engineering Planning Program (SURFMEP) end-to-end maintenance philosophy throughout the Optimized Fleet Response Plan, reference (j), in accordance with the DMS Standard Operating Procedure, reference (k), through the following: a. DRS continuous assessment process in cluding engine performance and lube oil and jacket water data in accordance with reference (l). b. Through direct engagement with ships force personnel. c. By evaluating engine ma terial history for the purpose of validating technical documentation. d. Review of Integrated Condition Assessment System and Continuous Maintenance Assessment System data. e. Diesel Inspection Reports. 2. DIESEL MAINTENANCE STRATEGY MANAGEMENT. DMS Management is the responsibility of the In-Service Engineering Agent (ISEA) located at Naval Surface Warfare Center Philadelphia PA. The ISEA will manage the maintenance strategy on a ship class and engine type basis. The ISEA will report to the technical warrant holder in NAVSEA 05 for all DMS related technical matters. The ISEA DMS Manager is responsible for providing SURFMEPP with all technical requirements for diesel propulsion or power generation plant maintenance. The Diesel Lifecycle Engineering Representative (DLER) performs the ISEA Waterfront Technical Support function under the DMS organization. 3. DIESEL MAINTENANCE STRATEGY CORE ELEMENTS. a. Life Cycle Maintenance Branding Repor t. The Life Cycle Maintenance (LCM) Report aids the Maintenance Team in deconflicting maintenance plans by publishing major diesel maintenance for the upcoming O-FRP cycle and identifies long lead- time material requirements in accordance with references (m) and (n). Major maintenance is determined by the review of each class maintenance plan task against availability records, task history, and assessment reports. This report will also include routine maintenance based on ISEA LCM recommendations and the vessel’s next availability date. This ensures critical life cycle maintenance tasks, mandatory assessment tasks, any active departures from specification and life-cycle impacting class advisories are identified early and incorporated into the availability work package. In addition to the LCM Branding Report an updated master Life Cycle Maintenance Matrix and 4790/2-Kilo Bulk Upload listing are provided via formal

p. 61

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4A-2 APPENDIX A letter to SURFMEPP, TYCOM, Maintenance Team, Ships Force, and the local Regional Maintenance Center regarding mandatory diesel time-directed maintenance requirements. Logistics support is integrated during this period through the identification of long lead time and high cost material requirements. Early coordination with the Defense Logistics Agency and Navy Inventory Control Point is designed to reduce the likelihood of delay during the availability. b. Mid-Cycle Assessment Process and Bra nding Report. The Mid-Cycle Assessment (MCA) is the last opportunity to assess the condition of the engines prior to submission and approval of the final availability work package. Therefore the MCA is critical to ensuring that work is scheduled, scoped, planned, provisioned and executed in a successful manner. The MCA is an assessment, not an inspection or certification, and will be performed in accordance with Volume VI, Chapter 42 of this manual. For any discrepancies that may be considered operationally limiting Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8, paragraph 8.2.b of this instruction regarding a Commanding Officers discretion at-sea applies. Deferral of the MCA requires the approval of the TYCOM. (1) MCA Execution. The MCA is by design a non-intrusive assessment of the propulsion and power generation diesel engines overall condition including a detailed review of the Availability Work Package, Shipboard Automated Maintenance Modules (SAMM) or DRS data and a short (no more than 7 days notional) onboard assessment of engine condition and performance. High power (above 80%) tests of each main engine and Ship Service Diesel Generator with compression analysis may be performed based on the quality of existing DRS combustion analysis data. As this assessment is for the purpose of defining a work package, grooming of the engines prior to this testing is not required. This assessment may be tailored based on the completeness of the ships material history in SAMM and compliance with DRS compression testing and lube oil and jacket water test results. The assessment may even be performed virtually if there is sufficient data in SAMM to warrant that determination. The ISEA will provide a detailed schedule of events for this assessment no later than 30 days prior to the scheduled event with a complete listing of all Planned Maintenance System Maintenance Requirement Card’s to be performed during the visit. This schedule of events document will include an executive summary brief to the Commanding Officer detailing the execution of the visit, will include all points of contact. The schedule of events will define the team and will assign the team leader. The MCA shall occur within the duration of the Availability Work Package Integrated Phase, prior to the 100% Package Lock milestone.

p. 62

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4A-3 APPENDIX A (2) MCA Reporting and Branding Report. Upon completion of the MCA the team lead shall ensure maintenance ready 4790-2K’s are provided to Ship’s Force 3MC for upload in accordance with Volume IV Chapter 42 of this manual. The MCA Branding Report will include all branded 4790-2K’s for the upcoming availability and shall be submitted within 30 days of completion but in any case prior to the 100% lock date. Completion of the MCA will be reported to the TYCOM by the ship via naval message. c. Package Lock Branding Report. The Package Lock Branding Report identifies CBM related work candidates that were not previously included in the LCM and MCA Branding reports. Condition Based Maintenance candidates are identified using DRS data analytics, knowledge of ship’s condition and, when available and appropriate, onboard assessment/inspection results/reports. The Package Lock Branding Report may be submitted at multiple milestones as required to document Condition Based Maintenance related tasks and the final report shall be submitted no later than 30-days prior to the 100% Package Lock Milestone. The MCA Branded Tasks may be included with the Package Lock Report in lieu of a separate MCA Branding Report if the two report dates are within 60 days of each other. d. Diesel Engine Inspection Branding Report. Periodic diesel inspections will be conducted by the Regional Maintenance in compliance with reference (b). Upon completion of the inspection, deferred maintenance requirements will be uploaded to OMMS-NG in the form of a 4790-2K. The ISEA may choose to brand specific 2K’s for accomplishment during an upcoming or future Chief of Naval Operations availability or continuous maintenance period. e. Industrial Support Visit Report. The object ive of the Industrial Support Visit (ISV) is to document, measure and analyze the impact of growth and new work, the impact of collateral work, to assess the accuracy and timeliness of material to determine the impact on cost and schedule and seeks to determine if changes may be made in the ETE process to improve future work efforts. f. Integrated Propulsion Plant Alignmen t Procedure (IPPAP). The Integrated Propulsion Plant Alignment Procedure (IPPAP) is a detailed alignment procedure accomplished in accordance with the Integrated Propulsion Plant Alignment Manual for the applicable ship class, reference (o). The purpose of the IPPAP is to groom and align the main propulsion plant and the associated control system after a major maintenance period to produce the optimal plant performance to support training and deployment. IPPAP notionally begins as part of the end of availability initial light off and continues through sea trials.

p. 63

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-4A-4 APPENDIX A 4. DIESEL LIFECYCLE ENGINEERING REPRESENTATIVE a. Role of the Diesel Lifecycle Engineeri ng Representative. The role of the Diesel Lifecycle Engineering Representative (DLER) is outlined in reference (b). The DLER acts as the waterfront point of contact for the execution of DMS. The DLER performs the following tasks in support of DMS. (1) Maintains and updates the Lifecycle Maintenance Workbook. (2) Attends IPTD meetings, Work P ackage Integration Conference, Work Package Execution Conference, Completion Conference, and the Interim Support Visits. (3) Reviews and integrates condition based maintenance requirements into the availability planning process. (4) Maintains and updates the DMS/DRS Workbooks for their assigned vessels. (5) Submits all DMS Branding Reports re quired by reference (b) to support the SURFMEPP End-to-End Planning Process. (6) Coordinates with logisticians to en sure proper ILS support for task scheduled in the Lifecycle Maintenance Matrix. (7) Supports the technical evaluation of Departure from Specification requests on behalf of the In Service Engineering Agent. b. Qualifications of the DLER Position. The DLER must be a senior engineering technician with a minimum requirement of 15 years of active duty U.S. Navy experience or a minimum of five years as a field service representative for a diesel engine original equipment manufacturer. Prior qualification as a Diesel Engine Inspector or prior assignment as a main engine room supervisor on a diesel ship is desired. U.S. Coast Guard Engineers license may substitute for experience.

p. 64

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-5-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 5 MARINE SANITATION DEVICES REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEAINST 9593.1 - Certification Program for Sewage Marine Sanitation Devices in U.S. Navy Surface Ships and Craft (b) OPNAVINST 5090.1 - Environmental a nd Natural Resources Program Manual (c) NAVSEA S9086-T8-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 593 (Pollution Control) (d) NAVSEA S9086-CH-STM-030 - NSTM Ch apter 074 V3 (Gas Free Engineering) (e) NWP 1-03.1 - Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report (f) NAVEDTRA 10500 - Catalog of Navy Training Courses 5.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance in the operation, maintenance and certification of surface ship Marine Sanitation Devices (MSD) and to specify the requirements, procedures and responsibilities applicable to those systems. a. Sewage systems must be properly operated and maintained or serious health hazards can result. References (a) and (b) require that all MSD systems being installed on naval ships and craft be inspected and certified. The prevention of health, sanitation and safety problems associated with the various sewage handling and disposal systems must be a priority matter. b. Environmental considerations have ma de the operation of shipboard sanitation systems more restrictive with regard to the discharge of sewage to navigable waters. Local and State environmental laws are generally more restrictive than the requirements of reference (b). Senior Officer Present Afloat regulations are continually reviewed and revised to comply with the laws under which the Senior Officer Present Afloat is licensed to operate sanitation systems. c. This chapter is applicable to all surfa ce ships, service craft and small boats on which pollution abatement sewage systems are installed, either during construction or by alteration. It includes all types of shipboard sewage handling and treatment systems or MSDs certified per reference (a) and described in Section 4 of reference (c). Reference (d) describes the procedures, equipment, and records to be used during maintenance of MSD system components where toxic or combustible gases may be present. The most common pollution abatement sewage system in use on ships and craft is the Collection, Holding and Transfer system. Other systems in use include the Pall Trinity, JERED, GATX MK1 and the Vacuum Collection, Holding and Transfer System. 5.2 CERTIFICATION. The purpose of MSD certification is to confirm that the system, as installed, meets established design requirements, that adequate logistic support is available onboard and that major installation deficiencies are corrected. A single level certification program has been implemented by Naval Sea Systems Command to supersede the older two

CHAPTER 5

p. 65

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-5-2 level system (provisional and full). Ships that presently hold a “Full” certification are considered to be certified and require no further certification inspections. 5.3 RESPONSIBILITIES. The cognizant Type Commander (TYCOM) will coordinate the operation, maintenance, and certification of MSD systems installed on all units following the procedures established by references (a) and (c). 5.3.1 Type Commander or Immediate Superior In Command. The TYCOM or Immediate Superior In Command must: a. Ensure surface ships participate in the pollution abatement program to the maximum extent possible by utilizing their pollution control equipment when within U.S. territorial waters (three miles). b. Ensure MSD systems are properly inst alled, operated and maintained and that shipboard personnel working with sewage systems are properly trained in health and sanitation procedures. 5.3.2 Commanding Officer or Officer In Charge. The Commanding Officer or Officer In Charge must: a. Oversee the correction of discrepancies on MSD system installations per reference (a). b. Prevent foodstuffs from being stored in ar eas adjacent to or below sanitation system valves, flanges or take down joints. Drip pans must be installed beneath all sanitation system valves, flanges and take down joints in health sensitive areas. c. Log the time, duration and justification for each unavoidable discharge of prohibited sewage in restricted waters. Notify the TYCOM and Immediate Superior In Command of each occurrence. In a situation where holding sanitary wastes would present a health or safety hazard, the system must be reported by Casualty Report per reference (e) and secured. 5.4 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION. a. Ship-to-Shop Work. All Fleet Mainte nance Activities are capable of accomplishing repair and overhaul of all MSD components on a ship-to-shop basis. When components are delivered to the Fleet Maintenance Activity, their cleanliness will be certified in writing by the delivering ship's Medical Department representative. NOTE: IF NONE OF THE METHODS IN SUB-PARAGRAPH (b) ARE AVAILABLE, AND AN EMERGENCY SITUATION EXISTS, REFER TO REFERENCE (b) FOR EMERGENCY DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS. b. MSD Cleaning. The only authorized MSD pipe cleaning processes are hydroblast cleaning and acid cleaning. Acid cleaning may only be performed by qualified activities using the procedures of reference (c). Request cleaning for the removal of hard deposits which cannot be removed by ordinary shipboard means. (1) Due to the extreme hazards involved in cleaning MSD systems, a high level of supervisory attention must be applied to all evolutions. An agreement on the procedures to be used by the Fleet Maintenance Activity and Ship’s Force

p. 66

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-5-3 must be established by a locally prepared Memorandum Of Agreement which describes all aspects of the operation. (2) Disposal of effluent must be accomplis hed in an environmentally safe manner. Depending on port availability, the following methods of disposal must be used in priority order: (a) Discharge to pier side sewage system. (b) Discharge to tank truck or barge. (c) Discharge to sea (when hydroblasting while underway). 5.5 TECHNICAL SYSTEM ASSESSMENT. a. Technical System Assessments may be re quested for training or, when necessary, to develop a work package. b. Technical assist visits and assessments ar e described in Volume VI, Chapter 42 of this manual. 5.6 TRAINING. a. Training courses in the maintenance and operation of MSD systems are offered by Fleet Training Centers at various locations. Consult reference (f) for current course offerings and details. b. On ships with Collection, Holding and Transfer and JERED systems installed, the following school graduates are required: (1) An Officer responsible for the operation and maintenance of the system. (2) Senior enlisted personnel assigne d the responsibility for operation and maintenance of the system. (3) Other maintenance personnel; at l east one in each inport duty section.

p. 67

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-6-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 6 OXYGEN AND NITROGEN SYSTEMS REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9086-SX-STM-010 - NSTM Ch apter 550 (Industrial Gases; Generating, Handling, and Storage) (b) MIL-STD-1330 - Standard Practice for Pr ecision Cleaning and Testing of Shipboard Oxygen, Helium, Helium-Oxygen, Nitrogen and Hydrogen Systems (c) NAVAIR A6-332AO-GYD-000 - Laboratory and Aviators Breathing Oxygen Field Guide 6.1 PURPOSE. Oxygen - Nitrogen (O2-N2) producing storage and transfer systems are installed onboard all Aircraft Carriers and other surface force ships and shore stations to provide liquid and gaseous oxygen and nitrogen for use by Ship’s Force and embarked air wings. Guidance for the proper operation and maintenance of these systems is provided by this chapter and references (a) and (b). 6.2 PRECAUTIONS. a. Oxygen is not flammable but supports a nd rapidly accelerates the combustion of all flammable materials. Any substance that burns in a normal atmosphere will burn much more rapidly in concentrated oxygen with a much higher flame temperature. Combustible material (e.g., dirt, dust, soap, oil, cloth, paper, wood, cork, carbon black and gasoline) should not be allowed to come in contact with an enriched oxygen environment. Oxygen can cause combustion of substances not normally considered burnable (notably steel wool, thin gauge metals and certain types of cloth). b. Gaseous nitrogen is an almost totally inert gas, does not burn, and does not support combustion or respiration. It is not poisonous but can displace oxygen from the air and cause asphyxia. c. Cryogenic fluids (liquid oxygen and liquid nitrogen) are extremely dangerous. They can cause severe burns or frostbite if they contact the skin. Prolonged exposure to the cold vapors can damage delicate tissues such as those of the eye, windpipe and lung. The cold surface of piping components and vessels containing cryogenic fluid can burn or freeze bare flesh and cause it to stick to the cold metal. At the temperature of cryogenic fluids, many metals and other materials become brittle. Ship structural steel can crack if contacted by cryogenic fluid. Liquid oxygen and nitrogen will produce a very large volume of gas when they vaporize. In a closed compartment with inadequate ventilation, vaporizing liquid can create a hazardously high concentration of oxygen or nitrogen. The cloudy vapor that appears from vaporizing liquid, or cold gas venting is condensed moisture, making the issuing gas visible. When handling liquid cryogenic products, personnel must utilize protective clothing per the requirements of reference (a) and comply with all safety rules.

CHAPTER 6

p. 68

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-6-2 6.3 AVIATORS BREATHING OXYGEN TESTING. a. Because of the severe consequences of liquid oxygen failing to meet the standards for Aviators Breathing Oxygen (ABO), stringent requirements for testing and ABO certifications have been established. Liquid oxygen and nitrogen is to be sampled and tested for production and stowage per reference (a) and Planned Maintenance System procedures. b. All Aircraft Carriers pro ducing ABO have certified ABO test sites and are capable of certifying shipboard produced liquid oxygen. These ABO test sites are under the control of the shipboard Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Department. The testing and surveillance requirements of Aircraft Carrier shipboard O 2-N2 plant oxygen and nitrogen products must be accomplished per reference (a) and meet the spectrographic analysis requirements of reference (c). c. Aircraft Carrier O 2-N2 producers are known to experience high levels of methane (i.e., aircraft exhaust fumes, Collection, Holding and Transfer system discharge and boiler or Emergency Diesel Generator exhaust gases) which exceed the current established maximum limit of 25 parts per million per reference (c). The following direction is established for aircraft carrier O2-N2 producer liquid samples as stated in reference (a). (1) For shipboard produced liquid oxygen, the limit for methane, when sampled at the storage tank, is 75 parts per million. This limit must not be exceeded. (2) Liquid oxygen samples drawn from th e storage tank are “customer or user” samples, for issuance in compliance with the ABO surveillance program. Samples from the O2-N2 producer are Maintenance samples used for monitoring and contaminate analysis and correction. d. If at any time a liquid oxygen test sample or test method is found unsatisfactory, Ship's Force O2-N2 Plant operators and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Department ABO laboratory personnel must work together to identify and correct the problem. Guidelines to follow for this are outlined in references (a), (b) and (c). e. Certification of high-pressure gaseous st orage flasks must be performed per reference (a). 6.4 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE. a. Per reference (a), only qualified pe rsonnel with full knowledge and understanding of the applicable safety requirements and hazards associated with oxygen production and handling must be permitted to handle gaseous and liquid oxygen aboard ship. Equipment such as O 2-N2 producing plants, storage tanks, and pump-vaporizer units must be operated only under the supervision of a Fleet Cryogenics School graduate that holds a current Navy Enlisted Classification (NEC)-4283 qualification. Ideally, all operating personnel, as well as supervisory personnel, will be graduates of the Cryogenics School; however, there may be cases where sufficient personnel with this formal training are not available. In this event, operators trained by a currently qualified NEC-4283 supervisor may be used if they have successfully completed the required Personnel Qualification Standard and are designated in writing by the Commanding Officer.

p. 69

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-6-3 b. Only qualified personnel will be authori zed to perform oxygen clean maintenance and repairs to shipboard oxygen or nitrogen system components. The procedures and guidelines, as stated in reference (b), must be followed. c. High-Pressure O 2-N2 Producers onboard Aircraft Carriers are equipped with R-22 Refrigeration Units. When maintenance or repairs are being conducted on this equipment strict guidance must be followed to prevent the release of any ozone depleting substances (i.e., CFCs and HCFCs) to the atmosphere as mandated by the Environmental Protection Agency Clean Air Act. The Environmental Protection Agency Clean Air Act, Section 608 prohibits individuals from knowingly venting ozone-depleting compounds, used as refrigerants, into the atmosphere while maintaining, servicing, repairing, or disposing of air-conditioning or refrigeration equipment. Only the following four types of ozone-depleting substance venting releases are permitted under this section of the act. (1) Absolute minimum quantities of refrig erant released in the course of making good faith attempts to recapture and recycle or safely dispose of refrigerants. (2) Refrigerants emitted in the course of normal operation of air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment, (i.e., purging of air and non-condensable gases), as opposed to during the maintenance, servicing, repair or disposal of the equipment. (3) Mixtures of nitrogen and R-22 that are used as holding charges or as leak test gases, because in these cases, the ozone-depleting compound is not used as a refrigerant. However, a technician may not avoid recovering refrigerant by adding nitrogen to a charged system. (4) Small releases of refrigerant wh ich result from purging hoses or from connecting or disconnecting hoses to charge or service appliances. Additionally, refrigerant recovery and recycling equipment must be equipped with low-loss fittings. d. Personnel who perform maintenance or repairs to equipment that utilize ozone depleting substances, are required to successfully pass an Environmental Protection Agency approved technician certification test and be licensed before any commencement of work begins.

p. 70

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-7-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 7 ACCOUNTABILITY AND CERTIFICATION OF NUCLEAR PROPULSION PLANT TEST AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA 0989-031-4000 - Reactor Plant Instrumentation and Control Equipment Maintenance (b) NAVSEA 0989-064-3000 - Cleanliness Requi rements for Nuclear Propulsion Plant Maintenance and Construction LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Nuclear Test Equipment Check-Out and Check-In Form B Nuclear Support and Test E quipment Certification Record 7.1 PURPOSE. To issue requirements for the certification and accountability of Nuclear Propulsion Plant Test and Support Equipment as required by the applicable Reactor Plant Manual (RPM) and reference (a). Nuclear Propulsion Plant Test and Support Equipment is commonly referred to as Nuclear Test Equipment (NTE). a. NTE specified by the applicable RP M and reference (a) to support planned and corrective maintenance of Nuclear Propulsion Plant systems must be carefully controlled. Maintaining accountability and certifying accuracy, operability, and reliability per the most current Field Changes and technical specifications is an essential element of reactor safety. The basic elements of the NTE program are certification and verification. b. Certification is the detailed technical eval uation of the equipment to conclude that the item conforms to the required specification. Certification is conducted prior to initial issue and after any event that invalidates the certification, such as repair, Field Change installation or a revision to the equipment reference drawing or figure and is recorded on a NTE Certification Record. Equipment will normally be maintained in a Ready for Issue, certified condition, requiring verification prior to each issue. c. Verification is the validation that the equipment is certified based on a review of records and is in a physically acceptable condition for issue and use. Verification is conducted prior to each issue and is recorded on a NTE Check-out and Check-in Form contained in Appendix A of this chapter. 7.2 NUCLEAR TEST EQUIPMENT CATEGORIES. For purposes of this chapter, NTE is divided into three categories. a. General Purpose Electronic Test Equipment. b. Electronic and Electrical Test Equipm ent, non-General Purpose Electronic Test Equipment (e.g., switchboard test equipment, scram breaker time response equipment, etc.).

CHAPTER 7

p. 71

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-7-2 c. Mechanical Test Equipment. 7.3 ACTION. The Repair Officer must implement the requirements of this chapter. The Nuclear Repair Officer is designated as the custodian of NTE and must ensure that assigned personnel carry out the requirements of this chapter. 7.4 PROCUREMENT. Only test equipment meeting the specifications of the applicable RPM and reference (a) may be used to conduct testing on Nuclear Propulsion Plant Systems. Requisitions for new equipment must contain sufficient detail to ensure the correct item is purchased. Allowance Equipage Lists for required NTE are provided in the tender Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List or Q-Coordinated Shipboard Allowance List. The requirements for General Purpose Electronic Test Equipment to support nuclear electrical and electronic testing are contained in the applicable Ship’s Portable Electronic Test Equipment Requirements List. 7.5 NUCLEAR TEST EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION. NTE must be certified using a Formal Work Package (FWP) for Electronic and Electrical Test Equipment and a Controlled Work Package (CWP) for Mechanical Test Equipment. Certification is required for new equipment prior to initial issue and following repairs or modifications which could impact performance. Periodic recertification is not required. The FWP or CWP should be as simple as possible. As a minimum, the FWP or CWP must provide the exact equipment reference and indicate the attributes that must be verified and the required testing. Recertification following repair must be a step in the repair FWP or CWP. Certification must be documented on NTE Certification Records and is discussed in detail in paragraph 7.5.4 of this chapter. Certification must be accomplished per paragraph 7.5.1 or 7.5.2 of this chapter. The ultimate objective is to demonstrate that the NTE available for Nuclear Propulsion Plant application is technically correct. 7.5.1 Electronic and Electrical Test Equipment. The FWP must require completing and retaining an NTE Certification Record. a. To certify new or existing measuring and r ecording equipment, such as a Visicorder or strip chart recorder, verify that the specifications given in the equipment technical manual match the specifications required by the applicable RPM, reference (a), or applicable test reference. b. To certify repaired or re-calibrated meas uring and recording equipment, the repair or calibration activity must certify that the item still conforms to the original technical specifications and is properly calibrated (as evidenced by a calibration sticker). The Fleet Maintenance Activity Work Center performing the repair or calibration must complete the NTE Certification Record. If the repair or calibration was not performed by the Fleet Maintenance Activity, Nuclear Repair must certify the equipment. Work orders for repair must require conformance to referenced drawings and figures. c. To certify other existing electrical test equipment not previously certified, such as switch boxes, jumper boxes, cables, Under Voltage and Under Frequency test boxes, etc., each component and the wiring configuration must be compared to the referenced drawing for correctness. d. To certify other new electrical test equipment verify the test equipment as correct with respect to what was ordered and the nameplate data or other markings compared to the equipment requirements of the RPM, reference (a), or referenced test procedure.

p. 72

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-7-3 7.5.2 Mechanical Test Equipment. a. To certify existing or newly manufacture d mechanical test equipment, the CWP that manufactures the test equipment must include steps to verify that the material specifications and configuration match the equipment reference. The CWP must also include all required testing. b. To certify purchased mechanical test equi pment, the CWP must include steps to verify the equipment as correct with respect to what was ordered, compare the equipment to the requirements of the RPM, reference (a) and or referenced test procedure and must also specify any testing that may be required prior to use. 7.5.3 Recertification Following Reference Revision. To certify existing equipment after a revision to the equipment configuration reference, take the actions necessary for the NTE to conform to the revision and complete an NTE Certification Record for recertification. The FWP for Electronic and Electrical Test Equipment and a CWP for Mechanical Test Equipment used to accomplish the equipment changes will specify recertification. A new NTE Certification Record will be generated regardless of whether or not the equipment required modification. The new certification record will serve to update the applicable revision and will provide evidence that the NTE was in fact validated to the correct revision. 7.5.4 Certification Documentation. The FWP or CWP must contain a NTE Certification Record. The minimum attributes are shown in Appendix B of this chapter. a. The Certification Record page (current and superseded) must be retained by the Nuclear Repair Officer for the life of the equipment. This record must be available for review by personnel checking out equipment. b. The active revision or advance change no tice level of the reference to which the equipment was built must be specific enough to allow verification of the effects of future reference revisions. For example, while the RPM or reference (a) may be at revision 480, a figure showing test equipment details may be revision 453. The reference should be stated as the exact figure number and 453 should be recorded as the revision level. c. Existing records that contain proper certi fication data are acceptable and need not be replaced. 7.6 ACCOUNTABILITY. a. Electrical and electronic test equipment must be fitted with tamper resistant seals where unauthorized access to calibration settings or internal components may invalidate certification. b. Requests for test equipment are norma lly made using an OPNAV 4790/2L form and identifying the appropriate Master Job Catalog routine Job Sequence Number. The OPNAV 4790/2L form requesting the test equipment must be specific with respect to the fittings or other associated components required in addition to the specific piece of test equipment. For hydrostatic test equipment, sufficient information must be provided to complete the checklist requirements of Chapter 9 of this volume.

p. 73

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-7-4 c. Equipment should be issued for a specified period and delinquent equipment recovered as soon as possible. d. Activities receiving NTE must be briefed that only the issuing activity is authorized to repair NTE and that tampering will invalidate certification. e. Equipment Check-out and Check-in Forms w ill, as a minimum, contain the attributes contained in Appendix A of this chapter. f. Verification that the equipment is foll owing the latest revision of the controlling reference must be accomplished by: (1) Review of the NTE Certification R ecord prepared per Section 7.5 of this chapter to demonstrate that the item has been certified. (2) Compare the revision level stated on th e NTE Certification Record to the latest revision of the reference. g. When equipment is returned, those items of the issue and receipt procedure necessary to determine the condition of the equipment must be repeated. This will ensure that equipment requiring repair is identified in a timely manner. A check-in operational test need not be performed in every case, but would be appropriate if visible physical conditions indicate possible damage affecting operability. h. Prior to issue by the repair facility, mechan ical NTE which is expected to be subjected to pressure greater than 10 pounds per square inch will be operationally pressure tested to the highest pressure expected during use in the propulsion plant. Individual gages are excluded provided they are issued as individual components without adapters or hoses (for normal installation in a system) and are properly calibrated. i. The activity requesting mechanical NTE will be specific when requesting NTE. The following data (at a minimum) will be specified as applicable: (1) Maintenance for which the NTE is required. (2) Gage range and required tolerance. (3) Set-points of protective devices. (4) Length of hose. (5) Size and style of fittings for attach ment to ships system (e.g., Swagelok SS 1/8” inverted 37 Degrees SAE flare fitting). (6) Maximum temperature the NTE is exp ected to be subjected to during use. (7) Date required. (8) Any special requirements. 7.6.1 Lost or Damaged Test Equipment. Lost or damaged test equipment must be repaired or replaced in a timely manner. Equipment requiring repair will be entered in the Equipment Deficiency Log, assigned a Job Sequence Number and entered in the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project. Out-Of-Commission equipment that results in an inability to provide necessary test equipment for reactor plant testing must be given high repair priority. Maintenance of NTE will only be accomplished by the issuing activity.

p. 74

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-7-5 7.6.2 Cleanliness and Foreign Material Exclusion. Mechanical Test Equipment and Assemblies attached to Nuclear Propulsion Plant Systems must meet the requirements for cleanliness control and foreign material exclusion specified by reference (b). Verification of cleanliness will be incorporated into check-out and check-in forms and into FWPs and Technical Work Documents. 7.6.3 Stowage. NTE must be stowed in a location segregated from non-NTE. Ready For Issue equipment will be stowed apart from non-Ready For Issue equipment. Segregated stowage must be such that it precludes inadvertent mixing of equipment. 7.6.4 Inventory. NTE will be inventoried at least annually. A record of the most recent inventory will be retained by the Nuclear Repair Officer.

p. 75

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-7A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A NUCLEAR TEST EQUIPMENT CHECK-OUT AND CHECK-IN FORM Receiving Activity: ___________________________________________Date ______________ Lending Activity: _______________________________________________________________ 1. Equipment description and serial numbers. Include all individual components. _________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Required return date: ATTRIBUTE CHECK-OUT CHECK-IN SAT UNSAT N/A SAT UNSAT N/A Physical condition of assembly or item Calibration current Tamper resistant seals intact Level of cleanliness is as required Operational test. Protective feature set point ________. For hydro rigs, complete Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check List (see Chapter 9 of this volume) and provide with hydro rig.

Equipment previously certified. Review Certification Record Card

Equipment verified correct to latest revision or advance change notice of referenced drawing or manual.

3. Equipment found to be unsatisfactory has been segregated from satisfactory equipment and repair request submitted. CHECK-OUT YES () ______ CHECK-IN YES () _____ CHECK-OUT and CHECK-IN signatures on reverse.

p. 76

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-7A-2 APPENDIX A CHECK-OUT Prepared and Issued By: Signature _____________________________________________________________________ Printed Name __________________________________________________________________ Received By: Signature _____________________________________________________________________ Printed Name __________________________________________________________________ NOTE: RECEIPT SIGNATURE ACKNOW LEDGES THAT ONLY THE ISSUING ACTIVITY IS AUTHORIZED TO REPAIR NTE AND THAT TAMPERING WILL INVALIDATE CERTIFICATION. THIS SIGNATURE ALSO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT A REVIEW OF CERTIFICATION RECORDS CONFIRMS THAT THE EQUIPMENT CONFORMS TO THE REQUIRED TEST REFERENCE REQUIREMENTS. CHECK-IN Returned by: Signature _____________________________________________________________________ Printed Name __________________________________________________________________ Received by: Signature _____________________________________________________________________ Printed Name __________________________________________________________________

p. 77

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-7B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B NUCLEAR SUPPORT AND TEST EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATION RECORD 1. SHIP/ACTIVITY 2. FWP/CWP NUMBER 3. DATE CERTIFIED (CIRCLE ONE) INITIAL CERTIFICATION RECERTIFICATION 4. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION

5. EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION REFERENCE, INCLUDING EXACT REVISION AND ACN TO WHICH THE EQUIPMENT WAS BUILT

6. CERTIFICATION TEST(S)/CHECK(S) PERFORMED AND RESULTS (include certification method)

7. REASON FOR RECERTIFICATION (not applicable to initial certification)

8. CERTIFIED BY: DATE:_______________ SIGNATURE:_______________________________ PRINTED NAME:____________________________ 9. ACCEPTED BY NRO: DATE:_____________ SIGNATURE:_______________________________ PRINTED NAME:____________________________

p. 78

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-8-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 8 WEAPONS AND CARGO ELEVATOR ASSESSMENTS 8.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance in the preparation for and execution of shipboard weapons and cargo elevator assessments and assist visits by the Elevator Support Unit (ESU). Shipboard weapons and cargo handling elevators are supported through the elevator assessment and repair program, which is executed by the ESU. The ESU program, formerly the Program to Assess and Repair Shipboard Elevators for the Atlantic Fleet, and Weapons Elevator Support Unit for the Pacific and Atlantic Fleets, provides direct fleet support for the maintenance and modernization of shipboard elevators. The program is executed by the ESU on a per ship cycle, as dictated by the individual ship’s deployment and maintenance schedules. Although ESU scheduled milestones are based on the maintenance cycle, the primary focus of the program is to achieve peak system readiness at the time of deployment by evaluating and repairing elevators throughout the ship’s cycle. Additionally, DDG-51 Class 5”/54 and 5”/62 Ammunition Strike Down Equipment, which are similar to elevators, are supported through the ESU program. 8.2 ELEVATOR SUPPORT UNIT. The Regional Maintenance Center ESU is composed of skilled technicians qualified in the operation, repair, testing and training of weapons and cargo elevator systems. The ESUs are responsible for periodic material assessments, repair, technical assistance, on board operator maintenance training, and verification of Integrated Logistics Support (ILS) elements under this program. 8.3 SHIP’S FORCE ASSESSMENT RESPONSIBILITIES. a. Ensure that the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project (CSMP) is up to date. b. Ensure operators and maintenance personne l are available to assist the Assessment Team. c. Require operators and maintenance pers onnel to accompany the Assessment Team for on the job training to increase self-sufficiency. d. Prepare and submit an OPNAV 4790/2K for each deficiency not corrected prior to completion of the assessment. Provide a listing of Job Control Numbers to the ESU. 8.4 ELEVATOR SUPPORT UNIT EVOLUTIONS. The specific components of each ESU evolution are defined in sub-paragraphs “a.” through “d.” of this paragraph. These evolutions are designed to ensure deficiencies are identified and repaired in a timely manner. Prior to commencement of any ESU evolution, a pre-brief will be conducted by the ESU representative and attended by the ship’s Maintenance Manager and all applicable departmental representatives. The pre-brief will cover, but is not limited to, the following topics: a. Key evolution elements. b. Roles and responsibilities of: (1) ESU technical personnel. (2) Ship’s Force personnel. c. Working relationship between ESU technical personnel and Ship’s Force.

CHAPTER 8

p. 79

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-8-2 d. Overall safety practices and precau tions applicable to the evolution. 8.4.1 Material Condition Assessment Visit. A Material Condition Assessment visit will be used to determine a baseline and establish the scope of follow-on actions. This visit is accomplished once per Fleet Readiness Training Plan. The ESU uses assessment guidelines to determine the system’s material condition, while ensuring the following is accomplished: a. The CSMP is validated to avoi d redundancies during the assessment. b. The elevator system is assessed, repaire d, groomed and operationally tested. The ESU will make every effort to correct all deficiencies prior to the end of the visit. c. On the Job Training (OJT) is conducted w ith Ship’s Force to promote self-sufficiency. d. Working with the ship’s cognizant De partment(s) Maintenance Manager, and TYCOM coordinators, determine the preliminary level of effort required to correct the discrepancies. e. All discrepancies and co rrected items have been documented in the ship’s CSMP using the appropriate IT System. f. The Commanding Officer, or an officer designated by the Commanding Officer, is briefed on the elevator system material condition. g. A final report is issued to the sh ip, ISIC and TYCOM following the Material Condition Assessment visit. The report must address the following: (1) Safety of systems, including “safe to operate” conditions. (2) Major discrepancies found during the visit. (3) System Operability Test results. (4) Training status of Ship’s Force with respect to Personnel Qualification Standards (PQS) and practical elevator system maintenance and operation. (5) Status of authorized, comple ted, or programmed Ship Alterations. (6) Recommendations to the In-Service Engineering Agent for system changes. (7) In-Service Engineering Agent. 8.4.2 Repair Visit. The Repair Visit is designed to correct discrepancies identified in the ship’s CSMP that could not be repaired during the assessment visit. a. Conduct multiple visits, as receipt of ma terial permits, to repair as-found conditions. b. Provide logistics a ssistance as necessary. c. Conduct OJT with Ship’s Force. 8.4.3 In Process Review. This review will be conducted on a case-by-case basis, contingent on the scope of repairs programmed for the maintenance availability. When tasked, the ESU will review the elevator system work package prior to the start of an availability. During the availability the ESU will: a. Monitor the progress and Quality Assurance of the repair contractor, coordinating with Supervisor of Shipbuilding and industrial activity representatives, Naval Surface

p. 80

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-8-3 Warfare Center, Carderock Division, and TYCOM Maintenance Manager, as applicable. b. Provide technical and logist ic support to Ship’s Force. c. Monitor the CSMP status. d. Witness elevator tests, as tasked. 8.4.4 On-Board Maintenance Training. On-board maintenance training will be conducted at least once per Fleet Readiness Training Plan with each ship receiving training as a host ship or by having their personnel participate in training on another ship of the same class. It consists of operator and maintenance classroom instruction followed by hands-on training. The ship class on-board maintenance training documentation is tailored to be ship specific, giving the ship the most accurate and coherent training possible. 8.4.5 Integrated Logistics Support. a. A one-time ILS validation of elevator configuration, Allowance Parts Lists (APL), Coordinated Shipboard Allowance Lists (COSAL) and technical manuals will be conducted. b. Follow-on ILS visits will be accomplished at the TYCOM’s request. 8.5 VISIT SCHEDULING. The ISIC will schedule all ESU visits through the TYCOM sponsored Quarterly Scheduling Conference. Visits will not be authorized without prior approval by the cognizant TYCOM. 8.6 REPORTS. Before departing the ship, the ESU will debrief the Commanding Officer, or designated officer, on the material condition of the elevator system. The ESU must provide the ISIC and TYCOM a report, outlining the results, not later than 30 days following the visit.

p. 81

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 9 SYSTEM TEST CHECK LIST REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA 0387-046-8000 - System Hydrostatic Test Requirements (b) NAVSEA S9086-RJ-STM-010 - NSTM Ch apter 504 (Pressure, Temperature and Other Mechanical and Electromechanical Measuring Instruments) (c) NAVSEA S9505-AF-MMA-010 - Submarin e Non-Nuclear Piping Systems Test Manual (d) NAVSEA S9086-RK-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 505 (Piping Systems) LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Nuclear Test Rig Determina tion and Inspection Check List B Non-Nuclear Test Rig Determination and Inspection Check List C Nuclear and Non-Nuclear Pr e-Test Inspection Check List D Nuclear and Non-Nuclear Perf ormance of Test Check List 9.1 PURPOSE. To provide standard check lists for the proper preparation for the conduct of and recovery from nuclear and non-nuclear tests. Appendices A through D of this chapter are applicable to installed ship systems, individual components and support equipment tested in conjunction with Formal Work Packages (FWP) and Technical Work Documents (TWD). a. Appendices A through D of this chapter are similar to a standard FWP that will require entries, prior to each use, to detail the specifics of the test to be performed. When TWDs are utilized, the locally developed FWP should direct execution of the checklists and need only direct other actions that are not included in the checklists. For example, since Forces Afloat rarely perform hydrostatic tests on hot systems, the checklists are prepared based on system temperatures less than 200 degrees F. In the event that a hydrostatic test is performed with temperatures greater than 200 degrees F, the locally developed FWP must contain additional requirements for the test from the referenced test manual. b. These lists are developed from references (a) through (d) and are not inclusive of all requirements. All applicable test references must be reviewed in preparation for the test to ensure no requirement or precaution is overlooked. Other references such as the Reactor Plant Manual (RPM), Propulsion Plant Manual, Steam Plant Manual, Steam and Electric Plant Manuals, Ship Systems Manuals, Ships Information Books, Test Pressure Drawings, component technical manuals, etc., provide additional guidance and requirements that must be included in the locally developed FWP for the test.

CHAPTER 9

p. 82

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9-2 9.2 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS. a. Blank spaces are provided throughout the checklists so that requirements for the specific test to be performed may be added. These specifics must be entered during FWP preparation. b. Portions that are not applicable must be marked “N/A” prior to FWP approval. c. Multiple “Completed by” signature blanks are provided at the end of each checklist since one individual may not be able to fully complete a particular checklist. Additional signature blanks may be added if required. d. The Test Rig Determination and Inspecti on Check List, Appendices A and B of this chapter, must be completed by the activity issuing the test equipment. It is the responsibility of both the issuing and receiving activity to ensure that the correct test gear is used. Local exceptions to gages specified in reference (b) Table 504-6-1 will be approved by an individual with a technical warrant. When gage exceptions are invoked, the approved exception must be included with associated test form. This may be accomplished by requesting the correct test equipment, and the issuing activity completing the check list and providing it with the test equipment for review. To satisfy the scope of this chapter, the activity requesting the test equipment must include in their request (OPNAV 4790/2L) the information necessary for the issuing activity to complete Item 1 of Appendices A or B of this chapter, as applicable. e. These check lists may also be used when a maximum operating pressure test is specified and an external pressure source is required to obtain this pressure. Installed system equipment must be used whenever possible to perform operating pressure tests. f. Appendices B, C, and D of this chapter may contain classified information when filled in (i.e., the nuclear information or classified test pressures). It will be the responsibility of the requesting activity to ensure the proper classification is annotated on the document when applicable. 9.3 RECORD RETENTION. System Check Lists do not require retention after the test has been satisfactorily completed, documented in the FWP or TWD, and the FWP or TWD is closed. Additional reviews of testing information are provided in sub-paragraphs “a” and “b”: a. For Ship's Force testing to recertify TWD work performed by the Fleet Maintenance Activity (FMA), the completed checklists, or copies must be provided with the test documentation provided to the FMA. When the FMA Quality Assurance Officer accepts the completed retest, the checklist may be discarded. b. For FMA shop testing of controlled work, th e completed checklists, or copies, must be provided with the test documentation required by the Controlled Work Package until the FMA Quality Assurance Officer or Quality Assurance Supervisor accepts the testing objective quality evidence. Once the tests are accepted, the checklist may be discarded.

p. 83

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 (CONFIDENTIAL When filled in) IV-9A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A NUCLEAR TEST RIG DETERMINATION AND INSPECTION CHECK LIST References: (a) NAVSEA 0387-046-8000 - Sy stem Hydrostatic Test Requirements ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A 1. Complete the following based on the information provided by the requesting activity. a. System or component to be tested b. Test Pressure Reference c. Number of test gages required: Total__________ Primary (per reference (a) Appendix D). Backup Indicate zero if multiple primary gages are required, one of which will also serve as a backup or if an installed system gage will be used.

d. Level of cleanliness required e. Planned method of over pressure protection (e.g., manual using installed system valve plus one automatic relief included with test rig, or other combination). Unless otherwise specified, the rig will be provided with one manual and one automatic relief.

2. GAGES: Normally installed instrumentation may be used as backup pressure indication. If an installed gage is not available and the backup gage will be a temporary gage, then complete Items a-f for both primary and backup gages. Otherwise, a-f apply to primary gage(s) only. a. Complete and attach reference (a), Figure 8-2 for selection of test gages. b. Reference (a), Figure 8-2, Item 8 (maximum gage error at test pressure) must not exceed 2% of test pressure.

c. Nominal indicated test pressure must be no less than 25% of the primary gage's range. Nominal indicated test pressure must be no less than 10% of the backup gage's range, if the backup gage is a temporary gage.

d. The gage range must be capable of indicating the manual over pressure protection pressure at no greater than 90% of full range and the potential maximum overpressure (when using a relief valve) at no greater than 98% of full range.

e. Temporary gages must be single scale analog gages or digital pressure instruments calibrated in psig.

f. RECORD GAGE DATA: Primary gage range psi Cal due date Ser Number_________ Backup gage range psi Cal due date Ser Number_________

p. 84

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 (CONFIDENTIAL When filled in) IV-9A-2 APPENDIX A ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A g. Gages have been calibrated within the required periodicity. Circle applicable item: (1) Normal metrology requirements list calibration frequency (This is the frequency unless specified otherwise for the specific test). (2) Special frequency Required by (Indicate required frequency and reference).

3. OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION: a. The manual release of pressure is the primary method of protection. b. Automatic backup relief valve will be provided. c. If the temporary relief valves provided are to be installed in the system, installation must be such that it does not cause damage to the system or system components.

d. The over-capacity of relief valves should no t cause excessive thermal and pressure shock. (Relief valve capacity should not be grossly higher than pressure source capacity).

e. The blow down characteristics must be compatible with the system being tested. (The reseating characteristics of automatic reliefs should be consistent with the requirements of the system being tested. For example, a relief that does not reseat until pressure is reduced to zero would not be acceptable for a primary hydro). (Review manufacturer's data).

f. Valve accumulation at the flow of the test pressure source must not exceed 10% of the relief valve set point.

g. Temporary automatic relief valves which have more than one inlet and therefore provide different relief valve performance characteristics (e.g., set pressure) must not be used.

h. Temporary automatic reliefs which require no tools for set point adjustment (e.g., employ hand adjustment knob) must:

(1) Have some means to positively lock the setting once it has been made or (2) Must be designed to prevent ready access to the adjustment knob.

4. OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION SETPOINT DETERMINATION: a. Record required hydrostatic test pressure psi. b. Record required overpressure protection set point psi. Circle applicable determination method: (1) As specified in the applicable RPM. (2) Other Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) approved document (identify reference). (3) Using Reference (a), Figure 8-2 (attach).

c. Potential maximum overpressure (Reference (a), Figure 8-2, item 29) conforms to the requirements of reference (a) Section E.3.3.

p. 85

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 (CONFIDENTIAL When filled in) IV-9A-3 APPENDIX A ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A 5. TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS: a. Temporary connections and equipment (cap, spool pieces, jumpers, blank flanges, etc.) must be verified to be capable of withstanding hydrostatic test pressure.

b. Verify that within the last year and subsequent to disassembly or replacement of any test rig equipment, the assembled test rig (pump, hoses, gages, connecting tubing) has been satisfactorily tested to a pressure at least equal to the maximum pressure which might be encountered during this hydrostatic test. (Hydro is not required to test pressure gage and relief valve replacement or fittings between subassemblies designed to be broken for portability. Set point testing of the test rig relief valve while on the test rig meets this requirement).

c. Verify the rig has been clean ed to meet the system cleanliness requirements of the system being tested. If the rig is not maintained clean, comply with the cleanliness boundary requirements of reference (a), Section E.4.

d. No quick-disconnects with check features are to be used in the hydro rig. 6. OPERATIONAL TEST: INSTRUCTIONS: The following checks must be performed with the test rig isolated from the system being tested. This may be done by blanking the hose prior to connecting the rig to the system. Equipment provided by an FMA will be tested at the FMA prior to being issued to a tended ship. The operational test need not be repeated by the tended ship receiving the test gear. NOTE: FOR SHOP TEST FACILITIES (I.E ., INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES, NAVAL SHIPYARDS AND TENDERS) WHERE HYDROSTATIC TESTS ARE CONDUCTED AT LEAST ONCE EVERY TWO WEEKS AND WHERE THE TEST GAGES (BACKUP AND MASTER) ARE COVERED UNDER THE NAVY METROLOGY AND CALIBRATION (METCAL) SYSTEM, CROSS CHECKING THE GAGES BEFORE TEST IS NOT REQUIRED. a. Mark hydro gages with a red pointer at the required relief set point. b. Raise rig pressure to the specified test pressure. If the backup gage is included with the test rig, (vice an installed system gage) verify primary and backup gages are in agreement. (Maximum difference after height correction is no more than the sum of the specified accuracies plus a readability error of one-half the smallest graduation of each gage). Required accuracy + or - psig. If not in agreement, replace or re-calibrate and repeat this step until satisfied.

c. Record required overpressure protection set point psig. Continue to raise pressure to the specified overpressure protection set point. If the manual relief is installed on the rig, with the pressure source operating at the specified manual relief set point, verify that the manual relief and associated piping relieve the capacity of the pressure source.

d. Set or confirm set point of the automatic relief valve. With the pressure source operating and at the relief set point, verify that the automatic relief and associated piping relieve the full capacity of the pressure source.

e. Vent the rig to reduce pressure to reseat th e automatic relief valve. Slowly raise pressure again to recheck the automatic relief set point.

p. 86

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 (CONFIDENTIAL When filled in) IV-9A-4 APPENDIX A ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A f. With the rig vented, verify that pressure gages that will be installed as primary or backup pressure indication, which are not equipped with a dial adjustment device read zero (within the gage accuracy plus the readability of one half of the smallest graduation on the dial face).

g. With the rig completely assembled, verify cleanliness by operating the pump to flush the pump and any attached piping or equipment.

h. Ensure cleanliness controls are established on the rig such that cleanliness is not lost in the interim period between flushing and the operational test and connection to the system being tested.

Completed by ___________________Items Completed ______________Date ______________ Completed by ___________________Items Completed ______________Date ______________ Reviewed (Div Off or Engineering Duty Officer (EDO)) _____________Date ______________

p. 87

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B NON-NUCLEAR TEST RIG DETERMINATION AND INSPECTION CHECK LIST References: (a) NAVSEA S9086-RJ-STM -010 - NSTM Chapter 504 (Pressure, Temperature and Other Mechanical and Electromechanical Measuring Instruments) (b) NAVSEA S9505-AF-MMA-010 - Piping Systems/Submarine Non- Nuclear Piping Systems Test Manual (c) NAVSEA S9086-RK-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 505 (Piping Systems) ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A 1. Complete the following based on information provided by the requesting activity. a. System or component to be tested.

b. Test Pressure Reference (If Item Number)

c. Number of test gages required: Total__________ Primary___________ Backup __ Indicate zero if an installed system gage will be used.

d. Level of cleanliness required_________________

e. Planned method of overpressure protection (e.g., manual using installed system valve plus one automatic relief included with test rig, or other combination). Unless otherwise specified, the rig will be provided with one manual and one automatic relief.

2. GAGES: NOTE: TYPICAL GAGES FOR MOST NON-NUCLEA R TESTS ARE LISTED IN REFERENCE (a), TABLE 504-6-1. CAUTION: REFERENC E (a) TABLE 504-6-1 ALLOWS EXCEPTIONS TO THE GAGES LISTED IN THE TABLE. IF USING A GAGE NOT LISTED ON THE TABLE, IT MUST STILL COMPLY WITH THE CRITERIA SPECIFIED IN THIS APPENDIX. a. ANALOG GAGES The pressure gage range based on the maximum test pressure up to and including the relief valve setting must be: - greater than the test pressure and - not more than 200% of the maximum test pressure.

p. 88

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9B-2 APPENDIX B ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A For tests 0-60 psi and below, the range may exceed 200% of the test pressure but will be as low as practical.

Test gage pressure graduations are equal to or smaller than those specified by reference (a) Table 504-6-1.

Gage accuracy must be at least + or - 1.0 % of the gage span. Primary gage accuracy must be at least + or - 1.0% of the gage span. b. DIGITAL GAGES Digital gages are authorized for use by reference (b). Digital gages of any range may be used as long as the gage accuracy is equal to or better than + or - 1.0% of the gage span. Gage range may exceed 200 % of the test pressure as long as the gage accuracy is equal to or better than + or - 1.0% of the test pressure. Gage accuracy must be equal to or better than + or - 1.0% of the test pressure.

c. RECORD GAGE DATA: Primary gage range psi Cal due date Ser Number________________ Backup gage range psi Cal due date Ser Number

d. Gages have been calibrated within the required periodicity. Circle applicable item: (1) Normal metrology requirements list calibration frequency (This is the frequency unless specified otherwise for the specific test). (2) Special frequency required by (Indicate required frequency and applicable reference).

3. OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION: a. The manual release of pressure is the primary method of protection. b. Backup relief valve, automatic or manual, will be provided. (Automatic preferred unless otherwise specified).

c. If the temporary relief valves provided are to be installed into the system, installation must be such that it does not damage the system or system components. Review reference (b) or (c), as applicable.

d. The over-capacity of relief valves should not cause excessive thermal and pressure shock. (Relief valve capacity should not be grossly higher than pressure source capacity).

e. The blow down characteristics must be compatible with the system being tested. (The reseating characteristics of automatic reliefs should be consistent with the requirements of the system being tested). (Review manufacturer's data).

f. Valve accumulation at the flow of the te st pressure source must not exceed 10% of the relief valve set point.

g. Temporary automatic relief valves which have more than one inlet and therefore provide different relief valve performance characteristics (e.g., set pressure) must not be used.

h. Temporary automatic reliefs which have a rapid adjustment feature by which the set point may be inadvertently changed must not be used.

p. 89

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9B-3 APPENDIX B ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A 4. OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION SETPOINT DETERMINATION: a. If performing a maximum operating pressure test, verify that installed system relief valves are unisolated and not blocked or gagged. The set point for the manual release of pressure must be based on installed system relief set points.

CAUTION: WHEN PE RFORMING MAXIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE TESTS, INSTALLED RELIEF VALVES PROVIDE SYSTEM PROTECTION. SYSTEM RELIEF VALVES MUST NOT BE REMOVED FROM SERVICE. b. Record required hydrostatic test pressure psi. c. Record required overpressure protection set point psi. Circle applicable determination method: the lesser of: (1) 100 psi over test pressure. (2) 10% above test pressure.

5. TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS: a. Temporary connections and equipment ( cap, spool pieces, jumpers, blank flanges, hoses, etc.) must be verified to be capable of withstanding the test pressure.

b. Verify that within the last year and subsequent to disassembly or replacement of any test rig equipment the assembled test rig has been satisfactorily tested to a pressure approximately 15% above the maximum pressure it will witness during the system hydrostatic test. (Hydro is not required to test pressure gage and relief valve replacement or fittings between subassemblies designed to be broken for portability. Set point testing of the test rig relief valve while on the test rig meets this requirement).

c. Verify the rig has been cleaned to meet the system cleanliness requirements of the system being tested.

d. No quick-disconnects with check features are to be used in the test rig.

6. OPERATIONAL TEST: INSTRUCTIONS: The following checks must be performed with the test rig isolated from the system being tested. This may be done by blanking the hose prior to connecting the rig to the system. References (b) and (c) provide a sample step-by-step procedure for these checks. Equipment provided by an FMA or Industrial Activity must be tested prior to being issued to a tended ship. If documentation is provided by the issuing FMA or Industrial Activity that the assembled test rig has been verified to meet all of the requirements of this appendix, the operational test need not be repeated by the end user. NOTE: FOR SHOP TEST FACILITIES (I.E ., INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES, NAVAL SHIPYARDS AND TENDERS) WHERE HYDROSTATIC TESTS ARE CONDUCTED AT LEAST ONCE EVERY TWO WEEKS AND WHERE THE TEST GAGES (BACKUP AND MASTER) ARE COVERED UNDER THE NAVY METROLOGY AND CALIBRATION (METCAL) SYSTEM, CROSS CHECKING THE GAGES BEFORE TEST IS NOT REQUIRED. a. ANALOG GAGES: Mark all test gages with either a red grease pencil, red tape, or the use of an integral red hand or other suitable mark at the required relief over pressure protection set point, half way between the test pressure and the relief valve set point.

p. 90

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9B-4 APPENDIX B ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A DIGITAL GAGES: Digital gages must have the manual over-pressure value (red hand setting) posted in the immediate vicinity of the display with red digits approximately the same size as the digits in the instrument display. For example, red hand settings may be marked on a blank label plate of “Whiteboard” material affixed to the test rig and the setting entered using a non-permanent red marker (dry erase).

b. Raise rig pressure to the specified te st pressure. Verify primary and backup gages are in agreement. Maximum difference between the two gage readings after height correction is no more than 2%. Calculate 2% for each gage using the full-scale pressure measured by each gage (i.e., a 0-100 psi gage, 2% = 2 psig, the maximum difference between two gages with a 0-100 psi scale at a given pressure is 2 psig). Required accuracy + or - psig. If not in agreement, replace or re-calibrate and repeat this step until satisfied.

c. Continue to raise pressure to the speci fied overpressure protection set point. If the manual relief is installed on the rig (vice using an installed system valve), with the pressure source operating and at the specified manual relief set point, verify that the manual relief and associated piping relieve the capacity of the pressure source.

d. Set or confirm setting of the automatic relief valve. With the pressure source operating and at the relief set point, verify that the automatic relief and associated piping relieve the capacity of the pressure source.

e. Vent the rig to reduce pressure to reseat the automatic relief. Slowly raise pressure again to recheck the automatic relief set point.

Completed by ___________________Items Completed ______________Date ______________ Completed by ___________________Items Completed ______________Date ______________ Reviewed (Div Off or EDO) ___________________________________Date ______________

p. 91

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C NUCLEAR AND NON-NUCLEAR PRE-TEST INSPECTION CHECK LIST References: (a) NAVSEA S9505-AF-MMA- 010 - Piping Systems/Submarine Non- Nuclear Piping Systems Test Manual (b) NAVSEA 0387-LP-046-8000 - System Hydrostatic Test Requirements ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A 1. REVIEW TEST PREPARATIONS: The following attributes are necessary for proper test accomplishment and may be included in the test procedure, indicated on the Quality Assurance (QA) form 26 or covered in the pre-test briefing. a. Test equipment installation location and method of installation is clearly indicated in sketch on the QA form 26, or is clearly defined. Test accomplishment will be per reference (a) or (b) as appropriate.

b. Specific jumpers, gagging devices, blanks etc. are indicated for both installation and removal. These items must be danger or caution tagged.

c. Boundaries of test and specific inspection points are clearly identified. d. Instructions are provided for returning the system to normal or to a specifically stated condition upon completion of the test.

e. Procedure minimizes the amount of sy stem to be pressurized to accomplish the test.

f. All components within the test boundary are capable of withstanding the test pressure (gages not over-ranged, etc.).

g. Necessary precautions as identified on the test pressure drawing have been taken (List or none). Use reverse if additional space required.

h. Applicable chapter (maintenance section) or maintenance instruction of the RPM reviewed for test or flush requirements (List or none). Use reverse if additional space required. (Not applicable to non-nuclear tests).

p. 92

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9C-2 APPENDIX C ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A i. Specific actions and precautions taken are included in the test procedure as a result of a review of reference (b), sections 7.2.3, 7.2.4 and 7.2.5 to preclude damage to installed system components due to pressure or temperature conditions that may occur during the test (List or none). Use reverse if additional space required (Not applicable to non-nuclear tests).

2. WALKTHROUGH OF THE TEST AREA: The attributes listed in Section 2 of this appendix are basic quality control checks that should be conducted or supervised by the Petty Officer in charge of the test. a. Piping in the test boundary is free from dents, gouges, arc strikes and other external defects (Removal of additional lagging or other interference is not required to perform this check).

b. Conditions for detecting leaks are satisf actory (e.g., joints being tested are not covered or lagged).

c. Hot piping or equipment that could result in a safety hazard to personnel has been insulated or precautions have been taken to minimize the hazard.

d. The hydrostatic test will not be a hazard to other evolutions adjacent to the test area (e.g., Work on an open oxygen system adjacent to a seawater hydro).

e. Adequate measures have been taken to prevent spray damage to electrical equipment in the event of a leak during pressure testing.

f. Pipe hangers removed for work have been reinstalled. g. All mechanical joints are re-made; system integrity established. h. No obvious loose fasteners. i. No obvious instances of missing fasten ers or improper fastener material or material mismatch (e.g., no carbon steel fasteners in seawater systems, no improper use of black oxide coated fasteners).

Completed by ___________________Items Completed ______________Date ______________ Completed by ___________________Items Completed ______________Date ______________ Reviewed (Div Off or EDO) ___________________________________Date ______________

p. 93

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D NUCLEAR AND NON-NUCLEAR PERFORMANCE OF TEST CHECK LIST NOTE: DO NOT PRESSURIZE TEST PU MP WITH AIR AND WATER SUPPLY UNTIL READY TO ACTUALLY START THE TEST. DO NOT LEAVE TEST PUMP UNATTENDED DURING ANY PORTION OF THE TEST. ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A 1. VERIFY SYSTEM LINE-UP: a. Verify the system to be tested is aligned for the test by performing valve lineup checks or by aligning valves via procedural steps in the test procedure or by steps in an operating instruction.

b. Verify that required plant conditions have been established. c. All valves are DANGER TAGGED OPEN that: Could block either the primary or backup pressure relief point from the pressure source unless they are to be used during the test to isolate the pressure source from the portion of the system being tested.

Could block discharge from the pressure relieving point. Could block either the primary or the back up pressure gage from the pressure source. (To ensure pressure indication, a clear pressure path between the applied pressure source and at least one pressure gage must be confirmed by danger tagging any isolation valve in this path. Confirmation that the other pressure gage is not isolated will be made by comparison with the tagged open gage).

Would isolate the test pressure gages and the portion of the system being tested. Are vent paths in adjacent systems when the design or test pressure of the adjacent system is less than that of the system being tested?

d. If a section of pipe will be pressurized downstream of a check valve and no provisions are available for measuring the pressure in that section of piping, ensure that: (1) Pressure sources in that portion of the system are isolated or inoperative as discussed in item 1.e of this appendix. (2) Provisions are included to manually depressurize any section of pipe isolated by a check valve as soon as possible after test completion.

e. Potential pressure sources within the te st area boundaries that are not required for testing are isolated or rendered inoperative by danger tagging out fuses, danger tagging shut appropriate valves, etc.

f. There must be no valves in the pressure-relieving path which could shut as a result of depressurization and thereby block the relief path from relieving the applied test pressure.

g. System relief valves within the test bo undary are rendered inoperable to permit reaching elevated test pressure.

p. 94

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9D-2 APPENDIX D ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A h. Systems susceptible to chloride stress co rrosion are isolated to protect in-leakage of chlorides from adjacent systems being tested to an elevated pressure. This isolation may be accomplished either by using double valve isolation with leak off in between or by pressurizing the system susceptible to chloride stress corrosion to prevent in-leakage.

If such isolation cannot be attained by pr actical means or is not assured, then the system susceptible to chloride stress corrosion must be flushed outwardly before and after the elevated pressure test and appropriate samples taken to confirm the absence of contaminants. (Not applicable to non-nuclear tests).

i. Verify test equipment: (1) Installation is as specified on the QA form 26. (2) Test gages are within required calibration periodicity. (3) Automatic relief valves set point have been checked within 30 days prior to the test.

j. If test gages are provided with a dial adjustment which does not affect calibration, the dial should be adjusted to zero after the gage is installed for the test and prior to opening the valve that isolates the gage from the system being tested.

k. Verify calibration and dial adjustment devices, if readily accessible, are protected from inadvertent movement or adjustment during the test.

l. The discharge of test medium for overpressure protection is directed into areas where the discharge will not cause damage to equipment, create personnel hazards or radioactive problems.

m. Pressure gages must be clearly visible and readable by test personnel. n. The location of gages is such that no path exists whereby pressure could be applied to any portion of the system undergoing test without a pressure gage (primary or backup) indicating this pressure.

o. The primary and backup pressure gages must be located on different branch lines (where this can be done without extending the test boundaries).

p. 95

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9D-3 APPENDIX D ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A 2. VERIFY PERSONNEL ARE READY TO CONDUCT TEST: a. Brief personnel, ensuring that the following attributes are understood: (1) Personnel assignments. (2) Maintaining communications. (3) Test gage requirements: - Gage locations. - Calibration cross checks. - Gage indication and pressure readings. - Primary pressure indications. - Back up pressure indications. (4) Overpressure set point. (5) Type and location of primary overpressure protection. (6) Type and location of back up overpressure protection. (7) Duties of test pressure source operator. (8) Duties of system inspector(s) and required inspection points. (9) Duties of manual overpressure relief operators. (10) Immediate action must be taken to secure the test pressure source and investigate the problem should any of the following occur: - Pressure gages fail to respond to changes in test pressure. - A rupture of a test gage occurs. - Pressure gage readings do not agree with the sums of their accuracies plus readability errors + or - psig. - Changes in test pressures are erratic or operation of the test pumps after the system is filled solid does not produce a corresponding increase in pressure. (11) Immediate action must be taken to secure the test pressure source and relieve system pressure if the pressure at which manual overpressure protection is to be initiated is exceeded on any primary or backup pressure gage. (12) Plant and system status. (13) Preliminary leak checks. (14) Valve packing leak checks (if applicable). (15) Criteria for an acceptable elevated pressure test. (16) Pressurizing to elevated test pressure. (17) Depressurization following completion of test.

b. Manual overpressure protection relief valve operators have no other responsibilities assigned. NOTE: WHEN PRESSURE IS BEING APPLIED BY A HAND- OPERATED TEST PUMP OR WHEN THE PRIMARY AND BACKUP TEST GAGES AND THE MANUAL OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION VALVE(S) ARE ALL INSTALLED ON THE HYDROSTATIC TEST RIG, THE TEST PUMP OPERATOR MAY ALSO SERVE AS THE PRIMARY OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION WATCH, PROVIDED THAT: (1) THE MANUAL OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION VALVE IS WITHIN EASY REACH. (2) PROPERLY SET AND TESTED BACKUP RELIEF VALVE PROTECTION IS PROVIDED (FOR OTHER THAN HAND- OPERATED TEST PUMPS, EITHER AN AUDIBLE OVERPRESSURE ALARM IS PROVIDED OR A SECOND BACKUP RELIEF VALVE IS INSTALLED ON THE TEST RIG). (3) THE USE OF THIS EXCEPTION DOES NOT RESULT IN ONE INDIVIDUAL BEING SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR SATISFACTORY TEST PERFORMANCE.

p. 96

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9D-4 APPENDIX D ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A c. Adequate communications have been established between testing personnel. d. Rate of pressurization and depressurization is specified at 100 psi per minute maximum. If testing a small component or small volume system such that 100 psi per minute is not practicable, control rate as low as possible.

3. PERFORM ELEVATED PRESSURE TEST: a. Obtain permission to conduct test.

b. Verify that the water purity of the test medium will not degrade system cleanliness or the required purity of water already in the system.

c. Note depressurized gage readings of all primary gages for comparison later, at test completion. Location psig Location psig

Mark all test gages with a red mark at the overpressure protection set point, half way between the test pressure and the relief valve set point.

d. Raise rig pressure to the specified test pressure. Verify primary and backup gages are in agreement. Maximum difference between the two gage readings after height correction is no more than 2%. Calculate 2% for each gage using the full-scale pressure measured by each gage (i.e., a 0-100 psi gage, 2% = 2 psig, the maximum difference between two gages with a 0-100 psi scale at a given pressure is 2 psig). Required accuracy + or - psig. If not in agreement, replace or re-calibrate and repeat this step until satisfied.

e. If a less accurate gage is used for backup and is indicating higher than the primary gage during gage cross checks, increase the overpressure set point mark on the backup gage by the indication differential after the second crosscheck.

f. Increase pressure in increments and perform preliminary leak checks. g. Unless required to be positioned differe ntly (e.g., throttle valves), backseat all valves that were aligned for packing leak checks prior to increasing pressure above normal operating pressure.

h. Hold test pressure for 30 minutes prior to commencing final inspection unless otherwise specified.

i. Primary and backup gages are in agreemen t at test pressure. (Same criteria as in Section 3.d of this appendix) + or - psig.

j. Results of inspection . Also record data on QA form 26. Remarks:

k. Slowly depressurize the test area at less than 100 psi per minute. If testing a small component or small volume system such that 100 psi per minute is not practicable, control rate as low as possible.

For nuclear tests only: When depressurizing systems which are adjacent to systems potentially contaminated with chlorides, ensure that the potentially contaminated systems are depressurized before depressurizing the system susceptible to chloride stress corrosion to prevent in-leakage. Ensure that the depressurization path is selected such that any fluid flow produced by depressurization will tend to keep chlorides away from the system of concern.

p. 97

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-9D-5 APPENDIX D ITEM NO. ATTRIBUTE CHECK OFF or N/A l. Note the depressurized gage readings of all primary gages. Location psig Location psig Compare to pre-test depressurized readings. Gages must agree within the gage accuracy and readability error. Disagreement is not cause for rendering the elevated pressure test unsatisfactory, provided gage crosschecks in items 3.d and 3.i of this appendix are satisfactory. However, disagreement should be considered unusual and warrant further investigation.

m. Remove temporary equipment. n. Perform system restoration as directed by the FWP. Completed by ___________________Items Completed ______________Date ______________ Completed by ___________________Items Completed ______________Date ______________ Reviewed (Div Off or EDO) ___________________________________Date ______________

p. 98

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 10 WORK AUTHORIZATION AND CONTROL REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9002-AK-CCM-010/60 10 - Industrial Ship Safety Manual for Submarines (b) S0400-AD-URM-010/TUM - Tag-Out User’s Manual (c) S9223-AJ-OMP-010 - Battery, Submarine Main Storage - Submarine Valve Regulated Lead Acid (SVRLA) Technical Manual (d) S9223-AC-OMP-010 - Battery, Submar ine Main Storage - Submarine Valve Regulated Lead Acid (SVRLA) Technical Manual (e) MIL-STD-1625 - Safety Certificatio n Program for Drydocking Facilities and Shipbuilding Ways for U.S. Navy Ships (f) COMSUBLANT/COMSUBPACINST 5400.49 - Submarine Organization and Regulations Manual (SORM) (g) SMS 6310-081-015 - Submarine Preservation General Painting (h) SMS 7650-081-091 - Submarine Stru ctural Inspection and Repairs (i) URO MRC 003 – Conduct Hull Structural Survey (j) NAVSEA S0570-AC-CCM-010/8010 - Industrial Ship Safety Manual For Fire Prevention And Response (k) NAVSEA S9505-AF-MMA-010 - Submarine Non-Nuclear Piping Systems Test Manual ( l) OPNAVINST 5100.19 - Navy Occupational Sa fety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat ( m) OPNAVINST 5100.23 - Navy Occupational Sa fety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual ( n) NAVSEA S9165-AC-HBK-010 - Submarine Sonar Dome Handbook ( o) NAVSEA SE300-AZ-MMA-010 - Descripti on, Operation and Maintenance SSN21 Class Sonar Bow Dome ( p) NAVSEA SE300-MA-MMA-011 - Glass Reinfo rced Plastic (GRP) Bow Sonar Dome ( q) COMSUBPACNOTE 9086 - COMSUBPAC Engi neering Notes and Technical Notes LISTING OF APPENDICES. A 1 Work Authorization Form A2 Work Authorization Index B Technical Work Document Record Sheet C Work Authorization Form Continuation and Revision Sheets D Barrier Criteria for Hull Penetrations E Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List Example F Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List G Procedures and Safety Precautions for Entering Submarine Spaces, Tanks and Voids H Close-out Inspection Check-off List

CHAPTER 10

p. 99

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-2 10.1 PURPOSE. To provide the procedures for authorization and control of shipboard work. 10.2 WORK AUTHORIZATION. Work on ship’s systems and components, as defined in volume I, chapter 1, appendix D of this manual, must be properly authorized and controlled in order to ensure rigorous personnel and ship safety standards are met at all times. All outside activity work on ship’s systems and components, regardless of who performs the work, requires formal authorization through a Work Authorization Form (WAF) for the specific work to be accomplished. This applies to all U.S. Naval ships in all types of maintenance availabilities, public and private. The Work Authorization System and preparation of the WAF are discussed Sections 10.3 and 10.4 of this chapter. For the purpose of this chapter, the term “Repair Activity” is any activity other than Ship’s Force involved in the construction, testing, inspection, repair, overhaul, refueling or maintenance of the ship. 10.3 WORK AUTHORIZATION CONTROL. Work on the Fleet’s ships is conducted under positive Work Authorization Control in order to ensure rigorous personnel and ship safety standards are met at all times. The following considerations apply in meeting these standards: a. Work requiring formal authorization may include Planned Maintenance System (PMS), troubleshooting, corrective maintenance (repair) or alterations. It may also include removal of system components for repairs. b. As many ship systems, such as hydraulic s and high-pressure air, are operationally interrelated, caution must be exercised in planning work so that other systems are not unintentionally disabled when setting work boundaries for the system to be worked. 10.4 WORK AUTHORIZATION SYSTEM. Work Authorization must be controlled. a. Designation of Work Requiring Formal C ontrol. The WAF is the vehicle by which work requiring formal control is authorized for accomplishment and tracked to completion or otherwise no longer requiring isolation or authorization. b. A WAF, shown in Appendix A 1, is required to authorize the start of work on all ship systems and equipment by activities other than Ship’s Force. Work includes all maintenance, repairs or modifications and installation or removal of temporary support systems and equipment. Repair activity non-intrusive work (e.g., painting, lagging, sheet metal work, deck plate, structural foundation not including hot work) that does not affect ship or personnel safety does not normally require a WAF. c. For Ship’s Force maintenance conducted in nuclear propulsion plants, the Engineering Department Manual contains the requirements regarding when a WAF is needed. For Ship’s Force work conducted outside the nuclear propulsion plant, the cognizant department head must determine the necessity for a WAF. d. For availabilities where a repair activ ity is assigned responsibilities for work authorization control by Memorandum of Agreement (MOA), the requirement regarding when Ship’s Force must submit a WAF must be specified in the MOA. e. For Surface Force ships only, the use of an electronic WAF (eWAF) program can be utilized if Ship’s Force has an eWAF program on the unit that fully updates and links directly to the shore database and the repair activity has access to the eWAF program or via Memorandum of Agreement per Volume II, Part I, Chapter 3, paragraph 3.3.7 of this manual.

p. 100

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-3

10.4.1 Administration. The following administrative process is to be used in executing Work Authorization Control: 10.4.1.1 Work Authorization Form. The WAF, shown in Appendix A1, must be filled out by the organization conducting the work, or Ship’s Force, as determined by the MOA signed for the availability per volume II, part I, chapters 3 and 4 of this manual. 10.4.1.2 Work Authorization Log or Index. The Work Authorization Log(s) or Index for Surface Force ships only, shown in Appendix A2 must be maintained at the same location and administered by the same individuals as the ship’s tagout logs or indices or, when the repair activity is assigned responsibilities for work authorization control by MOA, the repair activity must retain original WAFs with a copy of all WAFs (or as specified by local MOA) and the WAF index must be provided to Ship’s Force either by hard copy or electronically via a database that can be easily accessed by the Ship’s Duty Officers per Appendix A 2. NOTE: FOR SHIP’S FORCE GENERATE D WAFS, THE SERIAL NUMBER MUST USE THE SAME PREFIXES USED FOR THE TAGOUTS THAT SET THE SYSTEM ISOLATION FOR THE WORK. WHEN A REPAIR ACTIVITY IS ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES FOR WORK AUTHORIZATION CONTROL, THAT ACTIVITY WILL SPECIFY THE SERIALIZATION PROCESS USED BY ALL ACTIVITIES INCLUDING SHIP’S FORCE FOR THE AVAILABILITY. NOTE: FOR SURFACE FORCE SHIPS ONLY: A. APPENDIX A 2 SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AS EITHER A HARD BINDER OR BY ELECTRONIC MEANS SEPARATED BY THE CATEGORIES PROPOSED, ACTIVE, TESTING AND CLOSED. B. THE ISIC SHALL CONDUC T AN AUDIT OF APPENDIX A2 PER THIS MANUAL DURING THE FIRST 15 DAYS OF A NUMBERED AVAILABILITY (CMAV, SRA, CNO TYPE AVAILABILITIES) AND EVERY 90 DAYS THEREAFTER OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD AND FINAL AUDIT POST TYCOM SEA TRIAL EVENTS. C. SHIP’S FORCE QUALITY ASSURANC E OFFICER SHALL CONDUCT WEEKLY WAF AUDIT WORKING IN CONJUNCTION WITH COMMAND TAG OUT LOG AUDITING. D. CLOSED WAFS SHALL BE RETAIN ED FOR 30 DAYS THEN TRANSFERRED TO ELECTRONIC MEANS FOR A MINIMUM OF 1 YEAR AFTER CLOSURE. 10.4.1.3 Technical Work Document Record Sheet. When the job description on the WAF covers multiple components and their associated Technical Work Documents (TWD), a TWD Record Sheet (Appendix B) in addition to the WAF may be used to document this work. 10.4.1.4 Work Authorization Form Continuation and Revision Sheets. If necessary, a WAF Continuation Sheet similar to the one shown in Appendix C may be used when information on the initial original WAF will not fit in the blocks provided in the WAF form in Appendix A1. The WAF Continuation Sheet shown in Appendix C depicts the minimum blocks that must be

p. 101

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-4 filled out. Additional blocks may be utilized as deemed appropriate. Any changes necessary to the information on the WAF form after Block 14 is signed will be on the WAF Revision Sheet or changes to the existing WAF as described in paragraph 10.4.4 of this chapter. Existing WAF Continuation Sheets may be used until exhausted if desired. The WAF Revision Sheet, similar to the one shown in Appendix C, may be used to accomplish WAF revisions as permitted by paragraph 10.4.4 of this chapter. The WAF Revision Sheet shown in Appendix C depicts the minimum blocks that must be filled out. Additional blocks may be utilized as deemed appropriate. 10.4.1.5 Numbering Work Authorization Form Continuation and Revision Sheets. Revisions and continuation sheets generated by computer software may be numbered as determined by the software programming. Paper WAF continuation and revision sheets are to be numbered using the conventions of sub-paragraphs “a” through “c” of this paragraph: a. The WAF (Appendix A 1) will be identified as “Sheet 1”. b. Continuation sheets will be identi fied as “Sheet 1A, Sheet 1B”, etc. c. Revision sheets will be identif ied as “Sheet 2, Sheet 3”, etc. 10.4.2 Work Authorization Procedure. The following procedure is to be followed for properly authorizing work: a. The WAF is presented to the Watch or Du ty Officer by the division or repair activity tasked with the work. b. For Safety of Ship items, as defined in paragraph 10.4.8 of this chapter and reference (a), the Watch or Duty Officer must obtain the Commanding Officer’s permission prior to authorizing work. When assigned, the Repair Activity’s Ship Safety Officer and, or Fire Safety Officer signature is required. c. The Watch or Duty Officer will then de termine if adequate isolation and plant or system conditions exist to safely and properly conduct the work including that the system is drained, de-energized and depressurized. The tagout is then established per reference (b). The work is not to be authorized if doubt exists on either of these points. For high energy systems (i.e., >200°F, >1000 psi) that could have the potential for trapped energies, the repair activity after consulting with Ship’s Force, may provide a written plan (i.e., valve lineup, procedure, marked up drawings) to Ship’s Force to ensure all parties are satisfied the system is properly drained and depressurized. d. When system isolation and plant conditions are satisfactory to conduct the work (e.g., tagout complete, system depressurized, drained and de-energized), the Watch or Duty Officer authorizes the work and signs the WAF. For repair activity generated WAFs, the Repair Activity Representative (RAR) also signs the WAF. The Watch or Duty Officer and RAR signature indicates that, based on personal observation, certified records or direct report from watchstanders or divisional personnel, that system isolation and plant or ship conditions are set and the division or repair activity is authorized to start work. NOTE: ELECTRICAL SAFETY CHECKS (E .G., VOLTAGE CHECKS TO ENSURE CIRCUITS ARE DE-ENERGIZED) ARE PART OF THE WORK PROCESS,

p. 102

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-5 NOT PART OF THE TAGOUT PROCESS, AND THEREFORE SHOULD BE PERFORMED AFTER BLOCK 14 OF THE WAF IS SIGNED. e. Some component contractor personn el who perform work on ships are not knowledgeable of ship systems and are not qualified to determine if plant or ship conditions are satisfactory to conduct work. For such cases, the contractor’s signature will be based on a direct report or briefing they receive from Ship’s Force or the Naval Supervisory Authority, unless another method of providing the information to the contractor is specified in a MOA. The contractor’s signature represents confirmation that the contractor understands the hazards presented by the ship’s systems on which they will be working, and they have received assurances the work area has been appropriately isolated, depressurized, de-energized or drained. As an alternative, the contractor may specifically agree via their contract that all repair activity responsibilities as defined in this chapter will be assigned to the Naval Supervisory Authority per paragraph 10.4.5 of this chapter. In all cases, appropriate information should be provided to the contractor prior to initiating work to ensure the contractor understands the hazards involved. A Regional Maintenance Center representative must sign MOA(s) only after ensuring all civilian contractor requirements detailed in any MOA(s) are contained within the applicable contracts. f. The original WAF is placed in the Wo rk Authorization Log and a copy must be maintained with the TWD until the work is completed. g. Once the work is completed, the WAF is signed by the repair activity as work complete and forwarded to Ship’s Force for clearing of Tagout Record Sheet line items per reference (b). h. Following completion of tes ting (if there is no formal test program) and setting of appropriate system status (e.g., clear tags and perform valve line-ups as appropriate for the situation), the WAF is signed as closed and forwarded to the cognizant department head for review. 10.4.3 Transfer of Non-Nuclear Systems and Nuclear Instrumentation and Control Systems (Depot availabilities only). During depot availabilities, large amounts of work will be performed on ship’s systems. Formal work control practices in place by a shipyard enable Ship’s Force to transfer non-nuclear systems and Nuclear Instrumentation and Control systems to the shipyard. Transfer of systems is the process by which Ship’s Force transfers the authority to approve all actions within a system or portion of a system to a shipyard and subsequent return of systems back to Ship’s Force prior to major events. Systems, or portions of systems, are transferred with or without transferring the ability to operate ship’s equipment. By transferring a system or portion of a system to the shipyard, the shipyard is responsible for authorizing all work, testing and equipment operation within the boundary transferred. Transfer of systems does not diminish a Commanding Officer’s overall responsibility for the safety of personnel, equipment and the ship. Although other activities may perform work within the boundaries and Ship’s Force normally retains responsibility for operating ship’s equipment, all actions (i.e., work, testing, equipment operations, etc.) within the boundary must be approved by the shipyard. a. The MOA between the shipyard and ship for the availability must include the following minimum attributes regarding transfers:

p. 103

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-6 (1) Clearly state that all actions perf ormed within the boundary being transferred must be approved by the shipyard. (2) Normally, Ship’s Force retains respon sibility for operating ship’s equipment. If any transfers with operations are planned, the MOA must define the extent to which the shipyard will operate ship’s equipment within the boundaries. (3) Normally, Ship’s Force retains re sponsibility for PMS, unless otherwise specified in the MOA. (4) Delineate who is responsible to main tain system status within the boundary. (5) Identify the process (e.g., Joint Fl eet Maintenance Manual Volume IV, Chapter 10, paragraphs 10.2 through 10.4.5) by which work control must be administered, including interface between the shipyard, Ship’s Force and other applicable activities. b. A WAF must be used to transfer a system or portion of a system to the shipyard. Block 7 of the WAF must clearly state this intent (i.e., specify “transfer” or “transfer including operations”). Ship’s Force formally transfers a system or portion of a system to the shipyard by signing Block 14 of the WAF. Unless Block 7 of the WAF states the transfer is “including operations”, the shipyard is not authorized to operate ship’s equipment within the transferred boundary. c. The shipyard returns a system or portion of a system back to Ship’s Force by completing all authorized work and testing specified on the WAF and signing Blocks 16, 17 and 18 of the WAF. Ship’s Force indicates acceptance of the work and testing and, if applicable, operation by signing Block 18 of the WAF. For nuclear powered ships, the Engineering Department Manual contains requirements for accepting operational control from the shipyard. d. When the shipyard is responsible for ope rating ship’s equipment as specified in the transfer MOA, operation of ship’s equipment must be following shipyard or Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) procedures (e.g., test procedures, ship’s operating instructions, Steam and Electric Plant Manual, etc.). e. When waterborne, Ship’s Force must retain operation of hull and back-up valves. f. When portions of a system are required to be operational to support propulsion plant key events per NAVSEA Instruction 4730.1 and 4730.2 series, those portions of the system must be transferred back to Ship’s Force. g. Ship’s Force must have the capability to isolate the transferred area from components and systems under Ship’s Force control. The valves, switches, breakers, fuses, blanks, etc., that provide this capability must remain under Ship’s Force control. h. Any ship system which could directly a ffect the reactor plant or conduct of reactor plant testing must not be transferred to a shipyard until required nuclear temporary support systems are installed and the system is isolated from the reactor plant. i. Within the boundaries transferred to the sh ipyard, Ship’s Force must be notified prior to commencing testing and when testing is interrupted and completed.

p. 104

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-7 j. All transfers on submarines must be cons istent with ship’s safety requirements and reference (a). k. In order to minimize subsequent changes to the WAF and ensure that Ship’s Force is aware of the work scope, the WAF which transfers systems or portions of systems should include all known customer authorized work within the specified job description. l. This authority applies to all work pe rformed by or sub-contracted by the shipyard. m. Within the boundaries approved by the WAF, the shipyard can add additional work to the WAF without Ship’s Force approval by adding additional TWDs to a TWD Record Sheet (Appendix B) provided the additional work is within the original description of work and tagout boundaries (i.e., no additional tags are required). This method is applicable only when two independent reviews of the additional work by the shipyard confirms that the existing WAF and its associated tagout(s) provide adequate isolation and conditions for the work (see paragraph 10.4.5 of this chapter). TWDs (Task Group Instructions (TGI), Deficiency Logs, Deficiency Reports, etc.) that meet this criteria and require work control per paragraph 10.3 of this chapter will be added to the TWD Record Sheet. To ensure Ship's Force remains informed of all work being performed on ship’s systems, the shipyard must verbally notify Ship’s Force at the time work is added to the TWD Record Sheet and subsequently provide a hard copy of the changed TWD Record Sheet if it cannot be printed by the Ship’s Duty Officer from an electronic database. Work added to the TWD Record Sheet does not need to be added to the associated Tagout Record Sheet. n. When other activities perf orm work and testing within boundaries transferred to a shipyard and the shipyard is acting as their RAR, the shipyard may add the other repair activity’s work to the TWD Record Sheet. Otherwise, a separate WAF must be generated and a new line item must be added to the existing Tagout Record Sheet. o. Ship’s Force performing work, testing or equipment operations within boundaries transferred to a shipyard must prepare a separate WAF processed as described in paragraph 10.4.2 of this chapter, add a new line item to the existing Tagout Record Sheet and obtain shipyard concurrence in Block 12 of the WAF. RAR signature is not required on the Tagout Record Sheet. p. For small depot availabilities (e.g., conven tional surface ship availabilities less than six months in duration, submarine Selected Restricted Availabilities and Extended Refit Periods, Aircraft Carrier upkeeps), the provisions of this paragraph may be applied on a case basis where the amount of work on a system is extensive and warrants transferring a portion of a system. These exceptions require Type Commander approval. 10.4.4 Work Authorization Form Revisions. Changes to the scope of the existing job description or system transfer boundary must be authorized by a formal revision to the existing WAF. Except as noted for minor administrative changes, changes to conditions (i.e., Blocks 7, 8, 11, 13 or 14) established by an authorized WAF, including the associated tagout(s), also require a formal revision to the existing WAF. A formal revision to a WAF can be accomplished by either preparing a new WAF with the same number or revising the existing WAF.

p. 105

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-8 a. Prepare a new WAF. A new WAF with th e same number will be used primarily for major changes to Block 7, Job Description or other major changes which warrant reverification of all aspects of the work authorization. (1) A new WAF with the same number will be generated with changes included. (2) In Block 9, enter revision (REV A, REV B, REV C, etc.) the reason for, and description of the change. (3) Authorize the new WAF per th e requirements of this chapter. (4) Mark superseded WAF(s) “SUPERSE DED” and retain with the new WAF. b. Revise Existing WAF. The revised existing WAF will be used primarily for tag shifts or other minor changes. (1) Enter all required changes. Include in itials, date and revision with each entry. (2) Line-out all changed or invalidated information. Include initials, date and revision with each line-out. (3) Remake all affected signatures. (4) In Block 9, enter reason for and descri ption of the change. Sign and date the entry. (5) Obtain authorization including verifica tion of “Plant or Ship Conditions Set” by resigning Blocks 13 and 14 of the WAF. c. Revise existing WAF us ing the WAF Revision Sheet. (1) Fill in the information required by the WAF Revision Sheet, including the revision (REV A, REV B, REV C, etc.). Add additional blocks as deemed appropriate. (2) Enter the reason for and description of the change. Sign and date the entry. (3) Obtain all required signatures. (4) Once the WAF Revision Sheet has been completed, it must be maintained with the original WAF in the WAF log. d. Minor Administrative Changes to Existing WAFs. The Watch or Duty Officer or the RAR may make pen and ink changes that are editorial or administrative in nature to the original WAF without processing a new or revised WAF. These changes must not affect the scope or sequence of shipboard work, and include items such as obvious typographical errors, erroneous job order numbers or spelling errors. Either the Watch or Duty Officer or Repair Activity may make these changes on the original WAF without resigning Blocks 13 and 14. The changes must be initialed and dated by the person entering the changes. e. Iterative Tagouts. When using the refere nce (b) Iterative Tagout procedure, a revision to the WAF is not required provided the specific tests or maintenance evolutions are controlled by a formal process. This process is to be defined and concurred with by a MOA established between Ship’s Force and the Lead Maintenance Activity. The

p. 106

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-9 process must ensure that isolation is re-established and system conditions verified prior to recommencing work. 10.4.5 Centralized Work Control Procedures. It is the responsibility of the Lead Maintenance Activity to determine the need for centralized work control and to assign the responsibility for work authorization control. During depot availabilities, a centralized work control team will be established. For other availabilities, this decision is based on the number of repair activities performing work during the availability and the complexity of the work. When centralized work control procedures are invoked, the following process must be used: a. Work by all repair activities is pro cessed by the centralized work control team including work covered by paragraph 10.4.3 of this chapter. Ship’s Force involvement will be defined by MOA. b. The Lead Maintenance Activity will speci fy participation and supervision of the centralized work control team by MOA. Ship’s Force is an integral part of the centralized work control team and should man the team with experienced officers or senior petty officers. c. The repair activity performing the work must prepare the WAF, sign as RAR on the Tagout Record Sheet and sign the WAF blocks 10, 14, 16 and 17 if applicable, unless specified otherwise by MOA (e.g., repair activity does not maintain qualified personnel). The Lead Maintenance Activity assigned responsibility for centralized work control is responsible for processing the WAF and signing all other repair activity blocks on the WAF. d. For work covered by paragraph 10.4.3 of this chapter, the Ship’s Force member(s) of the centralized work control team would notify the responsible Division or Work Center Supervisor and Duty Officer of added work to a TWD Record Sheet to ensure that Ship’s Force remains informed of all work being performed on ship’s systems. 10.4.6 Equipment Tagout Procedures. Tagouts must be accomplished per the requirements of reference (b). 10.4.7 Barrier Criteria. a. Barrier criteria for maintenance is locat ed in reference (b) and applicable Reactor Plant and Steam and Electric Plant manuals. NOTE: BARRIER CRITERIA REQUIRED BY REACTOR PLANT AND STEAM AND ELECTRIC PLANT MANUALS HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER REFERENCE (B) CRITERIA. b. (Submarines only) Specific guidance for hu ll penetrations is located in Appendix D. 10.4.8 Safety of Ship Maintenance Item Identification, Listing and Control. a. Safety of Ship Maintenance Item List (SOSMIL). Safety of Ship maintenance items are those evolutions having significant potential to impact the ship’s watertight integrity, damage control capability or which require special attention to ensure ship safety. NOTE: DESIGNATION OF SAFETY OF SHIP MAINTENANCE ITEMS FOR BOTH

p. 107

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-10 SHIP’S FORCE AND ANY OUTSIDE ORGANIZATION IS REQUIRED WHEN FLEET MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY (FMA), INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES AND CONTRACTOR PRODUCTION WORK IS IN PROGRESS. REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH 10.4.8 OF THIS CHAPTER OR A SHIP’S PLAN OF THE DAY, IF REFERENCE (A) IS IN EFFECT, WILL BE IMPLEMENTED ANY TIME WORK AFFECTING SAFETY OF SHIP ITEMS IS PERFORMED REGARDLESS OF AVAILABILITY STATUS. b. Safety of Ship Maintena nce Items. The ship’s Commanding Officer’s permission is required prior to authorizing the maintenance evolution. The following, as a minimum, must be scheduled on the SOSMIL: (1) All maintenance involving si ngle closure isolation from sea. (2) All maintenance which removes a means of blowing main ballast tanks. (3) All maintenance requiring the use of flat patches, hull blanks or cofferdams, with specific entries identifying the actual installation and removal of these items. (4) All maintenance which removes the capab ility to dewater the ship using either the trim or the main drain systems. (5) All maintenance which removes the ship’s installed firefighting capability (e.g., maintenance which prevents pressurization of the trim system). (6) Bleeding or charging oxygen banks. (7) Handling or loading of explosives or weapons. (8) All maintenance which removes portions of, or the entire Emergency Air Breathing system. (9) Fueling or defueling. (10) Diver operations. (11) Pumping or fl ooding the sonar dome. (12) Per references (c) or (d), constant-v oltage or constant-current charges (elevated charge) where total battery voltage reaches or exceeds 2.45 volts per cell (VPC) and battery temperature meets or exceeds 65 degrees °F. (13) Nitrogen load. (14) Refrigerant on or off load. (15) Evolutions with an expected draft change of >3 inches (e.g., ballasting, lead load, etc.). (16) Securing the Emergency Diesel Generator. (17) Other maintenance or evolutions which require special coordination between Ship’s Force and maintenance providers to ensure safe accomplishment of authorized work (e.g., Loading Vertical Launch System Platform).

p. 108

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-11 (18) All maintenance that violates the in tegrity of the pressure hull, watertight bulkhead or watertight doors, excluding the routine operations of access hatches. (19) All maintenance that disables any bilge alarm or any portion of an emergency announcing circuit when temporary alarms or indications are not installed. (20) All maintenance that secures normal or emergency lighting circuits in a compartment or space such that damage control response would be significantly impacted. NOTE: USE OF TEMPORARY SYSTEMS TO REPLACE FUNCTIONS OF SHIP’S INSTALLED SYSTEMS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED WHEN DEEMED NECESSARY. CLASS SUBMARINE ORGANIZATION AND REGULATIONS MANUALS AND SHIP SYSTEM MANUALS MAY PROVIDE FURTHER GUIDANCE. c. SOSMIL Preparation. The SOSMIL will be prepared by a person designated by the ship’s Commanding Officer using written input provided by Ship’s Force divisions and the FMA representative. A new SOSMIL will be prepared prior to the FMA Daily Production Meeting of volume II, part I, chapter 4, paragraph 4.4.11 of this manual. Appendix E of this chapter is provided as an example and depicts the minimum attributes that must be documented on the SOSMIL. Appendix F of this chapter may be reproduced locally for use. The requirements to prepare the SOSMIL are: (1) Indicate ship’s name, hull number, upkeep number, calculated maximum expected draft, actual morning draft and date prepared. (2) For each job, list the Job Control Number or WAF number (as applicable) (operating instruction, PMS item, operating procedure), job description, scheduled end date and any remarks. (3) The SOSMIL should indicate planned work for the next seven days. A thick black line must be used on the left side of the current day to indicate the current days’ work. (4) In the job description block, indicate in parentheses a number that corresponds to the list at the bottom of the sheet as to why the job requires a SOSMIL entry. (5) Items must remain listed on the SOSMIL until work has been verified complete and associated WAF has been completed or Block 11 of the WAF revised as no longer affects Safety of Ship. d. Maximum Expected Draft. For those items which will have an effect on ship’s draft, expected draft changes greater than three (3) inches will be calculated fore and aft for that evolution and indicated in the remarks section. Draft calculations will be made by a Diving Officer of the Watch qualified individual. Additionally, for all ballasting evolutions, a second independent calculation will be performed and provided by a second Diving Officer of the Watch qualified individual. The worst-case draft change for each item will be totaled to arrive at a “maximum draft” and a maximum one foot

p. 109

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-12 buffer added to arrive at the “maximum expected draft”. (The ship’s Commanding Officer can decide to reduce the buffer as they desire. If Safety Draft Marks are in use, the bottom edge of the mark must match the “maximum expected draft”.) The “maximum expected draft” is listed at the top of the SOSMIL. Calculation sheets will be retained until the job is no longer carried on the SOSMIL. If the ship exceeds the “maximum expected draft”, the Duty Officer will stop the evolution, place the ship in a safe condition and notify all parties who signed the SOSMIL and the ship’s Commanding Officer. NOTE: THIS MUST IN NO WAY BE CO NSTRUED AS LIMITING ACTIONS BY THE DUTY OFFICER OR NOTIFICATION OF THE SHIP’S COMMANDING OFFICER OF SMALLER DRAFT CHANGES. ANY UNEXPECTED DRAFT CHANGE SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED AND UNDERSTOOD. e. Morning Actual Draft. The actual ship’s draft recorded each morning prior to the Daily Production Meeting. This draft will serve as a baseline value for draft changes that occur throughout the day. f. The Ship’s Force Availability Coordina tor will present the SOSMIL at the FMA daily production meeting for review and signatures. The SOSMIL will be signed by: (1) Ship’s Force (signed by a department head). Signature indicates that all evolutions that affect ballast have been identified, the form has been completed per this instruction and the correct drafts have been calculated and at least four feet of freeboard is available to all hull openings. (2) Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC ) (signed by an ISIC representative). Signature indicates that all maintenance has been identified, the form has been completed per this instruction and the draft measurements are noted. (3) Maintenance Organization (signed by appropriate senior level person of the repair activity, normally the Production Officer, as he leads the FMA Daily Production Meeting). Signature indicates all authorized Safety of Ship work items are listed. If any additional items are to be worked, a formal change to the SOSMIL will be required. g. Following review and signature, the Ship ’s Force Availability Coordinator will provide the original copy to the ship’s Duty Officer. Reproduced copies for distribution must be made from the “original document” only. Copies will be provided to: (1) Each Production Me eting attendee listed: (a) FMA Division Officers (b) FMA Repair Duty Officer or Repair Duty Chief Petty Officer (c) FMA Regional Maintenance Team Leader. They must receive enough copies to make further distribution to the FMA Duty Officers and each FMA Division Officer having work listed on the SOSMIL. (d) Supply Repair Other Vessel Officer

p. 110

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-13 (e) Ship’s Force Availability Coordinator (f) ISIC Material or Squadron Representative (g) FMA Availability Coordinator (2) The ship’s Engineering Duty Officer. (3) The ship’s Below Decks Watch. (4) The ship’s Petty Officer of the Deck. (5) Naval Submarine Support Center Representative. h. SOSMIL Use and Pre-Job Briefs. None of the evolutions or maintenance specified in paragraph 10.4.8.b of this chapter must commence unless it is scheduled on the current SOSMIL. The activity performing any maintenance or evolutions listed on the SOSMIL is responsible for a pre-job brief prior to commencing work. A pre-job brief is required for all items listed on the SOSMIL and will be attended by all parties involved as desired by the Ship’s Duty Officer. 10.4.9 Ship in Dry Dock (Submarines Under Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual Controls). a. When the ship is in dry dock, Chapte r 0872 of Navy Regulations requires the closing of all valves and other openings in the ship at the end of working hours when such closing is practical. In situations where there is extensive disruption of watertight integrity, making daily closing impracticable, it is prudent to protect the dry dock, rather than the ship, from inadvertent flooding. To this end, shipyards must maintain dry docks per reference (e). b. Temporary fluid systems must be consid ered a controlled constant fluid supply provided the following conditions exist: (1) The temporary fluid supply contains tw o in-line isolation valves external to the ship between the source and the ship. (2) The two isolation valves must be loca ted to facilitate rapid isolation (e.g., close to the ship). (3) The temporary fluid system, including both off hull isolations, must be formally transferred to, including operation of, Ship’s Force. (4) The supplied ship system must be tested to the temporary system operating pressure. c. Dry dock simulated water borne conditions exist when water is introduced to the dry dock and kept at a level below that necessary to lift the vessel off the blocks. During this condition, the following minimum requirements must apply: (1) The event must be authorized on the SOSMIL, contained in section 10.4.8 of this chapter (Submarines only). (2) Hull openings must be maintained per reference (a).

p. 111

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-14 (3) Seawater valves should normally be operated using ship’s systems. A temporary system may be used to operate seawater valves after obtaining Commanding Officer’s permission. (4) Ship’s dewatering capability meet s the requirements of reference (f). d. Dewatering capability. Each compartment must be capable of being dewatered at a rate of at least 200 GPM with pumping started within three minutes of the flooding being called away. Ship’s Force will demonstrate adequate dewatering capability by planning and scheduling flooding drills to be observed by the ISIC and Lead Maintenance Activity Representative at the following times: (1) Within seven days of docking a nd temporary systems being delivered. (2) Just prior to undocking, normally within 30 days. 10.5 FINAL CERTIFICATION, CLOSEOUT AND RE-ENTRY OF SUBMARINE SPACES, TANKS AND VOIDS. 10.5.1 Purpose. To establish procedures for the final certification, closeout and re-entry of submarine spaces, tanks and voids. 10.5.2 Discussion. Historically during space, tank or void closeout, a large number of diverse and inconspicuous items have been overlooked. These items have, at times, seriously degraded both material readiness and acoustic signature of submarines. This section establishes a procedure to ensure a thorough certification of all spaces prior to final closeout and provides a check-off list when re-entry is required. The check-off list or sheet is not all-inclusive. Common sense and effective use of personnel experience and knowledge must be used to ensure complete and thorough inspections. A review of references (g), (h) and (i) should be performed to determine if a formal report of unscheduled visual inspection is required to be submitted for tank and voids being entered or closed. Non-steel damping and acoustic restraining covers are not required to be painted. Accidental overspray is acceptable. Full paint out of damping restraining covers and acoustic tile covers is not the intent. If damping and acoustic tiles are painted, they must be checked to ensure that the paint will not bridge the gap between the rubber and the restraining cover more than 75% over an area. Degradation of the performance of tiles is possible. A suggested way to repair the area is to score the gap between the restraining cover and the damping tile and between the acoustic tile covers and the rubber. Previously painted serviceable tiles may remain in service. Reference (g) allows paint on piping. NOTE APPENDIX G MAY BE USED AS AN AID FOR ENTERING SUBMARINE SPACES, TANKS AND VOIDS. 10.5.3 Action. a. The Damage Control Assistant (DCA) is de signated the coordinator for the closeout of all spaces. As such, the DCA is responsible for the following: (1) Assigning responsible personnel to close out or assist in closing out specific spaces, tanks and voids. (2) Providing personnel designated to conduc t tank, void, or space closeouts with a copy of Appendices G or H as applicable.

p. 112

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10-15 (3) Ensuring personnel performing closeouts are aware of their responsibilities and are adequately trained. DCA must provide, by periodic notice, a list of personnel qualified to perform closeout inspections. (4) Maintaining a folder for completed copies of Appendix H. This folder will serve as a space, tank and void closeout certification record. Only the most recent copies of these Appendices are required to be retained. This folder should also include an index of all spaces, tanks and voids applicable to closeout certification and their status. (5) Keeping the Commanding Officer and th e Engineer Officer informed as to the status of closeouts and significant deficiencies noted. b. Personnel performing tank, void and space cl oseout or entry are responsible for: (1) Obtaining a copy of Appendix G and Appendix H. (2) Forwarding to the DCA completed copies of Appendix H. NOTE A REVIEW OF REFERENCES (G), (H) AND (I) SHOULD BE PERFORMED TO DETERMINE IF A FORMAL REPORT OF UNSCHEDULED VISUAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED FOR TANKS AND VOIDS BEING ENTERED OR CLOSED. c. Responsibility for Re-Entry Contro ls (REC) and final certification are: (1) In cases where entry is required to be made for production work by both Ship’s Force and FMA personnel, the FMA will be responsible for REC and Ship’s Force will be responsible for final certification closeout. (2) For cases where only FMA work is anticipated, the FMA will be responsible for REC and Ship’s Force will be responsible for final certification closeout. For the cases in which only the maintenance activity has access (e.g., waterborne entry into mud tanks or ballast tanks by divers) the maintenance activity will be responsible for final certification closeout. (3) For cases where only Ship’s Force work is anticipated, Ship’s Force will be responsible for REC and final certification closeout. 10.5.4 Applicability. All SSN, SSBN and SSGN Class submarines and FMAs.

p. 113

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10A-1 APPENDIX A1 APPENDIX A1 WORK AUTHORIZATION FORM 1. USS

2. SYSTEM

3. WAF NO. 4. JSN 5. DIVISION/LWC/RA 7. JOB DESCRIPTION

6. TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT

PREPARATION FOR WORK 8. POST WORK TESTING AS SPECIFIED: BELOW IN THE TWD NO TEST REQD FORMAL TEST PROGRAM 9. RESTRICTIONS/PRECAUTIONS/REMARKS 10. DIVISION/REPAIR ACTIVITY READY TO COMMENCE WORK. LPO/DIV OFF /RA __________________________________________________________________________ DATE___________________ AUTHORIZATION TO WORK 11. SAFETY OF SHIP YES NO RA SSO/FSO (if SPOD used) or QUALIFIED WATCH/DUTY OFFICER (if SOSMIL used) ____________ ________________________________________ DATE ____________________ 12. CONCURRENCES: _______________________ DATE _______ _________________________ DATE _______ _________________________ DATE _____ __ 13. TAGOUT REQUIRED: YES NO SYSTEM/COMPONENT IS LINED UP FOR WORK, A TAGOUT IS HUNG, VERIFIED AND SIGNED BY THE REPAIR ACTIVITY (IF REQUIRED) AND SHIP.

TAGOUT NO.____________________________ ________________________________________________ WATCH/DUTY OFFICER DATE 14. PLANT/SHIP CONDITIONS (E.G., DRAINED, DE-PRESSURIZED, DE-ENERGIZED, RESTRAINED) SET. DIVISION/RA IS AUTHORIZED TO START WORK. ________________________________________________ WATCH/DUTY OFFICER DATE ________________________________________________ REPAIR ACTIVITY DATE NOTIFICATION OF WORK COMPLETION 15. RESTRICTIONS/PRECAUTIONS/REMARKS

16. WORK IS COMPLETE LPO/DIV OFF or RA _________________________DATE __________ 17. TESTING IS COMPLETE WATCH/DUTY OFF or RA _________________DATE__________ 18. WAF CLOSED OUT RA_____________________________DATE___________ WATCH/DUTY OFF __________________________________DATE_______________ CHECK IF CONTINUED ON ANOTHER SHEET Sheet _____

p. 114

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10A-2 APPENDIX A1 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING WORK AUTHORIZATION FORM Block 1. USS: Enter name or the hull number. Block 2. SYSTEM: Enter the system noun name, abbreviation or identification number. Block 3. WAF NO.: Enter the WAF serial number. Block 4. JSN: Enter the Job Sequence Number or job order. Block 5. DIVISION, Lead Work Center (LWC) or REPAIR ACTIVITY (RA): Enter ship’s Division, LWC or repair activity Point of Contact responsible for conducting the maintenance. Block 6. TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT: Enter the TWD (e.g., Controlled Work Package (CWP) or Formal Work Package (FWP), Task Group Instruction (TGI)) number(s) or enter “see attached TWD Record Sheet”. If a TWD Record Sheet is used, it must be referenced in Block 6. Block 7. JOB DESCRIPTION: Enter a description of work to be performed detailed enough for the Authorizing Officer or RAR to understand the scope of the work boundary and prepare or concur in the isolation established for this work. If necessary, use of an additional Continuation Sheet per Appendix C is authorized. Description of work can contain either a description of work boundaries or a description of components (see paragraph 10.4.3a of this chapter). Block 8. POST WORK TESTING IS AS SPECIFIED: Check BELOW and identify test requirements when retest is not contained in a TWD or formal test program. Check FORMAL TEST PROGRAM if retesting will be tracked or completed in a program administered by the repair activity. If FORMAL TEST PROGRAM or NO TEST REQUIRED is checked, Block 17 is N/A. Block 9. RESTRICTIONS, PRECAUTIONS AND REMARKS (OPENING): Enter any restrictions or precautions associated with the work item. If any information is entered in this block, the person making the entry must enter name, organization and date. If necessary, use of an additional Continuation Sheet per Appendix C is authorized. Block 10. DIVISION OR REPAIR ACTIVITY READY TO COMMENCE WORK: Signature by Leading Petty Officer or Division Officer for Ship’s Force work or repair activity indicates that sufficient prerequisites are met to commence isolation for production work. Block 11. SAFETY OF SHIP: When required by paragraph 10.4.8 of this chapter, reference (a) or reference (j), check the “YES” block. For Surface Force Ships, the Watch Officer signature is required. (1) If the SPOD is used, the Repair Activity’s Ships Safety Officer (SSO) or the Fire Safety Officer (FSO) will sign concurrence. (2) If the SOSMIL is used, the qualified Watch or Duty Officer will verify that work is listed on the SOSMIL for that day and sign the block. NON-SAFETY OF SHIP WORK CONTROLS. Check NO. When safety of ship qualified RA or Ship’s Force work control personnel process their respective WAFs, they may sign concurrence for non-safety of ship maintenance. Block 12. CONCURRENCES: Concurrence signatures may be entered as necessary (e.g., nuclear or non-nuclear interface, assist work center(s), two cognizant department heads). The

p. 115

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10A-3 APPENDIX A1 Authorizing Officer or RAR should define any needed concurrences by noting the concurring organization beneath the signature line in Block 12 and obtain the concurrences. Enter N/A if no concurrences are required. For Surface Force Ships, DCA or CHENG signature is required. Block 13. TAGOUT REQUIRED: If tagout is required, mark YES. When tagout is hung, enter tagout number(s) (Log Serial Number or Shift Operations Management System line item number) and Watch or Duty Officer will sign block. If no tagout is required, mark NO. Enter N/A in TAGOUT NO., and Watch or Duty Officer will sign block. Block 14. PLANT OR SHIP CONDITIONS (e.g., drained, de-pressurized, de-energized, restrained) SET, FMA, DIVISION OR REPAIR ACTIVITY ARE AUTHORIZED TO START WORK: The Watch or Duty Officer signs in all cases for authorizing the start of all work. Note any restrictions, precautions, or both, in Block 9. If Block 11 is checked YES, the Watch or Duty Officer must ensure the work of the WAF is listed on the SOSMIL or Ship’s Plan of the Day prior to authorization of the WAF. RAR signs for authorizing the start of work when the WAF is for repair activity work. Block 15. RESTRICTIONS, PRECAUTIONS OR REMARKS: Enter any general conditions (e.g., outstanding work) that may affect system restoration. If any information is entered in this block, the person making the entry must enter name, organization and date. If necessary, use of an additional Continuation Sheet per Appendix C is authorized. Block 16. WORK IS COMPLETE: A signature by Ship’s Force or the repair activity is entered when the work described in Block 7 is verified complete and tags may be cleared with any exceptions listed in Block 15. Block 17. TESTING IS COMPLETE: A signature by the activity performing the retest is entered when testing of Block 8 is completed. Block 17 is marked N/A if Formal Test Program is in effect or no test required. Block 18. WAF CLOSED OUT: When work specified in Block 7 and testing as specified in Block 8 is completed, including all exceptions listed in Block 15, repair activity signature is entered to indicate the WAF is closed out. Ship’s Force signature indicates acceptance of the work and testing and that appropriate system status has been set (e.g., clear tags and perform valve lineups as appropriate for the situation). Block 18 may be signed prior to completion of testing covered by a formal test program. A copy of the closed out WAF must be provided to Ship’s Force if the repair activity is maintaining the original WAF.

p. 116

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10A-4 APPENDIX A2

APPENDIX A2 WAF INDEX

WORK CENTER WAF # JSN # COMPONENT TAG OUT # (IF Req’d) S/F SIGNATURE & DATE RA OPEN SIGNATURE & DATE S/F CLOSE SIGNATURE & DATE

p. 117

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10A-5 APPENDIX A2 WAF INDEX CONTINUED

WORK CENTER WAF # JSN # COMPONENT TAG OUT # (IF REQ’D) S/F SIGNATURE & DATE RA OPEN SIGNATURE & DATE S/F CLOSE SIGNATURE & DATE

p. 118

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT RECORD SHEET TWD RECORD SHEET SYSTEM/COMPONENT: WAF SERIAL NO. TWD LINE ITEM NO. TWD (TGI, DL, DR, CWP, FWP) BRIEF DESCRIPTION TWD AUTHORIZATION STATUS C-COMPLETED, T-TRANSFERRED X-CANCELED REMARKS 1ST CHECK (INI) 2ND CHECK & AUTH (INI) DATE AUTH

C/T/X INI & DATE

 CHECK BOX IF CONTINUED ON ADDITIONAL SHEET PAGE________

p. 119

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10B-2 APPENDIX B TECHNICAL WORK DOCUMENT RECORD SHEET COMPLETION INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: THE ACTIVITY US ING THE TWD RECORD SHEET MUST FILL IN ALL BLOCKS. BLOCK INFORMATION REQUIRED

SYSTEM OR COMPONENT Enter system or component. WAF SERIAL NO. Enter WAF serial number. TWD LINE ITEM NO. Enter next sequential number (1, 2, 3, etc.). TWD (TGI, DEFICIENCY LOG, DEFICIENCY REPORT, CWP, FWP) Enter TWD (e.g., TGI, Deficiency Log, Deficiency Report or other unique document identification.) BRIEF DESCRIPTION Enter brief description. 1 ST CHECK Initials of 1 st person who reviews and ensures the line item is within the WAF work description and tagout boundaries. (NOTES 1 and 2)

2ND CHECK AND AUTHORIZATION Initials of 2nd person (independent from 1st) who reviews and ensures work is within the WAF work description, tagout boundaries, that the WAF is in an authorized status and authorizes the line item. (NOTES 1 and 2)

DATE AUTH Date line item was authorized. (NOTE 1) STATUS LINE ITEM BLOCK (C/T/X)

Status of line item. (INI) & DATE Initials and date of person that verifies a line item is complete, transferred to another WAF or canceled.

REMARKS Write any pertinent info rmation (may be left blank). NOTE 1: 1 st and 2nd checks of TWD Record Sheet will be based on a review of the issued TWD. All TWDs not reviewed (i.e., left blank) at time of WAF authorization are not authorized until reviews are completed. NOTE 2: Activities which choose to use the TWD Record Sheet must track and status only the TWDs approved and executed by their activity.

p. 120

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C WORK AUTHORIZATION FORM CONTINUATION SHEET 1. USS 3. WAF NO. REV

CHECK IF CONTINUED ON ANOTHER SHEET Sheet _____

p. 121

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10C-2 APPENDIX C WORK AUTHORIZATION FORM REVISION SHEET 1. USS 3. WAF NO. REV

9. RESTRICTIONS/PRECAUTIONS/REMARKS AUTHORIZATION TO WORK 11. SAFETY OF SHIP: YES NO RA SSO/FSO (if SPOD used) or QUALIFIED WATCH/DUTY OFFICER (if SOSMIL used) ____________ ________________________________________ DATE ____________________ 12. CONCURRENCES:

_______________________ DATE ______________________________ DATE _____________________________DATE ______________ 13. TAGOUT REQUIRED: YES NO SYSTEM/COMPONENT IS LINED UP FOR WORK, A TAGOUT IS HUNG, VERIFIED AND SIGNED BY THE REPAIR ACTIVITY (IF REQUIRED) AND SHIP. TAGOUT NO.____________________________ ____________________________________________ WATCH/DUTY OFFICER DATE 14. PLANT/SHIP CONDITIONS (E.G., DRAINED, DE-PRESSURIZED, DE-ENERGIZED, RESTRAINED) SET. DIVISION/RA IS AUTHORIZED TO START WORK. ____________________________________________ WATCH/DUTY OFFICER DATE ____________________________________________ REPAIR ACTIVITY DATE CHECK IF CONTINUED ON ANOTHER SHEET Sheet _____

p. 122

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D BARRIER CRITERIA FOR HULL PENETRATIONS 1. SYSTEMS WHICH PENETRATE THE HULL. Commanding Officers will review tag-outs and work procedures for systems which penetrate the hull to the detail considered necessary for safety. Any required work or testing which violates the requirements of this appendix should not commence without prior specific approval of the Commanding Officer. 2. HULL PENETRATIONS BELOW THE WATERLINE. The principle of double closure applies to all hull penetrations except for those mechanical and electrical penetrations (such as the secondary propulsion motor shaft and cable penetrations) which are designed for single closure. Double closure is accomplished by using installed valves, blank flanges, outside closure plates, shaft seal inflatable boots, or shaft seals. Positive control must be exercised by Ship’s Force to maintain closure through the use of danger tags and interlocks, gagging devices, chains, mechanical locks, hydraulic locks, blanks etc., until the work, including the required testing, on the associated system has been completed. a. Single closure can be used only with the specific permission of the Commanding Officer. If single closure is approved, the barrier must be verified by a satisfactory leak check of the single closure before opening the system for maintenance as listed in sub-paragraphs (1) through (3): (1) The system should be isolated using the single closure barrier. (2) If the system has not been drained, open the closest system high-point vent to conduct a controlled leak check of the single closure. (3) If the system has been drained, open the closest low-point drain to conduct a controlled leak check of the single closure. b. Prior to undocking: (1) If undocking becomes necessary prior to completing all sea connected system maintenance and testing, obtain double closure through reassembly, then satisfactorily hydrostatic test all pressure boundary joints outboard of the backup valve seat and verify the integrity of the hull and backup valve seats by performing a hydrostatic seat leakage check of both valves. (2) Where schedule, resources or other constraints prevent accomplishment of the requirements of sub-paragraph b(2) at the time of undocking, a blank flange(s) must be installed, tested and identified external to the hull penetration to provide double closure. This condition must be identified both internally and externally to prevent inadvertent removal. The installation of the blank flange must be approved by the Commanding Officer. Removal of these blank flange(s) must not commence until the required valve(s) and associated local Valve Position Indicator(s) have been reinstalled and tested to support removal of the blank and blank removal has been approved by the Commanding Officer. 3. HULL PENETRATIONS ABOVE THE WATERLINE. These penetrations or openings will also be protected by double closure or as listed in sub-paragraphs “a” and “b”:

p. 123

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10D-2 APPENDIX D NOTE: THE DETERMINATION OF LESS THAN OR GREATER THAN FOUR FEET FROM THE WATERLINE WILL BE DETERMINED BY A MEASUREMENT FROM THE LOWEST LIP OF OPENINGS IN A PENETRATION TO THE ACTUAL WATERLINE. a. Hull penetrations less than f our feet above the waterline. (1) Cofferdams must be installed ar ound all open hull access openings, including temporary hull cuts, which have less than four feet of freeboard at the opening. Cofferdams must be constructed and tested per reference (a) to maintain watertight integrity to at least four feet above the waterline. A hull opening such as an electrical cable penetration need not have a cofferdam installed if it is adequately blanked or plugged while the system is under repair. Cofferdams will be designed to permit personnel access, temporary services and equipment shipping, as applicable, without violating the required watertight integrity. The ship’s topside freeflood structure may be used to achieve the four-foot requirement, however, the opening must be controlled in the same manner as a cofferdam. Positive control to maintain closure through the use of danger tags, and gagging devices, mechanical locks or blanks must be exercised for all hull access openings not in an as-built condition. Removal or changes in status must be approved by the Commanding Officer. (2) Other penetrations or openings whic h do not meet this criteria or which cannot be isolated by some type of single closure will be attended at all times by personnel with access to equipment capable of securing flooding, should it ever occur. Exceptions require specific permission of the Commanding Officer. Single closure may be affected by any suitable temporary watertight closure. b. Hull penetrations greater than four feet above the waterline. Penetrations or openings not in their normal as-built condition are not required to be watertight but should be provided with protection against unwanted fluid entry. 4. INADVERTENT OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC ACTUATORS. For those conditions when the ship is waterborne with a hull or backup valve below the waterline installed but the associated inboard piping is not complete and the hull or backup valve hydraulic actuator lines are disconnected, the following guidance is provided for reconnecting the hydraulic actuators (which may cause valve movement): a. If an external blank flange is inst alled, any additional precautions should be determined by the Commanding Officer. b. If an external blank flange is not inst alled, then the hull and backup valves should be installed, hydrostatically tested and local valve position indication proven correct and reliable. Additional safety precautions such as not working the actuators for a particular hull and backup combination concurrently, shutting and danger tagging both valves at all times, isolating and danger tagging the hydraulic pressure source to the control valve for the specific actuator being worked and not pressurizing or operationally testing the actuators until the seawater system integrity has been

p. 124

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10D-3 APPENDIX D reestablished, should be employed to provide the additional assurance required to preclude the need for an external blank. 5. INSTALLATION OF HULL FITTINGS OR FLANGES. When maintenance is to be performed which requires a hull fitting or flange to be installed, the following actions will be taken: a. Ship’s Force will identity the hull opening by noun name, docking plan number, frame number, side and distance off centerline and item number (as obtained from the ship’s docking plan) and provide this information to the FMA. b. The FMA planning division will verify the data provided by Ship’s Force and calculate the circumferential distance from the centerline. c. The FMA LWC will provide the verified da ta and the fitting or flange, including the required installation hardware, to the diving supervisor. d. Ship’s Force must mark the fitting lo cation using a weighted and marked line, referenced from frame marks topside. e. The Ship’s Duty Officer must authorize the installation of the fitting or flange and coordinate the pre-brief for the installation evolution. As a minimum, the brief must be attended by the Ship’s Duty Officer, LWC Supervisor and Diving Supervisor. The mechanism for authorizing the hull blank installation must be the Work Authorization Form (Appendix A1), per this chapter. f. The divers, in conjunction with Ship’s Force and the LWC Supervisor must verify the location of the hull opening and weighted or marked line prior to the divers entering the water. g. A diver accompanied by Ship’s Force must tap on the internal hull opening until the in-water diver acknowledges the location by returning the signal except where permanent markings identifiable by a diver uniquely identify a specific hull fitting or penetration (markings such as a fitting name or number welded as raised characters on or adjacent to the fitting or penetration). h. After installation, the hull fitting or flange location and installation must be independently verified by a second diver. i. Divers, assisted by the LWC and Ship’s Fo rce, must verify the hull fitting or flange integrity with a 100-psig air test. j. Divers and the LWC Supervisor must ma rk the hull fitting or flange by attaching a tether from the fitting or flange to topside. At the topside attachment point, the tether must be labeled “Hull Fitting (Noun Name) Installed”. k. Positive verification from inboard of the hull fitting or flange placement and integrity must be achieved for each installed fitting or flange prior to proceeding with any maintenance. The verification must be accomplished using the method for testing a single closure described in paragraph 2.a of this Appendix. If either of the leak check methods of paragraphs 2.a.(2) or (3) of this Appendix are not possible, the Commanding Officer must be notified and give specific permission for continuing or conducting the maintenance.

p. 125

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10D-4 APPENDIX D l. If internal verification of hull fitting or flange integrity is not possible due to system configuration, the fasteners must not be fully removed from the pressure boundary being disassembled until the system is fully drained and hull fitting or flange integrity has been verified. m. If a hull fitting or flange is left installed for system or at sea operations, the guidance of Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual concerning Departure From Specification must be followed. 6. REMOVAL OF HULL FITTINGS OR FLANGES. Prior to removal, divers, in conjunction with Ship’s Force, must verify the label of the tether of the fitting or flange to be removed and check for the presence of danger or caution tags. The divers must then follow the tether to the fitting or flange to ensure the removal of the correct fitting or flange. 7. BULKHEAD VENTILATION VALVES. Bulkhead ventilation valves must either be operational and capable of being shut or made water tight with a blank. Bulkhead penetrations must either be in their normal condition or be rendered watertight if unattended. Temporary closures are permitted. 8. FABRICATION OF NON-NUCLEAR PIPING BLANKS. For fabrication of non-nuclear piping blanks to be used during hydrostatic testing and maintenance on submarine piping systems, the following general guidelines apply: a. The material must be the identical type , level and pedigree required for the system application per reference (k) or as required by NAVSEA drawings. b. Blanks must be constructed such that th e design sealing surface dimensions and fit-up characteristics of the system are maintained. c. Dimensions of blanks will be per reference ( k). d. Applicable hydrostatic strength and poros ity testing will be performed as required by system test pressure drawings. e. All blanks must be marked per reference ( k). Maximum allowable pressure will be the hydrostatic test pressure (e.g. 6750 psi for a 4500-psi application, 4500 psi for a 3000- psi application, etc.). Additionally, mark piece with nominal operating pressure and material used. Ensure pressure markings are annotated “MAX” and “NOM” as appropriate. f. Blanks installed for maintenance or testi ng will be identified by a plain tag stating the purpose of the blank. This tag will be in addition to any danger tags used.

p. 126

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10E-1 APPENDIX E APPENDIX E SAFETY OF SHIP MAINTENANCE ITEM LIST EXAMPLE Ship name: USS Bigcity Hull #: SSN-799 Upkeep #: 802 Maximum expected draft: Fore: 32’0” aft: 34’6” Actual Morning Draft: Fore: 32’0” aft: 32’0” Date Wednesday prepared: 23 SEP 98 NOTE: THE MAXIMUM EXPECTED DRAFT MUST IN NO WAY BE CONSTRUED AS LIMITING ACTIONS BY THE DUTY OFFICER OR NOTIFICATION OF THE SH IP’S CO OF SMALLER DRAFT CHANGES. ANY UNEXPECTED DRAFT CHANGE SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED AND UNDERSTOOD. JCN/ WAF # Job Description Reason on SOSMIL Days work planned 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 Mon Tue Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun Scheduled end date Remarks EA01- 2345/ WAF # TD-101 repair (1,3) testing Remove flange 24SEP98 Restoration in progress

EM01- 3456/ WAF # Divers: inspect screw for fouling (2,10) B r i e f 0830 23SEP98

WQ01- 1986/ WAF # Inspect sonar dome/ (11) P u m p down dome, brief 0830 23SEP98 Draft change expected: 1’ up fore 1.5’ down aft EA01- 3509/ WAF # TD-1 ball/seat repair (4,5) Trim system restored Stage temp firefightin g Testing 28SEP98 Valve worked in place; temporary firefighting capability staged WK01- 4568/ WAF # Off-loading countermeasures (7) Off-load 25SEP98 through weapons shipping hatch

EA01- 3525/ WAF # LP Blower MRC M-2, change oil on LP Blower (2) Down for 1 hour at 1300 28SEP98

The following items are Safety of Ship: 1. Single closure from sea 8. EAB system maintenance 15. Refrigerant on/off load 2. MBT blow removed 3. Belly bands, hull blanks, cofferdams 9. Fueling or defueling 10. Diver operations 16. Evolutions with an expected draft change of >3 inches (e.g., ballasting, lead load, etc.) 4. Dewatering ability removed 11. Pumping or flooding sonar dome 17. Securing the Emergency Diesel Generator 5. Firefighting capability removed 12. Special coordination betwee n S/F and FMA 18. Pressure hull watertight bulkhead/doors maintenance 6 Bleeding charging Oxygen banks 7. Weapons handling 13. Per references (c) or (d), constant-voltage or constant-current charges (elevated charge) where total battery voltage reaches or exceeds 2.45 VPC and battery temperature meets or exceeds 65 degrees ℉. 19. Bilge alarm/emergency announcing circuit maintenance 20. Normal/emergency lighting maintenance 14. Nitrogen load Review and approval (all parties must sign): ISIC Rep: FMA Rep: Ship’s Force DH:

p. 127

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10F-1 APPENDIX F APPENDIX F SAFETY OF SHIP MAINTENANCE ITEM LIST 1. Ship name: Hull #: 2. Upkeep #:

3. Maximum expected draft: Fore: aft: 4. Actual Morning Draft: Fore: aft: 5. Date prepared: NOTE: THE MAXIMUM EXPECTED DRAFT MUST IN NO WAY BE CONSTRUED AS LIMITING ACTIONS BY THE DUTY OFFICER OR NOTIFICATION OF THE SH IP’S CO OF SMALLER DRAFT CHANGES. ANY UNEXPECTED DRAFT CHANGE SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED AND UNDERSTOOD. 6. JCN/WA F # 7. Job Description Reason on SOSMIL 8. Days work plan: Enter description or item # (1-20) that impacts Safety of Ship during the next seven days. Examples include but are not limited to Hang Diver Tags, Testing, Fuel on-load or off- load, Install Flange, Remove Flange, System Restoration, Install Temp System, etc. ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ Mon Tue Wed Thurs Fri Sat Sun 9. Scheduled end date 10. Remarks

The following items are Safety of Ship: 1. Single closure from sea 8. EAB system maintenance 15. Refrigerant on/off load 2. MBT blow removed 3. Belly bands, hull blanks, cofferdams 9. Fueling or defueling 10. Diver operations 16. Evolutions with an expected draft change of >3 inches (e.g., ballasting, lead load, etc.) 4. Dewatering ability removed 11. Pumping or flooding sonar dome 17. Securing the Emergency Diesel Generator 5. Firefighting capability removed 12. Speci al coordination between S/F and FMA 18. Pr essure hull watertight bulkhead/doors maintenance 6 Bleeding charging Oxygen banks 13. Per references (c) or (d), constant-voltage or constant-current charges (elevated charge) where total battery voltage reaches or exceeds 2.45 VPC and battery temperature meets or exceeds 65 degrees ℉ 19. Bilge alarm/emergency announcing circuit maintenance 7. Weapons handling 14. Nitrogen load 20. Normal/emergency lighting maintenance Review and approval (all parties must sign): ISIC Rep: FMA Rep: Ship’s Force DH:

p. 128

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10G-1 APPENDIX G APPENDIX G PROCEDURES AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR ENTERING SUBMARINE SPACES, TANKS AND VOIDS NOTE: IN ADDITION TO THE PRECAUTIO NS NOTED IN THE STEPS OF THIS APPENDIX, SHIP’S FORCE MUST COMPLY WITH SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IDENTIFIED IN REFERENCES (L) THROUGH (Q). 1. Prior to entry into any free-flood area or main ballast tank, check with the Engineering Duty Officer to ensure radiological surveys have been conducted to determine the radiological controls, if required. 2. Verify REC requirements, if any. 3. Obtain permission from the Duty Officer prior to entering any tank. 4. Ensure atmosphere surveys have been completed and adequate ventilation is available prior to entering the tank. 5. Obtain the necessary tools and equipment (i.e., rubber mallet, explosion proof flashlight or drop light, hardhat, wrenches, screwdrivers, etc.) required to enter or close out the space, tank or void. 6. Wear a hard hat when entering any Main Ballast Tank or free-flood area. 7. Use the buddy system with one man extern al to the tank or void at all times. 8. No smoking in any tanks or voids. Do not carry any naked lights or sparking electrical apparatus. Ensure all droplights are inspected and approved by the Electrical Division. 9. While inside the tank, make maximum use of la dders and walkways provided. Do not step on valves and piping. 10. Ensure positive measures are taken to identify the access to the tank or void to be opened (ship’s plans, two-man check, label plate identification). 11. Ensure all system penetrations to the tank or void are isolated and all sources of potential pressurization danger tagged out per reference (b), to include gravity drain funnels, and the tank or void is vented to the atmosphere. 12. Ensure the tank or void fasten ers are loosened to permit breaking the gasket seal. Remove fasteners only after the seal has been broken. 13. Use lanyards on tools and teth ered sealable parts pouches. 14. Prior to entering a tank or void, remove all unn ecessary items from your person (i.e., combs, lighters, wallets, etc.). 15. Take an inventory of all tools and materials which entered the tank or void. Have a second person verify the inventory before and after each entry. 16. A rubber mallet should be used to inve stigate for sound shorts, rattles, etc.

p. 129

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10H-1 APPENDIX H APPENDIX H CLOSE-OUT INSPECTION CHECK-OFF LIST Name of tank, void or space _______ DESCRIPTION PETTY OFFICER/ OFFICER INITIAL 1. PAINT a. Area does not have evidence of gros s preservation system failure. (Note 1)

b. Zincs, transducers and hydrophones are not painted. 2. FRAMEWORK AND FOUNDATIONS a. Inspect space framing and she ll welds for visual defects. b. Ensure nuts are lock-tight type or lock wired and screw engagement allows for at least one thread protrusion.

3. PIPING a. Inspect all pipes for visual weld or s il-brazed joint defects. Ensure pipe walls have not been cut by grinding, denting, or struck or burned by welding equipment.

b. Check pipe penetrations for properly installed sleeves and weld fillets. c. Pipe hangers should: - prevent vibration when pipe is struck with mallet. - have studs and nuts painted. - have proper insulation between pipe and hanger. - have stud nuts lock wired or locking cabled or have self-locking nuts used as required.

d. If blanks have been in stalled and will remain in-place following a preliminary closeout inspection, ensure the configuration has been evaluated for impact on ship conditions, system operation and are properly tracked to ensure removal during the final closeout inspection.

4. TRANSDUCERS, HYDROPHONES , CABLES AND CABLE WAYS a. Ensure all rubber elements are not gouged, cut, or scraped. Ensure rubber elements are not painted in the following areas: submarine reserve feed water tanks and hangers on nuclear piping.

b. Ensure all sonar transducers and hydrophones and corresponding cables are installed per ship’s plans.

c. Ensure only CRES banding and rubber channel insulation is used on cableways.

d. Ensure cableways and cable are properly supported. e. Ensure electrical coami ngs are made and tight. f. Ensure cable loop boxing covers (at hull fittings) are installed with appropriate plastic spacers such that vibration does not occur when struck with a mallet.

g. Ensure electrical hull penetr ations are properly labeled. 5. BAFFLE PLATES AND SO UND DAMPENING TILES a. Sound dampening tiles are the pr oper type per reference (m). b. Tiles are not cut, gouged or loosely secured. c. Baffle plates are properly bolted such that they are free from vibration when struck with a mallet.

p. 130

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-10H-2 APPENDIX H DESCRIPTION PETTY OFFICER/ OFFICER INITIAL 6. MECHANISMS a. Dynamic mechanisms are installed, hooked up and unpainted, with no evidence of damage or scraping of components.

b. Tank level floats, if applicable, are free to operate and have no visual defects. c. Grease lines, if applicable, are insta lled properly with mechanical fittings tight and no evidence of leakage.

7. VENTS AND DRAINS a. Adequate draining exists from each bay. b. Vents are clear of loose gear and rags. c. Ensure that vents or drains have no installed blanks. 8. GALVANIC PROTECTION a. Zincs are properly located and insta lled such that vibration does not occur when struck with a rubber mallet.

b. (Galvanic protection) Mounting straps and bolts are not required to be painted. c. Surfaces behind zincs are properly pain ted. Sacrificial anode surfaces must not be painted. Sacrificial anode surfaces must not have any coatings, sealants or fairing compounds added to the backside unless approved by NAVSEA. Painting of anode straps and hardware is recommended for all sacrificial anode applications. Coatings for zinc anode straps and hardware may be omitted due to galvanizing of the strap. Painting of aluminum anode straps and hardware is required for all alternate immersion applications (e.g., Main Ballast Tanks or bilges).

9. CLEANLINESS a. Check space clear of loose gear and rags. b. Check space clean and free of dirt. 10. COMPLETION a. All interior inspection items are clear of any discrepancies. b. Take an inventory of all tools and materials that entered the tank or void. Verify all items carried into the tank or void have been removed.

c. All personnel are clear of the tank or void. d. Tank or void cover gasket and gasket seat areas are in acceptable condition. e. Tank or void cover studs and nuts are torqued to the specified values required and the lock tabs are properly engaged or spot-welded.

f. Inspect the exterior for incomplete work that would require a reinspection. g. Ensure that all temporary services are removed from tank. NOTE 1: If evidence of gross preservatio n system failure exists, then a qualified preservation system inspector must be contacted to confirm that the preservation system meets the requirements _______________________________ ________________ Signature of Senior Enlisted Inspector Date _______________________________ ________________ Signature of Officer Inspector Date _______________________________ ________________ Reviewed by DCA Date

p. 131

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 11 TECHNICAL DATA AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT REFERENCES. (a) TL130-A1-HBK-010 MSC Procedures Manua l - Maintenance Support Center Library Procedures Manual (b) COMNAVAIRFORINST 4700.23 - Aircraft Carrier Maintenance Support Centers (MSC) Policy and Procedures (c) NAVSUP P2003 - Navy Stock List of Forms and Publications (d) SECNAVINST 5510.36 - Department of the Navy Information Security Program Regulation (e) NAVSEA S8800-00-GIP-000 - NAVSEA Guidance Handbook for Intermediate Maintenance Activity Technical Library Personnel (f) NAVSEA S0005-AG-GYD-010 - Technical Manual Users Quick Reference Guide (g) SECNAVINST 5510.30 - Department of the Navy Personnel Security Program (h) NAVSEA SL720-AA-MAN-030 - Na vy Modernization Program (i) NAVSEA S9040-AC-IDX-010 - Ships 3-M Reference Information CD (j) NAVAIR 00-25-100 - Naval Air Syst em Command Technical Manual Program (k) NAVSEAINST 4160.3 - Technical Manual Management Program (l) NAVSEA S0005-AA-PRO-010/TMMP - NAVS EA Technical Manual Management Program Operations and Life Cycle Support Procedures (m) NAVSEAINST 9210.29 - Nuclear Powered Ships and Prototypes - Responsibilities of Holders of Reactor Plant and Related Manuals (n) NAVSEA S9086-CV-STM-010 - Naval Ship’s Technical Manual Chapter 086 Command Technical Manual Management 11.1 PURPOSE. This chapter defines the responsibilities with respect to the management of technical documentation and data and requires the establishment and operation of technical libraries. Unless otherwise noted, Aircraft Carriers are governed by references (a) and (b). Technical data and information are critical for the proper operation, maintenance, troubleshooting and repair of all plant equipment. Improper maintenance or equipment remaining not repaired and inoperative can result from a lack of proper documentation in the form of technical manuals, ship’s drawings and blueprints, Military Specifications and standards, etc. 11.2 SHIPBOARD TECHNICAL DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Ships must maintain the Advanced Technical Information Support (ATIS) System up to date. ATIS updates are mailed out to the ship on Compact Disks (CD or DVD). Ship technical document distribution is based on configuration and therefore relies upon the Configuration Data Managers Database - Open Architecture being maintained up to date to accurately assign documents to the ship. To ensure ships maintain up to date technical documents, the following requirements must be met: a. The ship must assign a senior Petty Offi cer (E-6 or above) as the Technical Librarian who will maintain the ATIS systems up to date under the supervision of the 3M Systems Coordinator. Assignments as a Technical Librarian should be for a minimum

CHAPTER 11

p. 132

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-2 of 12 months. Technical Librarians on Aircraft Carriers are assigned for 18 months per reference (b). For Aircraft Carriers, the point of contact is the Maintenance Support Center (MSC) Officer and the Maintenance Officer. At Submarine Fleet Maintenance Activities (FMA), ashore and afloat, the Technical Librarian will work under the supervision of the Planning and Estimating Officer for ATIS and other databases maintained for FMA use. b. The Technical Librarian must promptly a pply ATIS changes within one week of being received on board. c. 3M System Coordinator must report completion of ATIS updates to the Executive Officer. For Aircraft Carriers, the point of contact is the MSC Officer and the Maintenance Officer. 11.3 TECHNICAL LIBRARIES. Technical Library personnel maintain a complete master technical library including electronic or hard copies of technical manuals, drawings, aperture cards, Coordinated Shipboard Allowance Lists, provisioning Allowance Parts Lists (APL), computerized databases and any other technical documents or aids which support maintenance functions. The appropriate IT system computer programs will be used to maintain the library. In general, the technical library serves the following basic functions: a. Acquisition of new documents and data and the updating of existing materials. b. Cataloging, indexing and filing all documents, data and information materials to allow for effective use of library technical information. c. Accountability and control to ensure con tinuous integrity of the library collection and to enhance periodic inventories. d. Central control point for all technical doc uments received, held, used, transferred or disposed of by the repair department (FMA only) or command. For FMAs having a Nuclear Support Facility (NSF), all Naval Sea Systems Command Nuclear Propulsion Directorate (NAVSEA 08) controlled documents must be controlled by the NSF. For MSCs aboard aircraft carriers, all NAVSEA 08 controlled documents must be controlled by the Reactor Department Technical Publication Library. All aircraft maintenance related documents must be controlled by the Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department. e. Maintain access to the following computer networks and web sites whenever possible. (1) Technical Data Management Information System (TDMIS). https://mercury.tdmis.navy.mil/default.cfm (2) Military Engineering Drawing Asset Locator System. https://public.logisticsinformationservice.dla.mil/PublicHome/MEDALS/defau lt.aspx (3) Naval Surface Forces, Atlantic Planning and Execution of Alterations and Repair (FMA and COMNAVSURFLANT and COMNAVSURFPAC commands only) https://www.spear.navy.mil click on SPEAR info. (4) Maintenance and Modernization IT Systems.

p. 133

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-3 (5) TMDER/ACN Report Tool. https://mercury.tdmis.navy.mil (6) ASSIST Quick Search http://quicksearch.dla.mil 11.3.1 Technical Library Supervisor. The Technical Library Supervisor is responsible for keeping current plans, prints, specifications, manuals and all other technical documents and information needed by ship and FMA departments and for managing the daily operation of the library. The Technical Library Supervisor must: a. Have a sufficient understanding of tec hnical library organization requirements in references (a) through (n) (as applicable) to supply the necessary technical information. b. Have a minimum security clearance equal to the highest security classification of any document held within the library. c. Supervise personnel assigned to library. d. Operate the technical libra ry in the following manner: (1) Schedule and carry out a frequent an d recurring on the job training program for all personnel assigned to the technical library staff or to satellite librarian positions. As a minimum, training must include topics that provide guidance for performing each library or satellite library function. Satellite librarian training may be tailored to cover only those areas applicable to satellite libraries. Lesson plans must be developed for each topic. (2) Maintain and provide applicable a nd current plans, prints, specification, manuals and all other technical documents and information needed by the cognizant department. FMAs will also provide technical documents to tended units, other FMAs, non-FMA government activities or qualified Department of Defense contractor personnel. (3) Maintain an inventory of technical publications, manuals and manufacturer instruction books and other technical and repair documents available in the technical library or any satellite libraries (Work Centers and division offices, etc.). (4) Develop a system for checking out or in and recall of library technical publications issued to individuals in order to maintain the integrity of the library and ensure revisions or changes are made as received and also to minimize lost materials due to unaccountability. The system should include a recall capability that would allow for the location and recall or reissue of materials after 90 days. FMAs issuing technical publications and documents to tended units should establish a 90-day or end of fleet maintenance availability recall whichever comes first. (5) Requisition technical documentati on needed for maintenance and repair procedures but not already available on board. Maintain a separate file of material on order. Track the status of requisitioned documents until received. Initiate follow-up action for those documents where supply status has not been

p. 134

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-4 received for a 30-day period, unless previous supply status indicates no follow- up is required. (6) Ensure proper security for th e contents of the technical library. (7) Exercise positive control over access to the Library Management or TDMIS database functions using locally generated procedures. (8) Maintain written procedures which describe how to perform each function carried out by the technical library (i.e., checkout or check-in of technical documents, updating library document files, operating reproduction equipment, performing updates, requisitioning, inventories and audits of library documents, etc.). (9) Ensure maintenance calls or contra cts are made for all viewing, reproduction, computer and powered document retrieval systems or equipment used to carry out library functions. The program must include devices associated with this equipment. (10) Perform an inventory of tec hnical publications and manuals and manufacturer’s instruction books. (a) Ships are to perform an annual i nventory of technical publications and manuals and manufacturer’s instruction books and other maintenance and repair documents available in the technical library and satellite libraries (work center and division offices). (b) Shore facilities and submarine te nders are to perform an inventory of technical publications and manuals and manufacturer’s instruction books and other maintenance and repair documents available in the technical library and satellite libraries (work center and division offices) every 12 months. (11) Ensure manuals within library’s in ventory contain applicable Advance Change Notices (ACN), or Interim Rapid Action Changes (IRAC). Verify each manual against the ACN report available from Naval Systems Data Support Activity (NSDSA), Port Hueneme, CA, and the NATEC IRAC Tracker Report. (12) Perform an annual data verification (configuration audit) of technical manuals and other repair documents available in the technical library and satellite libraries. Afloat libraries should perform verifications as often as operational constraints permit, within 6 months of major deployments, is recommended if verifications are not conducted annually. (a) Verify each NAVSEA and Sp ace and Naval Warfare Systems Command technical manual held with the data listed in TDMIS using LMD for manual or automated verification. Verify Naval Supply Systems Command (NAVSUP) manuals with the modem Internet access. (b) Verify NAVSUP manuals agai nst reference (c) (i.e., NAVSUP 600

p. 135

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-5 CD) or by performing a process verification file with LMD or TDMIS. (c) Compare each technical manual held with the ACN Report provided from NSDSA, Port Hueneme, CA. This should be performed monthly. (d) Compare each technical manual he ld with TDMIS (Index of Technical Publications) to ensure library is receiving the technical manual automatically. (e) Compare each technical manual held with the Technical Manual Deficiency Evaluation Report file to make sure information received from Technical Manual Deficiency Evaluation Report submissions is reflected in applicable technical manuals. (f) Make sure each technical manua l is in good material condition (i.e., does not have loose or unrepaired torn pages, is readable and has an outside cover). (g) For Naval Air Systems Command manuals, submit an Automatic Distribution Requirements List annually to NATEC to update distribution and verify manuals per reference (a). (13) Keep a record of annual inventor ies for 24 months. The annual inventories should include an assessment of recorded deficiencies in the technical data management program to determine areas that require improvement. (14) Establish procedures to incorpor ate changes or revisions to technical documents held within library or satellite libraries as soon as practical after receipt. Updates involving the safety of personnel or equipment (ACNs) must be entered within 48 hours of receipt. Routine changes must be installed before publication use or within 30 days of receipt, whichever occurs first. (15) Establish procedures that assure positive control of all technical documents held by the library. If Process Instructions or documents listed in ASSIST Quick Search http://quicksearch.dla.mil or any alteration text documents are held in Satellite library inventories, verify that these documents are up-to-date at least semiannually. (16) Establish procedures for issuing technical documents to Department of Defense contractor personnel using guidance provided in references (d) (FMA only). (17) Be the department point-of-contact fo r the Integrated Logistics Overhaul team with respect to technical documentation. (18) Ensure all supersed ed technical documentation is removed and disposed of following local procedures. 11.3.2 Technical Library Non-Supervisory Personnel. The Technical Library non-supervisory personnel will carry out the daily operations of the technical library as directed by the Technical Library Supervisor. The Technical Library non-supervisory personnel must:

p. 136

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-6 a. Be a reliable and motivated petty officer (E5 or above for FMA or MSC or full time civilian equivalent). b. Military should be assigned for at least 12 months. On Aircraft Carriers, they are assigned for 18 months per reference (b). c. Personnel assigned as satellite librarians will be reliable and motivated petty officers appointed in writing and assigned for at least 9 months. Satellite librarians will have a minimum security clearance equal to the highest security classification of any document held within the library per reference (n). 11.3.3 Technical Library Materials. The technical library has a wide variety of technical information and data in many different forms and formats. For FMA Technical Libraries eight broad categories of information exist which are described in reference (e). 11.3.3.1 Indices. Indices serve as reference or information sources that name systems, supplies and other information sources. Examples of indices include: a. Ships Drawing Index (SDI). b. Index of Technical Publications (ITP). c. TDMIS. d. Navy publications, forms and instructions (Reference (c)). e. ASSIST Quick Search http://quicksearch.dla.mil f. ATIS Systems 11.3.3.2 Technical Manuals. Technical manuals outline inspection and repair procedures for shipboard systems. Examples of technical manuals include: a. Ship’s Information Books. b. General Information Books. c. Naval Ships’ Technical Manual (NSTM). d. Propulsion Operating Guide. e. General Specifications for Overhaul. f. Equipment Technical Manuals. g. Organizational Maintenance and Manage ment System - Next Generation (OMMS- NG). h. Ordnance Publications. i. Ordnance Data. 11.3.3.3 Drawings. Drawings have engineering and design requirements needed to repair equipment to original specifications. Drawings are also used to find the location of shipboard systems and system equipment and components. Drawings stored in technical libraries include: a. Ship’s construction drawings. b. Ship Alteration installation drawings.

p. 137

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-7 c. Selected Record Drawings. d. Ship’s Equipment Drawings. e. Vendor and Manufacturer’s Drawings. f. Booklet of General Drawings. 11.3.3.4 Handbooks and Cataloging. Handbooks have detailed information about specific systems or equipment and may also list equipment repair procedures. Examples of handbooks include the following: a. Micro-Electronic Device Date Handbook. b. Identification Markings for Fasteners. c. Gasket Material (Non-metallic). d. Guide for Sampling Inspections. e. Shipyard welding procedures. 11.3.3.5 Military Specifications and Standards. Military specifications and standards are specific, detailed requirements for equipment or material. ASSIST Quick Search http://quicksearch.dla.mil 11.3.3.6 Documents and Lists. Documents and lists are catalogs of parts, equipment or publications and alteration records. The following are examples of documents and lists typically found in technical libraries: a. Navy Management Data List (NAVSUP Publication 4100). b. Navy Directive List. c. Introduction to Federal Supply Catal ogs and Related Publications (NAVSUP Publication 4400). d. Ship Changes. e. Planning Yard Work Instructions. 11.3.3.7 Instructions, Technical Publications and Bulletins. These publications give guidelines for the operation of equipment, introduce new equipment and may have lists of available items. Instructions, technical publications and bulletins commonly stocked in technical libraries include: a. General Services Administration Supply Catalog. b. Electronics Information Bulletins. c. Field Change Bulletins. d. NAVSEA Instructions. e. Type Commander Instructions. f. Technical Directives.

p. 138

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-8 11.3.3.8 Repair Standards. These standards are detailed repair procedures for the troubleshooting and overhaul of specific equipment and guidance for standard processes. Examples of repair standards include: a. Technical Repair Standard. b. Maintenance Standard. c. Intermediate Maintenance Standard. d. Unified Industrial Process Instruction. 11.4 INDEX OF TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS AND SHIP’S DRAWING INDEX. Due to the wide variety of types of materials that may be included in a technical library, it may be confusing as to what are the minimum titles and requirements needed for a particular ship. The ITP and SDI have been developed for each ship and list the titles and drawings applicable to the ship. 11.4.1 Index of Technical Publications. The ITP is a guide to facilitate the identification of technical manuals used on board a ship. The ITP is tailored to the configuration of a specific ship and lists technical manuals needed to operate, maintain and repair ship systems and equipment. It also lists any other general and ship related manuals needed by Ship’s Force. The ITP will: a. Contain a list of the technical manuals needed on board a ship. b. Identify technical manuals for specific systems and equipment. c. List the systems and equipment supported by a specific technical manual. d. Include information about each technical manual. e. Be in electronic (EXCEL) format and sorted by APL or Repairable Identification Code and Hierarchical Structure Code. 11.4.2 Ship’s Drawing Index. The SDI is a list of ship drawings and related design reference information that shows the actual current configuration of the ship. SDIs are required by General Specifications for Shipbuilding for all ships over 200 feet in length. a. The original SDI is prepared by the shipbuilder and approved by Supervisor of Shipbuilding. After acceptance of the ship by the Navy, the SDI is sent to the selected planning yard which is assigned as custodian of the index. b. Corrections to the SDI are submitted by the industrial activity to reflect work performed during Chief of Naval Operations maintenance availabilities and Fleet maintenance availabilities. Original SDIs are to be corrected by the planning yard to reflect changes reported by the ship or other activities when changes are made between regular overhauls. c. SDI information includes: (1) Drawing title. (2) NAVSEA drawing number and revision.

p. 139

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-11-9 (3) Builder or contractor drawing num bers of Hull Mechanical and Electrical drawings applicable to the individual ship. 11.5 MAINTENANCE SUPPORT CENTERS (AIRCRAFT CARRIERS ONLY). a. MSCs provide a centralized support fac ility to aid work center technicians in Integrated Logistics Support processing and problem resolution services. The MSC provides shipboard management of technical documentation and libraries in support of ship’s maintenance and material requirements. The MSC will function within the policy and procedural guidelines of references (a) and (b). b. The MSC manages and maintains an accura te equipment or component configuration database, identification of required technical support (e.g., repair part APLs, drawings, technical manuals, test equipment, Planned Maintenance System, etc.), and facilitates resolution of repair part support problems.

p. 140

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-12-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 12 HULL INSPECTION OF SHIPS AND CRAFT REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9086-DA-STM-000 - NSTM Chapter 100 (Hull Structures) (b) ABS Guide for Building and Cla ssing High Speed Naval Craft (2007) (c) NAVSEA T9074-AS-GIB-010/271 - Requi rements for Nondestructive Testing Methods LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Sample Layout of Inspection Areas B Hull Reporting Format 12.1 PURPOSE. To provide general guidance for the inspection of ship’s hulls to detect structural defects or hull thickness degradation and to establish supplemental procedures and periodicities for the conduct of hull inspections of thin hulled ships and craft for the timely detection of corrosion or erosion. 12.1.1 Scope. Thin hull ships are defined as those ships and craft with hull plating less than 1/2- inch design thickness at any location below the waterline. Hull Inspections and repair for wooden hulled ships and craft are addressed in Chapter 24 of this volume. Guidance contained in this chapter applies to all thin steel hull ships and craft. a. Detailed direction for thin hull assess ment can be found in reference (a) for the following classes of surface force ships: (1) DDG 51 (2) FFG 7 (3) CG 47 (4) LPD 17 b. The following classes of surface force ship s were built to reference (b), therefore reference (a) does not apply: (1) LCS (2) PC 12.1.2 Discussion. a. All ship’s hulls must be inspected per Planned Maintenance System (PMS). Reference (a) contains additional guidance and checklists for conducting a thorough internal and external visual hull inspection. Should visual hull inspections reveal suspect areas, these areas should be ultrasonically tested to determine the need for repairs.

CHAPTER 12

p. 141

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-12-2 b. Hull inspections will reveal the ship’s hu ll condition through self-inspection of inner shell structure by Forces Afloat. These inspections will permit detection of structural defects and hull thickness degradation resulting from the cumulative effects of unarrested corrosion, and identify any areas in need of repair or preservation. Shell plating areas which are inaccessible can be measured ultrasonically by divers from outside the hull. c. Besides verbal descriptions of damage, graphical layouts of hull structure for some ship classes are available for use in the inspection. These schematics are for the purpose of plotting damage locations, as well as assisting the inspector in orientation and report analysis in assessing damage effects. d. Main machinery spaces are most prone to corrosion due to the severe environmental extremes of temperature and humidity arising from continuous operation of the propulsion machinery and supporting systems. This alternate wetting and drying of the interior hull surfaces resulting from normal ship’s operations and shutdowns over a long period produces oxidation cycles which lead to corrosion. e. Inspections should take place inport duri ng a period when the machinery plant will be secured for at least one week. During the work definition period, prior to a scheduled dry-dock availability, an inspection should be scheduled so that it precedes the availability in enough time to permit the identification of all hull structure in need of repair (i.e., approximately nine to ten months prior to the scheduled availability). The ISIC or TYCOM will coordinate and schedule the inspections as requested by the ship’s Commanding Officer. f. The inspection is primarily intended for ar eas which are subject to both high stress and heavy corrosion, namely, bottom shell structure in the main machinery spaces of the ship. Accordingly, all fire rooms and engine rooms must be surveyed for structural deterioration, with emphasis on the following areas: (1) Under boilers and turbines, where access is difficult and environmental extremes are most severe. (2) Around boiler feedwater tanks, which are continuously wet from “sweating”. (3) Around the various overboard inta kes and discharges, where external turbulence often produces erosion. (4) Along the interior of the side shell in way of the exterior waterline. Here the design thickness of the shell plating is thinnest, and exterior corrosion from wave action is always present. (5) Around “wet” equipment, which con tinuously operate with steam or water emission (e.g., pumps, condensers, evaporator, etc.). (6) Areas of the bottom shell which are subject to the corrosive action of bilge water. g. Items such as deck plating in way of upt ake spaces, pump rooms, refrigeration spaces, heads, etc., are omitted from this inspection. These “wet” areas are considered to be “housekeeping” items and will be surveyed during the pre-overhaul hull inspection.

p. 142

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-12-3 All tank and void spaces, which are in proximity to the machinery spaces being surveyed, are also omitted from this inspection, as these compartments do not meet the criteria in sub-paragraph “f”. The interiors of these spaces are inspected during industrial availabilities. h. Procedures regarding hull inspectio ns which are associated with Pre-CNO Maintenance Availability planning are issued separately for each availability as determined by the requirements for each ship. 12.2 ACTION. Both internal and external hull inspections must be accomplished per reference (a) and (c) on all ships and craft identified in paragraph 12.1.1 of this chapter. Periodicities must be as specified by the TYCOM or as required by PMS. a. At the beginning of any dry-docking period, (regular overhaul, Docking Selected Restricted Availability, interim dry-docking, etc.) an extensive hull survey will be conducted using the ship’s plans and a sampling plan similar to that shown in Appendix A of this chapter. The inspection must be conducted using ultrasonic techniques, drill testing or caliper method as appropriate. b. A pre-overhaul inspection of the hull should be conducted prior to a dry-docking availability to ensure known hull repairs are included in the planned work package and to ensure unexpected costs are kept to a minimum. Dry-docking is not required for a pre-overhaul inspection; however, maximum use should be made of available tools and techniques to accurately determine the condition of the hull. c. A minimum of one hull reading every other frame, and every other strake (as shown in Appendix A of this chapter) up to the waterline, must be taken and the results recorded in the inspection report of Appendix B of this chapter. Suspect areas, as determined by visual inspection, must have several readings taken and the least thickness recorded. Any area showing a reading less than the minimum allowable must have additional readings taken in an expanding fashion to determine the actual extent of the excessive deterioration. d. In locations where there is an inner hull, such as bilge area tank tops, inside readings must be taken in addition to those readings taken on the hull. These readings must be taken every other frame, port and starboard, recorded in the format of Appendix B of this chapter, and submitted with the hull inspection report. e. In general, hull sections and structur es which have suffered 25 percent or greater reduction in cross-sectional area from their original thickness should be cut out and replaced. Scattered pits of depth at least 25 percent, but not greater than 45 percent of the original thickness, may be repaired by clad welding. f. An engineering analysis considering current and probable future corrosion may be performed to determine if the corroded structure is within allowable stress levels, rather than performing an automatic repair when corrosion has resulted in a 25 percent or greater reduction of cross sectional area. The repair criteria must be based on the applicable General Specifications for Overhaul. 12.3 REPORTS. The results of all hull inspections must be forwarded to the ship, with an information copy to the TYCOM or ISIC, using the format of Appendix B of this chapter. Areas

p. 143

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-12-4 having unsatisfactory results must be superficially noted in the report cover letter. Unsatisfactory areas must be defined by size in feet and inches and location in relation to strake and frames.

p. 144

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-12A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SAMPLE LAYOUT OF INSPECTION AREAS

G 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 F 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 E 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 D 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 STRAKE C 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 B 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 A 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 FRAME

Numbers denote the areas to be tested on each inspection (i.e., the first inspection consists of all number 1 - Requirements for Nondestructive Testing Methods, the second inspection, all number 2's, etc.).

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019

APPENDIX A SAMPLE LAYOUT OF INSPECTION AREAS

[TABLE] STRAKE A 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 B 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 C 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 D 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 E 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 F 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 G 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 FRAME

Numbers denote the areas to be tested on each inspection (i.e., the first inspection consists of all number 1 - Requirements for Nondestructive Testing Methods, the second inspection, all number 2's, etc.).

IV-12A-1 APPENDIX A

p. 145

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-12B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B HULL REPORTING FORMAT Strake Frame Boundary Nos. Original Drawing Thickness Minimum Allowable Thickness (75% of Orig) Actual Thickness Frame Boundary Nos. Original Drawing Thickness Minimum Allowable Thickness (75% of Orig) Actual Thickness

p. 146

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 13 WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT TESTING AND INSPECTION REFERENCES. (a) NAVFAC P-307 - Management of Weight Handling Equipment (b) NAVSEA 0989-LP-043-0000 - Commissione d Surface Ship General Reactor Plant Overhaul and Repair Specification (c) NAVSEA 0989-LP-037-2000 - Commissione d Submarine General Reactor Plant Overhaul and Repair Specifications (d) NAVSEA 0989-LP-058-0000 - AS/AD Tender Nu clear Support Facilities Preventive Maintenance Index (e) NAVSEA S9086-XG-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 700 (Shipboard Ammunition Handling and Stowage) (f) NAVSEA S9086-TX-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 583 (Boats and Small Craft) (g) NAVSEA S9086-T4-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 589 (Cranes) (h) NAVSEA S9086-T3-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 588 (Aircraft Elevators) (i) NAVSEA STD DWG 803-1916300 - Aircraft Securing and Engine Run-up Fittings (j) NAVSEA S9086-TV-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 581 (Anchoring) (k) NAVSEA SG420-AP-MMA-010 - Periodic Testing Arrangements for Ordnance Handling Equipment (l) NAVAIR 17-1-127 - Periodic Proofload Testing of Weapons Support Equipment W/IPB (m) NAVSEA OP 4098 - Handling Ammunition, Ex plosives and Hazardous Material with Industrial Materials Handling Equipment (n) NAVSEA OP 3347 - Ordnance Safety Precautions, U.S. Navy (o) NAVORD OP 4 - Ammunition and Explosive Safety Afloat (p) NAVSEA S9086-TM-STM-000 - NSTM Chapter 573 (Booms) (q) NAVSEA S9086-ZN-STM-000 - NSTM Chap ter 772 (Cargo and Weapons Elevators) (r) NAVSEA STD DWG 805-2276338 - Cleats (s) NAVSEA STD DWG 804-8436624 - Safety Net, Deck Edge, CRES 316 Frame, and CRES 316 Nets (t) NAVSEA STD DWG 804-8436625 - Safety Ne t, Deck Edge, Aluminum Frame, and Synthetic Nets (u) NAVSEA STD DWG 805-1639000 - Deck Screw Reversible Eyebolts (v) NAVSEA S9086-TL-STM-000 - NSTM Chapte r 572 (Shipboard Stores and Provision Handling) (w) NAVSEA S9086-UF-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 600 (Structural Closures) (x) NAVSEA STD DWG 805-1645271 - Portable Davits (y) NAVSEA S9AA0-AB-GOS-010/020 - General Specifications for Overhaul of Surface Ships (GSO) (z) NAVSEA STD DWG 804-5184163 - Trunk Safety Nets (aa) NAVSEA S9086-TK-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 571 (Underway Replenishment) (ab) NAVSEA STD DWG 804-1213717 - Ve hicle Tiedown Deck Fittings

CHAPTER 13

p. 147

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-2 (ac) NAVSEA STD DWG 709-5549373 - Wea pons Handling Equipment SSN 688 Class Test Loads/ Methods and Inspection Procedures (ad) NAVSEA STD DWG 709-6633924 - Verti cal Launch System Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 688 Class Test Loads/Methods and Inspection Procedures (ae) NAVSEA STD DWG 709-5549374 - Wea pons Handling Equipment SSN 726 Class Test Loads/ Methods and Inspection Procedures (af) NAVSEA STD DWG 709-6726350 - Wea pons Handling Equipment SSN 21 Class Test Loads/ Methods and Inspection Procedures (ag) NAVSEA S9086-UU-STM-010 - NSTM Ch apter 613 (Wire and Fiber Rope and Rigging) (ah) NAVSEA 0989-LP-030- 7000 - Lifting Standard (ai) VIRGINIA CLASS SUBMARINE PR OGRAM ERH832-1699 - Weapons Stowage and Handling Equipment Test Loads/Methods and Inspection Procedures 13.1 PURPOSE. To ensure Weight Handling Equipment (WHE) is capable of continued reliable and safe operation. a. WHE must be of sufficient rated capac ity to safely handle the calculated load; including, all slings, shackles, turnbuckles, strongbacks and chain hoists. b. The WHE selected must be inspecte d before each use for obvious material deficiencies, equipment capacity markings, and load test expiration date (as applicable). c. The following guidance has been utilized to incorporate both Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) and Naval Facilities Engineering Command (NAVFACSYSCOM) requirements: (1) For shipboard WHE used both afloat and ashore, including Floating Drydocks, NAVSEA technical requirements are cited and invoked as the top-level guidance. (2) For shore based WHE used only ashore, NAVFACSYSCOM and the Code of Federal Regulations technical requirements are cited and invoked as the top- level guidance. (3) For general purpose lifting and riggi ng, shore based rigging gear and portable hoists meeting the requirements of reference (a) may be used aboard ship when the ship is pierside. (4) For Reactor Plant Lifting and Handl ing Equipment and lifts of major reactor plant components, additional guidance is provided in Section 9400-0 of reference (b) and in reference (c). Reference (d) provides guidance for lifting radioactive material or reactor plant components when NAVSEA approved lifting equipment is not available (i.e., use of the B & M crane to lift portable effluent tanks or radioactive waste). These requirements apply to all commissioned ships, shipyards and Naval shore-based activities. 13.2 NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND AFLOAT REQUIREMENTS. 13.2.1 Definitions.

p. 148

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-3 a. Dynamic Load Test. An operational overl oad test conducted to verify the ability of the lifting equipment to operate with rated load while being subjected to dynamic conditions associated with ship motions. b. Load Bearing Members. Those component s or structural support members of the lifting and handling equipment which support the load; a failure of which could cause dropping, uncontrolled shifting or movement of the load. c. No-Load Test. A test which verifies equipment functional performance without a load. d. Rated Load. The maximum permissible lo ad carried during use (also called “Safe Working Load”). The weights of handling gear; such as slings, strongbacks, handling dolly, which are not an integral part of the equipment being tested, must be considered as part of the rated load. e. Rated Load Test. A load test at 100 percent of the rated load, conducted at rated speed through the complete range of operating limits. The test is performed to determine the proper operation of the equipment, repeatability of functions and heat dissipation ability. f. Safe Working Load. See Rated Load. g. Factor of Safety. The ratio of the yield strength of a structure to the required strength (based on estimated maximum load in ordinary use). Factor of Safety = Actual Yield Strength Required Strength h. Static Load Test. A stat ionary overload test conducted to verify the structural and mechanical integrity of the lifting equipment. In this test, the lifting equipment holds the test load for a short period of time while the test inspector checks the equipment for signs of brake slippage or damage. 13.2.2 Procedure. Fabrication, repair and testing of Shipboard Weight Handling Equipment will be conducted using a Controlled Work Package developed per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 2 of this manual. This requirement does not apply to periodic weight test of Shipboard Weight Handling Equipment. Shipboard Weight Handling Equipment requiring a weight test based on Planned Maintenance System (PMS) or other periodic testing requirements, excluding tests in conjunction with repair or manufacture, will be inspected and tested using Technical Work Documents, such as a pre-existing maintenance procedure, test load methods drawing, technical manual or Formal Work Package. Periodic weight testing must be witnessed by a qualified inspector. a. Testing Sequence. Newly installed or overhauled equipment must be tested in the following order: (1) No-load Test. (2) Static Load Test. (3) Dynamic Load Test. (4) Rated Load Test.

p. 149

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-4 b. Results of completed weight tests will be documented on QA form 17W, using the procedures of Volume V, Part I, Chapter 11 of this manual. The serial number (if known) of the equipment must be recorded on the weight test record. c. Weight Handling Equipment that has sati sfactorily passed the required inspections and load testing must be so marked by the activity conducting the tests. As a minimum, this marking must include the name of the testing activity, the date (year and month) tested, date of re-inspection due date, the rated load and a unique serial number that will allow it to be traced to its test and inspection documentation. (1) Where there is little available space for surface marking, such as on wire rope slings, the item may be marked with a Periodic Load Test Record Strap as shown in reference (e). (2) Nylon webbing slings must have etched leather tags sewn to each sling leg to identify the leg and indicate test results as described in reference (f). (3) Stamped, etched or engraved metal tags , which are attached to the tested item with mechanical fasteners or adhesives, may also be used. (4) Color coding, for local control only, ma y be used in addition to, but not as an alternate to, one of the authorized marking methods. (5) Wire rope (1/32” through 3/16” diamet er) may be used to attach metal tags to WHE provided that the wire rope is secured using mechanical fasteners designed to secure wire rope such as swedges. Metal tags attached using lockwire style twisted wires are prohibited. d. A permanent log, written or electronic, mu st be maintained to record the following information: (1) Equipment identification. (2) Date of the test or inspection. (3) Description of th e test or inspection. (4) Weight used for the test, in pounds. (5) Testing activity. e. New hooks, blocks, sheaves, wire rope, fi ber rope, and other loose hardware or gear need not be load tested after installation if it has not been modified and has been purchased to Military Specifications (MILSPEC) or NAVSEA standard drawings through the Naval Supply System. Any load carrying loose gear procured otherwise must be tested prior to placing in-service to 200% of the SWL of the part in question. If any sheave, block or hook assembly is received that does not bear the manufacturer’s test stamp, it must be tested to 200% of the SWL. f. Unless otherwise specified, all load te st capacity tolerance must be +5%, -0%. 13.2.3 Load Test Types and Duration. For each test type, the equipment must withstand the required load for the specified amount of time, per the applicable reference(s) listed in paragraph 13.2.8.

p. 150

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-5 13.2.3.1 No-Load Test. As a prerequisite to any load testing, a no-load test must be performed. During the test, the equipment or system must be operated through full ranges and directions of motions and in all operating modes. All safety devices and travel limits must be demonstrated during the test. 13.2.3.2 Static Load Test. a. Unless otherwise specified, all arrang ements for handling and supporting weights (including weights of personnel), all arrangements for taking heavy strains, and all parts upon which the safety of the ship or life depend, must be given a static load test equal to twice the rated load. In cases in which the rated load is not specified, the test load must be based on the expected duty of the equipment or system. For hoisting arrangements, the static test load must be suspended clear of all supports and held suspended for a sufficient period of time to allow for the inspection of welds and other fastenings, but need not be lifted or moved by the system under test. After relieving the static test load, there must be no evidence of permanent deformation of structure. b. The equipment or system to be tested must not be used to lift the total static test load. Static load tests must be completed prior to performance of operational tests. Where static test loads exceed 40% of rope breaking strength, the ship’s rope must not be used for the static test. 13.2.3.3 Dynamic Load Test. Weight handling arrangements must be tested to demonstrate capacity to withstand additional loads imposed on a system when operating under unfavorable sea conditions at reduced speed. The dynamic load test must be conducted to demonstrate handling equipment load capabilities throughout the complete operating range, but the load need not be lifted or moved at rated speeds. As far as practicable, test loads must be moved completely through the equipment operating range, within the limits of all operating modes. NOTE: IF THE EQUIPMENT USES HYDRAULIC POWER, THE SYSTEM RELIEF VALVES MUST BE CHECKED FOR PROPER SETTINGS BEFORE PERFORMING A DYNAMIC LOAD TEST. 13.2.3.4 Rated Load Test. Following satisfactory completion of the dynamic load test, the rated load test must be conducted to demonstrate capability to operate with a full load, at rated speed, through the complete range of operating limits. As far as practicable, test loads must be moved completely through the equipment operating range, within the limits of all operating modes. Proper operational functions must be demonstrated at each speed in all operating modes. The mechanical safety devices must be tested for their ability to stop and hold when carrying rated load at rated speed. 13.2.4 Load Test Periodicity. a. In the interest of pers onnel safety and equipment protection, inspection and testing of all WHE not covered by PMS or other directives will be performed at intervals not to exceed four years. NOTE: PER NAVSEA DIRECTION, STATIC, DYNAMIC AND RATED LOAD TESTING OF MAIN STORAGE BATTERY LIFTING GEAR INSTALLED IN SUBMARINE BATTERY COMPARTMENTS IS NOT REQUIRED UNLESS REPAIRS TO STRUCTURAL OR WEIGHT SUPPORTING COMPONENTS

p. 151

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-6 HAVE BEEN ACCOMPLISHED. FOLLOWING REPAIRS, LOAD TESTING WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED DURING BATTERY REPLACEMENT AFTER THE BATTERY CELLS HAVE BEEN REMOVED. b. Testing of the following components is requ ired when newly installed or after major structure repair or modification. (1) Accommodation ladders. (2) Cleats. (3) Gangplanks. (4) Leadsman platform. NOTE: SSN 688 CLASS LIFELINE STA NCHIONS DO NOT REQUIRE WEIGHT TESTING FOLLOWING MANUFACTURE OR REPAIR. (5) Life rails or stanchions. (6) Lifelines. (7) Padeyes. (8) Portable davits. (9) Reversible eyebolts. (10) Slings. (11) Safety nets (including deck edge safety nets). (12) Vertical ladders. 13.2.5 Shipboard Crane Program. a. A Shipboard Crane Program must be implemented on each ship with a crane installed or assigned, per reference (g). b. Guidelines for training and qualification of personnel responsible for shipboard crane operation and maintenance are contained in reference (g). 13.2.6 Daily Inspections. Daily, before use visual inspections must be conducted: a. For Weight Handling Equipment: (1) A daily, before use visual inspectio n must be performed following PMS for the assigned equipment before any load handling operations. (2) A no-load operational test must be conducted by each shift prior to handling ammunition. b. All handling equipment selected (includi ng slings, shackles, turnbuckles, strongbacks, chain hoists and taglines) must be visually inspected before use for obvious material deficiencies, equipment capacity markings and load test expiration date (as applicable). c. Before beginning crane operations for each new day, a qualified crane operator must perform an inspection of each crane to check for discrepancies in the crane’s structure

p. 152

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-7 or operating controls using the crane Operator’s Daily Check List provided in reference (g). 13.2.7 Use of Nylon Straps. a. The use of knotted nylon strapping as handling equipment is prohibited. b. Rigging with nylon straps is permitted only when nylon strapping is equipped with sewn (lifting) eyes and the strapping has been static load tested to 200 percent of rated load. c. When available handling equipment (for example, wire rope slings) cannot be properly attached, or load surface damage may occur, 6,000-pound (rated breaking strength) nylon strapping is permitted only for loads up to 1,000 pounds. d. Webbing slings must be inspected for abrasions and fraying of the webbing and stitching, and for broken stitches. Slings must not be used if signs of deterioration are visible. NOTE: REFERENCE (a) IS TO BE USED ONLY WHEN THE SHIP IS ACTUALLY PIERSIDE. 13.2.8 Weight Test Procedure Matrix. The following matrix provides sources of load test procedures for shipboard equipment or systems that may require periodic load testing or testing following fabrication or repair: EQUIPMENT or SYSTEM INSPECTIONS AND TESTING GOVERNING DOCUMENT(S) FOR MAINTENANCE Aircraft Elevators Reference (h), PMS Aircraft Tie-downs References (i) Anchoring Reference (j), PMS Ammunition Handling References (e), (l) through (o), PMS Boats & Boat Davits Reference (f), PMS Booms Reference (p), PMS Cargo & Weapons Elevators Reference (q), PMS Cleats Reference (r) Cranes Reference (g), PMS Deck Edge Safety Nets References (s) and (t) Deck Screw Reversible Eyebolts Reference (u) Hoists Reference (v), PMS

p. 153

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-8 EQUIPMENT or SYSTEM INSPECTIONS AND TESTING GOVERNING DOCUMENT(S) FOR MAINTENANCE Hull Fittings Reference (w), PMS Portable Davits Reference (x) Reactor Plant Lifting and Handling Equipment References (b) through (d) Stores & Provision Handling Reference (v), PMS Temporary Padeyes Reference (y), Section 611 Trunk Safety Nets Reference (z) Underway Replenishment Reference (aa), PMS Vehicle Tie-downs Reference (ab) Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 688 Class Reference (ac) Vertical Launch System - Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 688 Class Reference (ad) Weapons Handling Equipment SSBN and SSGN 726 Class Reference (ae) Weapons Handling Equipment SSN 21 Class Reference (af) Wire and Fiber Rope and Rigging Reference (ag) Weapons Stowage and Handling Equipment - Virginia Class Reference (ai) Shipboard Crane and Miscellaneous Rigging Gear Reference (g)

13.2.9 Identification of Equipment. Following the weight test, ensure the Weapons Handling Equipment is properly marked as detailed per reference (e) section 4. 13.2.10 Record Keeping. QA form 17W must be used to document Shipboard Weight Handling Equipment weight testing. The Weight Handling Test Inspector must sign the Quality Assurance blocks of QA form 17W. The signed QA form 17W or a copy must be provided to the activity who maintains the Shipboard Weight Handling Equipment in all cases. QA form 17W must be retained by the end user or maintaining activity until superseded by successive testing for each piece of Shipboard Weight Handling Equipment. QA form 17W used to document Shipboard Weight Handling Equipment testing in a Controlled Work Package will be retained with the Controlled Work Package as prescribed by Volume V of this manual.

p. 154

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-9 13.2.11 Crane Material Condition Assessments. This section provides guidance in the preparation for and execution of shipboard crane assessments by qualified crane assessors per reference (g). A crane assessment is used to determine a baseline condition and establish the scope of any follow-on actions. The assessment is designed to evaluate the material condition of the crane and all safety features and ensure all repairs, maintenance actions and design changes conform to the applicable standards and specifications. 13.2.11.1 Ship’s Force Assessment Responsibilities. a. Ensure that the crane’s PMS is up to date. b. Provide qualified operators as necessary to safely perform all crane operations. c. Provide qualified maintainers as nece ssary to assist and learn from assessor. d. Ensure all members of the assessment team comply with shipboard safety requirements. e. Ensure all necessary tag-out proced ures are accomplished following shipboard instructions. 13.2.11.2 Assessor Responsibilities. a. Conduct crane assessments based on a ssessment procedures and reference (g). b. Ensure the crane has been assessed, ad justed, repaired (where feasible) and operationally tested. c. Ensure all discrepancies and corrected items have been documented via an OPNAV 4790/2Ka in the ship’s CSMP. d. Ensure before leaving the ship that th e Commanding Officer, or an officer designated by the Commanding Officer, is briefed on the crane material condition, to include all completed and outstanding maintenance and repair actions. e. Issue a dedicated final report to th e ship, SURFMEPP, ISEA, ISIC and TYCOM within 30 days following the assessment visit. The report must address the following: (1) All discrepancies found during the assessment, specifically calling out any “In- Service Envelope” discrepancies (refer to reference (g)). (2) Operational testing results. (3) Any recommendations to the In-S ervice Engineering Agent for system changes. 13.3 NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND ASHORE REQUIREMENTS. WHE assigned to naval shore activities and utilized only in ashore operations or aboard ships when the ship is pierside must be certified, tested, inspected and operated in compliance with reference (a). For general purpose lifting and rigging, shore based rigging gear and portable hoists meeting the requirements of reference (a) may be used aboard ship when the ship is pierside (this does not apply to ordnance or radiological lifting and handling). Reference (a) covers line-handling mechanisms on floating cranes, hoists and chain falls which are used in multiple locations, and portable and adjustable gantry cranes and floor cranes. Material handling equipment is covered by Naval Supply Systems Command criteria.

p. 155

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-10 13.3.1 Certification Program. The Commanding Officer is responsible for ensuring safety within the activity and must designate a WHE certifying official who must ensure the activity’s WHE is inspected, tested and certified per reference (a). 13.3.2 Operator Licensing Program. All Navy civilian and military personnel assigned duties involving the operation of Navy shore based Category 1, Category 2, Cab Operated Category 3 or Category 4 WHE must be qualified and licensed per the provisions of reference (a). 13.3.2.1 Operator Qualification and Testing. All applicants for Crane Operation Licenses must meet the requirements of reference (a). 13.3.2.2 Licensing Procedures and Documentation. Reference (a) contains the necessary procedural requirements for licensing and documentation. 13.3.3 Inspections. a. Pre-Use Check (Category 1, 2, Cab Operat ed Category 3 and Category 4 Cranes). The operator must perform an inspection of their assigned crane using a Crane Operator’s Daily Checklist as required by reference (a). b. Specific instructions in reference (a) mu st be used for conducting and reporting the following inspections: (1) Walk Around Check. (2) Machinery House or Machinery Area Check. (3) Operator Cab Check. (4) Operational Check. c. Pre-Use Check (Non-Cab Operated Ca tegory 3 Cranes) must be performed per reference (a). 13.3.4 Test Procedures. Reference (a) contains instructions for performing crane test procedures. 13.3.5 Special Purpose Service. Activities using special purpose service cranes must follow the requirements of reference (ah) in addition to criteria contained in reference (a). 13.4 SLINGS. Slings used in conjunction with other material handling equipment for the movement of material ashore by hoisting are covered by references (a) and (g). a. A sling is an assembly which connects th e load to the material handling equipment. b. Slings include those made from alloy stee l chain, wire rope, metal mesh, natural or synthetic fiber rope (conventional three strand construction), and synthetic web (nylon, polyester, and polypropylene). 13.5 CRANE RIGGING GEAR AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. Reference (a) contains maintenance, inspection and test requirements for the following common rigging gear used ashore and reference (g) contains maintenance, inspection and test requirements for the following common rigging gear used shipboard. Reference (g) allows shore based rigging gear and portable hoists meeting the requirements of reference (a) to be used aboard ship with shipboard cranes when the ship is pierside.

p. 156

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 JAN 2021 IV-13-11 a. Slings. b. Shackles, links, rings, swivels, eyebolts, turnbuckles, hooks and swivel hoist rings. c. Tackle blocks. d. Portable load indicating devices (dynam ometers, load cells, crane scales, etc.). e. Lashing (e.g., wire rope, s ynthetic rope, synthetic webbing).

p. 157

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-14-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 14 MAGAZINE SPRINKLER INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9522-AA-HBK-010 - Description, Operation and Maintenance Handbook for Magazine Sprinkler Systems (b) NAVSEAINST 4790.8/OPNAVINST 4790.4 – Sh ips’ Maintenance and Material Management (3-M) Manual 14.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance for the performance of magazine sprinkler inspections. 14.2 RESPONSIBILITIES. 14.2.1 Commanding Officers. a. Ensure that sprinkler systems are te sted following Planned Maintenance System. b. Ensure that magazine temperatur es are checked and recorded daily. c. Ensure that magazines are properly maintained. d. Ensure that prior to acceptance of a sp rinkler system in new construction or when design changes (Ship Changes) are made to a sprinkler system during construction or overhaul, the cognizant industrial activity provides written verification that each system is completely operational. A certified magazine inspector will perform the verification of system operability per reference (a). e. Ensure that magazine sprinkler syst em inspection requirements are conducted per reference (a) and when directed by Planned Maintenance System. These inspection requirements apply to both the thermo-pneumatic and hydraulic control systems. All tests will be per reference (a) and will be followed by a complete operational test by Ship’s Force using the appropriate Maintenance Requirement Card. A certified magazine inspector will conduct all thermo-pneumatic tests. f. Ensure that a magazine sprinkler system verification inspection is scheduled prior to ordnance on-load (if required by paragraph “d”. or “e” of this paragraph). A certified magazine sprinkler inspector must conduct the inspection. g. Take necessary action to correct all di screpancies noted during magazine sprinkler inspections. Within 30 days following receipt of the magazine sprinkler discrepancy list, report the status to the Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC) with an informational copy to the Type Commander via message, identifying corrective action(s) taken or applicable Plan of Action and Milestones. h. Ensure that design discrepancies are reported to the Type Commander and submitted into the Current Ships’ Maintenance Project. Procedures for reporting discrepancies are included in reference (b) and Type Commander instructions.

CHAPTER 14

p. 158

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-14-2 14.2.2 Verification Activity. a. Ensure Magazine Sprinkler System Inspect or has completed applicable qualifications of the Magazine Sprinkler Systems Inspector Course (Course Number: K041-2137). b. Provide a sprinkler system discrepancy list by the categories SAFETY, MAJOR, MINOR and INSTALLATION to the Ship’s Commanding Officer and ISIC. c. Provide written recommendations to th e Ship’s Commanding Officer and ISIC to continue or discontinue thermo-pneumatic certification until correction of any discrepancies and completion of satisfactory sprinkler system operational tests. 14.2.3 Immediate Superior In Command. a. Ensure that Shipboard Explosive Safety Inspection is scheduled per reference (a). b. Follow-up on all discrepancies reported by the verification activity. Those items that are discrepancies as a result of design problems should be reviewed by the cognizant Naval Engineering Agency and recommended corrective actions should be performed at the earliest convenient availability. c. Must act as sole grantor of all magazine sprinkler systems re-certification via message. Re-certification is based on verifying activity's recommendation.

p. 159

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-15-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 15 CIRCUIT BREAKERS REFERENCES. (a) NAVSSES Philadelphia ltr 9320, Ser 934/010 dated 19 Mar 2001, titled Shipboard Circuit Breaker Maintenance and Overhaul Policy 15.1 PURPOSE. To issue the Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) policy on maintenance and overhaul of Navy shipboard shock-hardened circuit breakers of both ACB and AQB types specified in reference (a). 15.2 CIRCUIT BREAKER FUNCTION AND ACQUISITION ON NAVY SHIPS. Circuit breakers onboard Navy ships and submarines are used primarily to provide electrical system protection against disruptive and sometimes destructive abnormal currents. This protection is so precise that it selectively removes only the cause of the abnormal current (such as electrical system damage acquired in battle) while continuing to power other unaffected weapons, electronics and electrical systems. This continuous supply of electrical power is also ensured by the unique ability of these circuit breakers to maintain proper position during severe impacts produced by missiles, bombs, mines, torpedoes and other detonation sources. Due to the unique nature and critical function of Navy shock-hardened circuit breakers, their acquisition is controlled through a Qualified Products List (QPL) governed by requirements set forth in appropriate military specifications. There is no equivalent commercial requirement. 15.3 CIRCUIT BREAKER OVERHAUL FACILITIES AND PART PROCUREMENT. Type AQB circuit breakers with non-replaceable trip units (100 amp and smaller sizes) are not repairable. All other circuit breakers are classified as Depot Level Repairable. NAVSEA has designated Puget Sound Naval Shipyard and the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) as Designated Overhaul Points (DOP) for these items. The current OEMs offering overhaul service for their products are SPD Technologies, Inc., Whipp & Bourne, and Eaton/Cutler-Hammer (for Westinghouse breakers). Other (obsolete) ACB and AQB circuit breakers are overhauled by the Navy DOP. The ability to repair and refurbish circuit breakers is a “core” Naval Shipyard function, with all Naval Shipyards expected to maintain and execute this capability. This does not imply all Naval Shipyards will be appointed DOP status. The single Navy DOP at Puget Sound Naval Shipyard along with the OEMs and their service centers provide production capability and capacity to meet the requirements for restoration of stock assets to Ready For Issue condition and meet other routine circuit breaker overhaul requirements. Prior to the initial listing of a vendor's circuit breaker on the QPL, the OEM must successfully demonstrate by appropriate tests and inspections that the circuit breaker passes all the requirements contained in the military specification. To maintain the integrity of the circuit breaker as a qualified product, NAVSEA prohibits the local manufacture or fabrication of certain (restricted) parts during repair or overhaul. Due to the critical nature and stringent materials and manufacturing requirements, the Navy restricts the manufacture of these parts to the OEM listed for the particular circuit breaker. Specifically, all replacement parts for circuit breakers, except fasteners and general hardware items, are restricted parts. Non-restricted parts include nuts, bolts, screws, washers, lock washers, cotter pins, O-rings, indicator lights, and indicator light globes (colored and clear).

CHAPTER 15

p. 160

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-15-2 The restricted replacement parts must be obtained from the Federal Stock System, the OEM or approved material diversion. 15.4 SUBMARINE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. NAVSEA has established a pool of circuit breakers removed from inactivated SSN 688 Class submarines to support SSN 688, SSBN and SSGN 726 Class submarine's lifecycle requirements. The OEM has designated some circuit breakers still in use as obsolete and may no longer readily support them with parts. For obsolete breakers no longer supported by the Federal Stock System, Puget Sound Naval Shipyard and in some cases Ship's Maintenance Monitoring Support Performance Monitoring Teams (PMT), may be a source of parts. The ship must obtain the parts by approved material diversion. This will allow Puget Sound Naval Shipyard to either make parts or purchase parts from the OEM. The OEM can still manufacture the obsolete parts but the cost could be excessive. Even after the shipboard repairs are complete, the pay back is critical to ensure the lifecycle pool is maintained. If the lifecycle pool is allowed to deteriorate, circuit breakers for future requirements may not be available. 15.5 NAVY POLICY ON SHIPBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKER MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL. a. Not Repairable Circuit Breakers. T ype AQB circuit breakers with non-replaceable trip units (100 amp and smaller) are not repairable. Any attempt to open and repair this type of circuit breaker results in an unacceptable risk to subsequent performance, even if retest is performed. b. Overhauls must be performed by the Navy DOP at Puget Sound Naval Shipyard or the OEM. Class A and B overhauls are defined as: (1) Class A Overhaul. An extensive ove rhaul that involves complete disassembly and refurbishment, such as re-plating mechanical and electrical parts, and replacing the wire harness. The “most recent” design and technical specifications will be met. The end product must be in “like new” condition in appearance, operation and performance. All manufacturers' and technical manual performance standards and specifications, and all technical documentation, unless superseded by proper authority, must be met. The repair activity must demonstrate that the end product successfully meets all performance criteria of the governing specifications. Defining an overhaul as Class “A” means that all actions required to meet the definitions are authorized. (2) Class B Overhaul. A less extensive overhaul that re-uses most of the existing parts to restore the operating and performance characteristics of a circuit breaker to its original design and technical specifications. Machinery Alterations, field changes and modifications, even if applicable, are not to be accomplished unless specified by proper authority. The repair activity must demonstrate that the end product successfully meets all performance criteria of the governing specifications. c. Non-OEM Vendors. When commercial repa ir facilities other than the OEM express an interest in performing repair and overhaul work, they must demonstrate to NAVSEA the capability to perform the work. Capability to perform circuit breaker

p. 161

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-15-3 overhaul and repair work includes having the facilities, trained mechanics, and access to the OEM's qualified parts and repair procedures. Use of nonqualified, restricted parts violates the integrity of the circuit breaker, nullifying the breaker’s prior qualification under the QPL process. Restricted parts must be obtained from the OEM either directly or via the Federal Stock System (with the exceptions as noted in sub- paragraph “b”). If a restricted part is replaced with an unqualified part, the qualification of the particular circuit breaker is revoked until the full set of QPL required tests are repeated and submitted to NAVSEA for approval. d. Fleet Maintenance Activities and Organi zational Level Maintenance and Repair. Maintenance and repair of circuit breakers by Organizational and Fleet Maintenance Activities includes cleaning, inspection, lubrication, accomplishment of technical manual specified corrective maintenance, and operational testing and replacement of the bolt-on parts (obtained from qualified sources). Bolt-on parts include charging motors, arc chutes, auxiliary switches, closing relays, electronic trip units (only units that are adjustable with a portable trip unit calibration test set), indicator lights and indicator light transformers, rectifier units and resistors, secondary disconnects, shunt trip units, transformers, undervoltage trip units, and wiring and connections. Repairs which alter the breaker calibration, require major disassembly of the operating mechanism, or require re-plating must be performed at a depot level activity. Repairs of this type conducted by a non-depot level activity to meet operational commitments must be certified at the earliest available opportunity by an authorized depot activity (DOP or Naval Shipyard with demonstrated circuit breaker repair and retest capability). Type Commanders should ensure a Departure From Specification is processed for these types of emergent repairs. e. (Submarines Only) Performance Monitoring Teams. PMTs are permitted to perform in-depth circuit breaker maintenance and repairs as an augmentation to Forces Afloat maintenance when the PMT member is designated, trained, certified, and provided with the proper equipment. The PMT must not make calibration repairs or adjustments that require shop verification by primary current injections. These types of calibration and certification adjustments must only be accomplished by an authorized depot activity. NAVSEA 08 has authorized the Ship’s Maintenance Monitoring Support PMTs to conduct repairs on NAVSEA 08 cognizant circuit breakers similar to those on non-nuclear applications. f. NAVSEA 08 cognizant circu it breakers. If questions or technical issues arise regarding NAVSEA 08 cognizant circuit breakers which cannot be resolved by consulting the applicable technical manual, prepare a Trouble Record or Liaison Action Request and submit to Assistant NAVSEA Technical Representative, Schenectady, NY following the Commissioned Submarine and Surface Ship General Reactor Plant Overhaul and Repair Specification.

p. 162

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-16-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 16 AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY SYSTEMS FOR AIRCRAFT CARRIERS ONLY REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEAINST 4790.8/OPNAVINST 4790.4 - Sh ips’ Maintenance and Material Management (3-M) Manual (b) OPNAVINST 4790.15 - Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program (ALREMP) (c) COMNAVAIRLANTINS T 4790.40/COMNAVAIRPACINST 4790.39 - Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program (ALREMP) Management Teams (d) OPNAVINST 3120.28 - Certification of the Aviation Capability of Naval Ships Operating Aircraft (e) COMLANTFLTINST 3500.18 - Certification an d Readiness of Aviation Facilities in Naval Ships Operating Aircraft (f) NAVAIRINST 3120.1 - Lead Systems Command Procedures and Responsibilities for Certification of Aviation Facilities and Equipment in Naval Ships Operating Aircraft 16.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance concerning the maintenance policies, procedures and responsibilities for Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment (ALRE) throughout the ship’s operating cycle. The Aircraft Launch and Recovery Equipment Maintenance Program (ALREMP) is sponsored and directed by the Chief of Naval Operations, and is administered through the chain of command to provide material and technical support by the cognizant Systems Command. The ALREMP provides an integrated system for performing maintenance and related support functions on ship’s installed aircraft launching and recovery systems and associated peripheral support systems and equipment. 16.2 AIRCRAFT LAUNCH AND RECOVERY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. 16.2.1 Applicability. The ALREMP encompasses all Navy activities concerned with the operation, rework, repair, production and support of Aircraft Carrier ALRE, including catapults, arresting gear, Visual Landing Aids (VLA), and associated deck gear and accessories. 16.2.2 Objectives. The ALREMP establishes standard procedures to control maintenance, provide quality assurance performance verification and provide for a more effective ship’s Maintenance and Material Management system in compliance with reference (a). 16.2.3 Responsibilities. a. Naval Air Systems Command (NAV AIR) must provide overall ALREMP management through the ALRE Program Manager (PMA 251). b. The ALRE Program Manager, or his direct representative, must establish and chair the ALREMP Working Committee.

CHAPTER 16

p. 163

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-16-2 c. The Naval Air Warfare Center (NAVAIRW ARCEN) Aircraft Division, Lakehurst will provide technical services and act as the technical manager for the ALREMP. d. The Type Commanders (TYCOM) must provide ALRE Maintenance Management Teams to conduct assist visits and annual audits of all units, per the requirements of reference (b). These assist visits and annual audits will ensure operation and maintenance of ALRE is conducted within the guidelines of the ALREMP as directed by reference (b). 16.2.4 Management Team. The ALREMP Management Team consists of a qualified ALRE Maintenance Officer and an experienced Senior or Master Chief Aviation Boatswains Mate (ABECS or ABCM) assigned to Commander Naval Air Force Atlantic (COMNAVAIRLANT) N433 or Commander Naval Air Force Pacific (COMNAVAIRPAC) N435. Audit assistance may be provided to the TYCOMs by the ALRE Program Office (PMA 251) Fleet Programs Team. The ALREMP Management Team provides the following services. a. Pre-implementation training for the ALREMP. b. Assistance to ships during the ALREMP implementation phase. c. Assist visits during industrial availabilities. d. Assist visits following an industrial availability or during a ship’s work-up cycle. e. Formal audits, per references (c ), prior to or during mid-deployment. 16.2.5 Assist Visits. Assist visits will be advisory in nature and will normally be scheduled to follow a ship’s Selected Restricted Availability or during the work-up cycle. Units visited are encouraged to discuss maintenance and material quality assurance problems with team members. Upon completion of the visit, the team will debrief the Air Department Officer and designated Air Department personnel. An informal report of noted problems and recommendations will be provided at the debrief. The Commanding Officer will be debriefed at the discretion of the team leader. The ALREMP Management Team may be requested for additional assist visits at the ship’s discretion via the applicable TYCOM. 16.2.6 Audits. a. Formal audits will be conducted upon co mpletion of a Chief of Naval Operations availability, annually or prior to deployment, and will evaluate the overall ALREMP and quality assurance management procedures, including compliance with current OPNAV and TYCOM instructions. (1) The Commanding Officer must be de briefed by the ALREMP Team Leader at the completion of the audit. (2) A formal report listing all discrepa ncies will be forwarded to the Commanding Officer within fifteen days of the audit completion. A report of corrective actions taken will be submitted to the TYCOM no later than thirty days after receiving the formal audit report. Updates will be submitted monthly until all discrepancies are corrected.

p. 164

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-16-3 b. Semi-annually, the TYCOMs will provide the ALRE Program Office PMA 251 with an ALREMP status report detailing their respective carrier’s performance. Reports will be used to evaluate overall ALREMP program effectiveness. 16.3 AVIATION CERTIFICATION. Aviation Certification, including ALRE certification, responsibilities, procedures, and waiver guidance are provided in references (d), (e) and (f). 16.4 CARRIER AND FIELD SERVICE UNIT. a. Carrier And Field Service Unit (C AFSU) is a branch of the NAVAIRWARCEN Lakehurst, ALRE Fleet Technical Support Competency. The organization is comprised of civilian technicians highly skilled and thoroughly qualified in the operation, maintenance, repair, installation, and testing of both shipboard and shore based ALRE and VLA systems. They are geographically located in field offices to provide instant technical assistance to Fleet personnel and industrial activities throughout the Fleet operating areas. CAFSU Field Offices are located at: Naval Aviation Depot, JAX, Norfolk, VA Voyage Repair Team (VRT) Detachment Naval Station, Mayport, FL Naval Aviation Depot North Island, CA Puget Sound Naval Shipyard Bremerton, WA Ship Repair Facility Yokosuka, Japan Supervisor of Shipbuilding Newport News, VA Norfolk Naval Shipyard Portsmouth, VA b. The CAFSU Supervisor is located at TYCOM headquarters. Technicians are under the operational control of the Ship Installation Officer, TYCOM (N433 or N435). CAFSU functions as the technical representatives of NAVAIR, the TYCOM and NAVAIRWARCEN in all matters which concern launch, recovery, and VLA equipment. CAFSU is required to maintain technical liaison with the commands listed in sub-paragraph “a” and is responsible for the completion of work to the satisfaction of these commands and for providing all interested parties with timely information as required. CAFSU will provide technical assistance during Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities and other availabilities, and to ships not in a repair status. All industrial activity repairs, modifications, and operational tests of shipboard, launching, recovery and VLAs will be monitored by a CAFSU representative. All technical questions concerning the equipment may be directed to the local CAFSU representative. CAFSU must recommend approval or disapproval of work after consultation with the TYCOM. CAFSU will submit timely written reports concerning repairs, alterations and work accomplished to the Commanding Officer NAVAIRWARCEN for appropriate action and distribution. 16.5 RESPONSIBILITIES. 16.5.1 Aircraft Carrier Commanding Officer. a. Request CAFSU technical assistance when required, by message, letter, or informal means from the TYCOM. In the case of a formal request, direct an information copy to the local CAFSU field office.

p. 165

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-16-4 b. Provide appropriate berthing and messing facilities for CAFSU representatives when embarked. c. Pass to the TYCOM (N433 or N435) any comments concerning meritorious or substandard performance of CAFSU representatives. d. Upon completion of the CAFS U assignment at sea, ensure timely departure from the ship. 16.5.2 Industrial or Repair Activity. a. Provide support to the CAFSU repres entative, as appropriate to allow for accomplishment of the objectives set forth in paragraph 16.2.2 of this chapter. b. Refer technical questions concerning th e launching, recovery and VLA equipment to the local CAFSU representative for timely resolution. 16.6 NAVAL AVIATION DEPOT. a. The Naval Aviation Depots maintain and operate facilities to perform: (1) A complete range of industrial le vel rework operations on designated weapon systems, accessories and equipment. (2) Manufacturing of parts and assemblies as required. (3) Engineering services in the deve lopment of change hardware design. (4) Technical and other professional servi ces for Aircraft Carrier maintenance and logistic problems. (5) Other levels of Airc raft Carrier maintenance for eligible activities upon specific request or assignment. (6) Other functions as directed by NAVAIR. b. In order to meet the material support needs of the operating forces, by accomplishment of the mission, the following specific functions are assigned: (1) Perform depot maintenance functio ns for aircraft, engines and their components and accessories. Ground Support Equipment trainers and training equipment as specified in appropriate Aircraft Maintenance Program directives. (2) Provide engineering, te chnical and professional services in support of rework of specific aircraft, engines, aeronautical components, Peculiar Ground Support Equipment, trainers and training equipment. (3) Perform shipwork designated as Sh ip Installations Equipment and systems with the same priority as aircraft rework. (4) Serve as the major maintenance, re pair and modification point for assigned missiles. (5) Provide calibration services as assigned by higher authority.

p. 166

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-16-5 (6) Perform as the NAVAIR Weapons Syst em Support Officer for the overall management of the NAVAIR Engineering Support Office, Weapon Systems Management Office for assigned weapons, and Integrated Logistic Support Office. (7) Perform as a Cognizant Field Activity for assigned aircraft, equipment, and Peculiar Ground Support Equipment. 16.7 NAVAL AVIATION DEPOT VOYAGE REPAIR TEAM. a. Naval Aviation Depot Operations Instruction 13800.1 denotes organizational relationships between the TYCOM and the VRT and defines the TYCOM’s responsibility, authority for workloading, and operational control of the VRT. Control is exercised through the TYCOM (N433 or N435). b. To provide industrial level support for Sh ip Installation Equipment (ALRE) the VRT is used to support the following: (1) Casualty Reports. (2) Enroute maintenance or underway repairs. (3) Miscellaneous repairs beyond Ship’s Force capability. (4) Rotatable spare overhaul. (5) Special reports. (6) Preparation for Over seas Movement repairs. (7) Service Change installations. (8) Modernization or repair of compone nts in conjunction with Chief of Naval Operations Maintenance Availabilities and Planned Maintenance System availabilities. c. The capabilities of the VRT are such th at almost any task related to launch and recovery equipment is feasible, assuming adequate support from Ship’s Force is available. The following ship’s support for the VRT is required: (1) Timely Current Ship’s Maintena nce Project deferral submission for the Maintenance Manager and TYCOM screening and programming. (2) Providing sufficient V-2 Di vision personnel to assist the team, in such areas as providing forklifts, obtaining necessary parts, gaining machine shop assist and space access, etc.

p. 167

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 17 STEAM CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR SYSTEM INSPECTIONS REFERENCES: (a) OPNAVINST 9220.3 - Propulsion and Auxiliary Plant Inspection and Inspector Certification Program (b) NAVSEA STD DWG 514-8316912 - CVN 68 Class Catapult Accumulator Strength and Integrity Inspection (c) NAVSEA S9587-B1-MMA-010 - Catapult Steam Support Systems for CV/CVN Class Ships; Description, Operation and Maintenance (d) NAVSEA S9221-D2-MMA-010 – Steam Generating Plant Inspection (Non-Nuclear) (e) OPNAVINST 5100.19 - Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat (f) NAVSEA S9086-CH-STM-030 - NSTM Chapter 074 V3 (Gas Free Engineering) (g) NAVSEA S6470-AA-SAF-010 - Gas Free Engineering Manual (h) NAVSEA S9086-RK-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 505 LISTING OF APPENDICES: A Sample Catapult Accumulator Inspection Request Message B Sample Inspection Confirmation Message C Sample Catapult Accumulator Inspection RBO and Severely Degraded Discrepancies Message D Sample Catapult Accumulator RBO Rescission Message E Sample 30-Day Update Message F Summary of Catapult Accumulator Insp ection Scheduling and Responsibilities G Sample Routine Catapult Accumulator Inspection Report Cover Letter H Sample Five-Year Strength and Integrity Catapult Accumulator Inspection Report Cover Letter I Sample Other Catapult Accumulato r Inspection Report Cover Letter 17.1 PURPOSE. To provide polic y, procedures, requirements and responsibilities for Catapult Accumulator Systems Inspections including: a. Scheduling b. Industrial Preparations c. Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) Technical Warrant Holder (TWH) d. Naval Surface Warfare Center Philadelphia Division (NSWCPD) In-Service Engineering Agent (ISEA) e. Type Commander (TYCOM) f. Ship’s Force g. Ship Repair Facility (SRF) or Regional Maintenance Center (RMC) h. ISEA Inspector

CHAPTER 17

p. 168

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-2 i. SRF or RMC Steam Systems Subject Matter Expert (SME) j. Steam Generating Plant Inspector (SGPI) k. Documenting and Reporting Inspection Results 17.2 POLICY. Periodic inspections of catapult accumulators are required and include the following support systems: steam and feed water fill and blowdown piping; control and indicating components associated with the fill, pressurization and blowdown, and trough heating steam supply and drain piping. Inspections must be conducted by a SGPI or NSWCPD ISEA Inspector as applicable per the requirements of references (a), (b) and (c). Responsibilities for the technical and programmatic stewardship and continuation of the SGPI and ISEA Inspection programs are formally assigned in references (a) and (d). Specific inspection criteria and specific periodicity intervals are detailed in references (a) through (d). 17.3 TYPES OF INSPECTIONS. Table 17-1 provides the various types of steam catapult accumulator inspections and the associated inspector. Inspection Inspector: Routine (RTE) Inspection SGPI Five-Year Strength and Integrity (5YR-SI): Pre-Start of Availability Inspection (PSAI) Start of Availability Inspection (SAI) Industrial Support Visit (ISV) Inspection Completion of Availability Inspection (CAI) ISEA Inspector accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a Steam Systems SME Inactivation Inspection ISEA Inspector Reactivation Inspection ISEA Inspector Special Inspection SGPI, Steam Systems SME, or ISEA Inspector Pre or Post Repair Operational Assessments Inspection SGPI Table 17-1 Inspections and Inspectors 17.4 RESPONSIBILITIES. 17.4.1 NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND. Provide NAVSEA TWH for catapult accumulator systems and inspections. a. Review and provide technical adjudication of Major Departure from Specifications (DFS) Requests. b. Ensure Integrated Logistics Support products for inspections and inspected components and systems are fully codified and updated regularly.

p. 169

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-3 c. Ensure SGPI and SRF or RMC Steam System SME Refresher Training is held semi- annually at a TWH directed location, alternating between TYCOM Areas of Responsibility (AORs) and NSWCPD. d. Obtain annual funding for ISEA management of the Steam Catapult Inspection and Repair Management Information System (SCIRMIS). e. Ensure funding for state-of-the-art inspection tools, techniques, and associated training courses is available and tools/training are being utilized by SGPI’s, SME’s and ISEA Inspectors. f. Provide oversight of SRF or RMC SGPI and Steam Systems SME programs as follows: (1) Ensure periodic audits of SGPI and Steam Systems SME training curriculums are conducted. (2) Enforce requirements for SGPI and Steam Systems SME certification and recertification. (3) Enforce requirements for SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME oversight and status of AOR’s catapult accumulator systems inspection preparations, repair planning, repair execution, contractor Condition Report (CR) review as required, repair testing and assisting SGPI’s with system and component operational testing. (4) Authorize by NAVSEA letter, SGPI and SME certification and recertification per reference (a) and (d). 17.4.2 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Philadelphia Division. a. ISEAs are part of the TWH’s Technical Pyramid and are accountable for the enforcement of associated technical requirements. b. The ISEA is responsible for: (1) Providing technical support to SGPI’s, ISEA Inspectors, and Steam Systems SME’s as required. (2) Verifying SGPIs and Steam Systems SMEs meet certification and re- certification requirements per reference (a). (3) Ensuring ISEA inspectors are qualified and trained. (4) Maintaining sufficient ISEA Inspector staffing. (5) Obtaining Fleet funding to conduct the 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle. c. ISEA Inspectors conduct the 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle (PSAI, SAI, ISV, or CAI) and other inspections specified in paragraph 17.7 of this chapter, references (b) and (c). ISEA Inspectors do not conduct routine inspections, but can assist if requested. d. The Lead ISEA Inspector(s) are responsible for: (1) Providing technical and programmatic support to the NAVSEA TWH for the Routine Inspection and 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle Programs.

p. 170

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-4 (2) Ensuring technical and administrative documentation supporting the SGPI and ISEA Inspection programs are current and updated. (3) Monitoring and updating NAVSEA and Fleet requirements and execution standards for Routing Inspection and 5YR-SI Inspections. (4) Developing, implementing and maintain a program to train and certify NSWCPD Inspectors per references (a) through (d). (5) Ensuring inspections on reactivated and deactivated ships are conducted as required per reference (c). (6) Conduct periodic audits of the SGPI Training Course curriculums per references (a) and (d). (7) Provide management of steam catapult accumulator system technical data, inspection and repair history, and the associated SCIRMIS. (8) Coordinate and provide technical presentations to support the semi-annual SGPI and SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME Refresher Training. (9) Maintain the roster of certified SGPI’s and SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME’s by name, rating, duty station, date of certification, and expiration date of certification. Recommend individual SGPI certification and provide awareness that actions to decertify inspectors who fail to comply with the requirements of references (a) and (d) will be initiated. (10) Ensure that the requirements for SGPI and SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME certification and recertification are met (includes certification extensions). e. The designated ISEA Inspector will notify the cognizant Lead SRF or RMC SGPI and SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME a minimum of 1 week prior to any 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle PSAI, SAI, ISV, or CAI occurring in the SGPI’s and SME’s AOR. If not possible due to reasons such as emergent tasking, the assigned ISEA Inspector will notify the Lead SRF or RMC SGPI or Steam Systems SME within one working day of tasking. 17.4.3 Type Commander Maintenance Program Manager. a. Fund catapult accumulator system inspections required by references (a) through (c). b. Assist with coordination of inspections with the Naval Supervisory Authority (NSA) and local Repair Activities. c. Provide mission tasking and funding for SGPIs and ISEA Inspectors as applicable to travel to and from inspection sites, perform inspections, resolve inspection technical issues, and document and report findings per the requirements of references (a) through (c). d. Assist ship’s Commanding Officers in ensuring inspection repair actions beyond the capability of Ship's Force are satisfactorily accomplished using other resources as required.

p. 171

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-5 e. Review SCIRMIS and inspection summary naval messages and ensure deferred inspection discrepancies are entered into the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project (CSMP) and are programmed for repair. f. Review inspection summary naval message major discrepancies and recommended repairs, Repair Before Operate (RBO) actions, and safety concerns and take appropriate actions. g. Attend or direct staff to attend all SGPI RTE Inspection and ISEA Inspector 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle In-Briefs and Out-Briefs as required. Assist SGPI’s and ISEA Inspectors with In- and Out-Brief scheduling. 17.4.4 SRF or RMC Comma nding Officers. a. Provide a SGPI when requested by a ship or TYCOM to conduct inspections. b. Ensure SRF or RMC SGPI and Steam System SME’s attend semi-annual SGPI and SME Refresher Training to maintain their certification. c. Provide resources to ensure SRF or RMC SGPI and Steam System SME’s meet all requirements to maintain certification per reference (a) and (d). 17.4.5 Ship Commanding Officer. a. Request inspections via naval message with primary and alternate dates to the TYCOM. Include information copies to the cognizant SRF or RMC and NSWCPD Code 412 for accomplishment using the format in Appendix A. b. Schedule catapult accumulator system inspections as required by appropriate Planned Maintenance System (PMS), Class Maintenance Plan items, and reference (a). c. Prepare for scheduled inspections and operational tests per references (b) and (c). d. Conduct inspections that are the responsibility of Ship’s Force and provide reports required by references (b) and (c). e. Review inspection results and initiate corrective actions for discrepancies within Ship's Force capability. f. Initiate requests for assistance on repair actions beyond Ship's Force capabilities. Any severely degraded discrepancy as outline in paragraph 17.8.c of this chapter, which cannot be corrected prior to the end of the maintenance availability or if inspection occurs during an operational state (i.e. safe-to-steam), a Major Temporary DFS for the affected catapult accumulator, system or specific system components will be submitted per references (b) and (c) and the ISEA Inspector and local SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME will be contacted. g. Assess the impact of repairs and associated corrective actions on the ship’s operating schedule. Advise the TYCOM of any adverse effects. h. Submit reports per paragraph 17.8.d of this chapter. 17.4.6 SRF or RMC Senior SGPI.

p. 172

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-6 a. Ensure all assigned SGPIs complete training, attend at least one SGPI Training Refresher annually, and maintain current SGPI certifications per references (a) and (d). b. Perform catapult accumulator system inspections per references (a) through (d) and paragraph 17.7. c. Review and submit reports per paragraph 17.8.d. d. Coordinate inspections in cognizant maintenance areas. e. Send inspection messages prepared in accordance with Appendices A, B, C, D and E. f. Maintain an updated list of upcoming catapult accumulator system inspections. The list must include the next required inspection date for all ships assigned to the SRF or RMC AOR. 17.4.7 SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME. a. SRF or RMC Steam Systems SMEs are part of the TWH’s Technical Pyramid and are accountable for the enforcement of associated NAVSEA technical requirements. b. Review NSA and Ship’s Force maintenance and repair industrial work packages to ensure specifications and special instructions are included. Adhere to current technical requirements, mandate proper material(s) selection, repair procedures are applicable and correct. Quality Assurance (QA) inspections and test procedures are correct and being accomplished in accordance with applicable requirements. c. Provide solutions to help resolve technical or scheduling issues that negatively impacts a maintenance availability or operational ship repairs occurring in the applicable RMC AOR. d. Provide direct technical support and oversight for repairs performed by Ship’s Force, contractors, and naval or private shipyards. This work includes assessment, disassembly, repair, reassembly and testing of steam systems equipment. e. Provide direct technical support and oversite for mandatory industrial preparations for 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle PSAI, SAI, ISV, and CAI in the SRF or RMC AOR. Provide status of industrial preparations for inspections to the designated ISEA Inspector and local RMC Lead SGPI upon immediate request. f. Attend ship maintenance availability production meetings as required. Assist with scheduling of catapult accumulator maintenance availabilities, critical repairs, inspection preparation, inspection and test events, and help resolve associated technical issues. g. Respond to requests for, and attend, onsite ship board or repair shop industrial repair in- process inspections or “call-outs” and “check points” and function as the NSA government representative as applicable. 17.4.8 SRF or RMC SGPI. a. SGPI’s are part of the TWH’s Technical Pyramid and are accountable for the enforcement of associated NAVSEA technical requirements.

p. 173

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-7 b. Maintain SGPI certification by completing periodic requirements described in references (a) and (d). c. Perform inspections per the requirements of references (a) through (d) and paragraph section 17.7 of this chapter. d. Participate in the coordination of critical operational assessments and test events with Ship’s Force, AOR SRF or RMC Steam System SME, and repair contractor to support in-port and underway events. e. The assigned SGPI will notify the AOR’s SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME a minimum of 1 week prior to any RTE or Special Inspection occurring in the applicable AOR. If not possible (emergent tasking), the assigned SGPI will notify the Lead RMC SGPI within one working day of tasking. 17.5 INSPECTION SCHEDULING. a. Commanding Officers of ships request RTE Inspections and initiation of the 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle SAI by naval message per Appendix A. An OPNAV 4790/2-Kilo must be submitted requesting a SGPI and ISEA Inspector to conduct inspections. b. Commands, NSAs and Ships can initiate requests for SGPI and ISEA inspections, requests for SRF or RMC Steam Systems SMEs and SGPIs to witness operational tests, and requests for SRF or RMC Steam Systems SMEs to perform ISV’s in a timely manner to ensure successful coordination of scheduling. Commands and Ships must ensure inspection scheduling complies with references (b) and (c), and Appendix F. c. RTE Inspections, 5YR-SI Cycle Inspections, and other inspection services must be coordinated by specific AORs for optimum utilization of SGPI, SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME and ISEA Inspector resources. d. TYCOM may utilize 5YR-S&I Cycle SAI and CAI inspection results documented in SCIRMIS to satisfy the pressure vessel and piping portion of a RTE inspection. e. Appendix F of this chapter provides a summary of inspection scheduling responsibilities. 17.6 SAFETY. a. The safety of civilian and military Inspectors, SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME’s, Ship’s Force, Industrial Activity personnel, and other support contractors involved in inspection, industrial preparations, accumulator system component disassembly, and reassembly must be given the highest priority throughout the preparation and inspection process. b. There must be a safety observer outside the accumulator entrance to provide assistance when personnel are working inside the accumulator. c. Ensure the “Idle Accumulator Condition” is set and maintained per the requirements of the Catapult Engineering Operational Sequencing System (CATOSS) and references (b) and (c) in preparation for inspections. Contact the ISEA Inspector or cognizant SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME for requirements if clarification is required.

p. 174

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-8 d. Do not enter any part of the idle accumulator until it has been fully ventilated and certified as “gas free” and safe for entry by a Naval Maintenance Facility Gas Free Engineer, Ship’s Force Gas Free Engineer, or National Fire Protection Agency Marine Chemist. e. Ensure the idle catapult accumulator is tagged out per reference (c). This includes setting and maintaining two-valve protection per chapter 10 of this volume. f. Ensure all safety precautions associated with entry into sealed tanks, voids or pressure vessels, including gas-free certification procedures, are followed per the requirements of references (e), (f), (g), and chapter 25 of this volume. g. Ensure all precautions cited in section 5.3 of reference (c) are followed before entering an accumulator. h. Post warning signs that indicate personnel are working in the accumulator in all catapult control consoles and central charging panels in conspicuous places in the accumulator room, and in rooms containing fill and blowdown isolation valves. The signs must remain posted until the work has been completed. i. Drain connections on all interconnecting catapult accumulator and steam or feed system piping should be opened to the atmosphere and monitored to observe potential instances of valve leak-by. j. Portable lighting used inside the accumulator must be watertight. The use of unshielded or non-approved lighting in an open accumulator is prohibited. Portable lighting can be obtained from the National Stock System 9S-6230-00-701-2947. k. Maintain an inventory log for accountability of all items taken into an accumulator. Foreign Material Exclusion (FME) closures will be used to the maximum extent practical to prevent tools or other foreign materials from being inadvertently left in the accumulator or associated systems. l. Personnel entering accumulators will remove all jewelry and empty their pockets of all unnecessary items. m. Removal of all items and FME closures from the accumulator must be verified and accounted for from the inventory log prior to conducting a final closeout inspection. Final closeout inspection must be accomplished by the Chief Engineer or his designated representative. 17.7 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. All catapu lt system inspections, including pre and post inspection operational assessments should be scheduled concurrently. Appendix F of this chapter provides a summary of inspection scheduling responsibilities. 17.7.1 Routine Inspection. RTE Inspections will be conducted at least every 30 months. To provide flexibility to accommodate mission requirements, inspections may be performed as early as 24 months but shall not exceed 36 months after the previous RTE Inspection. The 30 months period begins with the first warm-up of the catapult accumulator to normal operating pressure and temperature following the previous inspection. Inspections that exceed the 30 months interval require a Minor Temporary DFS approved by the TYCOM, normally with concurrence from the ISEA. A Major Temporary DFS approved by the TWH and cognizant Ship Design

p. 175

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-9 Manager (SDM) is required to operate beyond 36 months. Exceeding any RTE Inspection interval without a DFS requires that the accumulator system be placed Out of Commission (OOC) until inspected by a SGPI. Additional requirements are: a. RTE Inspections are scheduled by the Carrier Planning Activity (CPA). b. RTE Inspections are conducted by a SGPI. ISEA can assist if requested by SGPI. c. The TYCOM may utilize 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle SAI and CAI results documented in SCIRMIS to satisfy the pressure vessel portion of a RTE Inspection. d. RTE Inspections will not be considered complete until a SGPI has updated SCIRMIS and completed a satisfactory post availability operational assessment. e. A Safe-to-Steam (STS) Inspection conducted by an SGPI in accordance with reference (c), Figure 5-5, is required as a condition of approval for both Minor (exceed 30 months but within 36 months) and Major (beyond 36 months) Temporary DFS’s. The STS Inspection results will be documented in SCIRMIS by the inspecting SGPI and attached to the Request for DFS. 17.7.2 Five-Year Strength and Integrity (5YR-SI) Inspection Cycle. The 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle will be conducted every 60 months. To provide flexibility to accommodate mission requirements, 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle may be performed as early as 48 months but not exceed 72 months after the previous 5YR-SI Inspection. The 60 months period begins with the first warm-up of the catapult accumulator to normal operating pressure and temperature following the previous inspection. Inspections that exceed the 60 months interval require a Minor Temporary DFS approved by the TYCOM, normally with concurrence from the ISEA. A Major Temporary DFS approved by the TWH and cognizant SDM is required to operate beyond 72 months. Exceeding any 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle interval without a DFS requires that the accumulator system be placed OOC until inspected by ISEA Inspector. A STS Inspection conducted by an SGPI in accordance with reference (c), Figure 5-5, is required as a condition of approval for both Minor (exceed 60M but within 72 months) and Major (beyond 72 months) Temporary DFS’s. The STS Inspection results will be documented in SCIRMIS by an SGPI and attached to the Request for DFS. Additional requirements and details are as follows: a. Pre-Start of Availability Inspection. (1) PSAIs are scheduled at TYCOM discretion in coordination with the ISEA Inspector to support Advanced Planning. (2) PSAIs can only be conducted by an ISEA Inspector accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a Steam Systems SME. (3) PSAI results will be documented in SCIRMIS by the ISEA Inspector, major findings and ISEA repair recommendations will be reported by naval message. b. Start of Availability Inspection. (1) SAIs are scheduled by the CPA in coordination with the NSA. (2) SAIs can only be conducted by an ISEA Inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a Steam Systems SME. (3) SAI results will be documented in SCIRMIS by the ISEA Inspector.

p. 176

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-10 (4) Major findings and repair recommendations will be reported by naval message by ISEA. c. Industrial Support Visit. (1) ISVs are coordinated with the Industrial Activity or NSA to assess status of critical repairs and provide ISEA onsite technical support. (2) ISVs can only be conducted by an ISEA Inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a Steam Systems Subject Matter Expert (SME). (3) ISV results will be documented in SCIRMIS by the ISEA Inspector, major findings and status of repairs will be reported by naval message. d. Completion of Availability Inspection. (1) CAIs are scheduled by NSA. (2) CAIs certify all repairs identified at SAI’s and subsequent ISV’s are accomplished in accordance with requirements. (3) CAIs can only be conducted by an ISEA Inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a SME. (4) CAI results will be documented in SCIRMIS by the ISEA Inspector. The status of repairs will be reported by naval message. 17.7.3 Special Inspections. Additional catapult accumulator inspections requested by the TYCOM in coordination with Ship’s Force are performed by an SGPI, SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME per the requirements of references (a) through (d). ISEA Inspectors participate in Special Inspections if requested by the TYCOM or cognizant SRF or RMC for specific conditions. Special Inspections are conducted whenever the following conditions exist: a. Variations in catapult end speed exist. At TYCOM request, ISEA Inspector accompanied by the local SRF or RMC SGPI, in coordination with the Naval Air Systems Command, will perform this inspection. b. Internal steam charging manifold gasket is replaced. Whenever the flanged joint gasket is replaced, it must be re-inspected on a “not to interfere with operations basis”, upon the first cool down following initial operations. This inspection is accomplished by the ship’s Engineering Officer or designated representative using the guidance provided in reference (c). c. Major repairs defined by reference (c) are accomplished. This inspection is requested by the TYCOM in coordination with Ship’s Force. An ISEA Inspector and local SRF or RMC SGPI is required to perform this inspection. This includes: (1) Repair or adjustments to safety devices or remote isolation devices. (2) Repairs to the accumulator pressure vessel, including nozzles, circumferential welds, shell and head plates, manhole plate and attachment hinge welds which exceed reference (c), section 5.8 criteria. (3) Repairs to or replacement of pressure vessel piping and valves. (4) Repairs to the internal charging manifold.

p. 177

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-11 d. When the TYCOM desires to assess a specific or unique material condition. This inspection is requested by the TYCOM in coordination with Ship’s Force. An ISEA Inspector is required to perform this inspection. e. Readiness to Deploy Inspection (RDI) is to be conducted 2 to 4 months prior to deployment. If an RDI cannot be accomplished, the ship must schedule a Mid-Cycle Inspection (MCI) with the cognizant SGPI, to occur 15-21 months after the last RTE Inspection or 5YR-SI Cycle CAI. RDI’s and MCI’s must be accomplished in accordance with reference (c), Figure 5-5, and documented in SCIRMIS and reported by naval message by the cognizant SGPI. 17.7.4 Operational Assessment. a. Operational assessments shall be accomplished prior to and at the completion of all Chief of Navy Operations maintenance availability’s. These assessments include both cold and hot (steaming) safety device and safety feature operational tests per the requirements of reference (c). b. Operational assessments will be conducted by an SGPI normally accompanied by a SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME with Ship’s Force. c. Results will be documented in a Special Inspection SCIRMIS report by the SGPI. 17.7.5 Inactivation Inspection. a. Inactivation Inspections ar e conducted prior to final component and system official inactivation in general accordance with 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle requirements as applicable per direction of the TYCOM. b. Inactivation Inspections are conducted by an ISEA Inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a Steam Systems SME. c. If a RTE Inspection or 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle CAI has been conducted in the last 18 months, applicable results from the last inspection SCIRMIS report may be used to document final inactivation conditions (including lay-up). d. Inspection results will be documented in SCIRMIS by the ISEA Inspector. 17.7.6 Reactivation Inspections. a. Depending on the dates of the last CAI, reac tivation may require a full 5YR-SI Cycle of Inspections (PSAI, SAI, ISV and CAI). b. This inspection is conducted by an ISEA Inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a Steam Systems SME. c. Inspection results will be documented in SCIRMIS by the ISEA Inspector. 17.8 ADDITIONAL INSPECTION AND REPORTING GUIDELINES. a. Repair Before Operate Discrepancies: (1) RBOs are issued for discrepancies that, if not corrected prior to continued operation, could endanger personnel and equipment.

p. 178

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-12 (2) Discrepancies that require a RBO to be issued are defined by paragraph 17.8.b of this chapter. (3) Only an SGPI can issue or clear a RBO for a discrepancy. ISEA Inspectors and SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME’s may recommend to an SGPI that a RBO be issued or cleared. (4) The SGPI that issues the RBO must notify the TYCOM by naval message within 24 hours using the format in Appendix C of this chapter. (5) RBO discrepancies and associated repairs are tracked and re-inspected by the SGPI and SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME’s or ISEA Inspectors. (6) RBO’s cannot be rescinded by a DFS. (7) The SGPI that issues the RBO must notify the TYCOM of the correction and re- inspection of all RBO discrepancies by naval message using the format in Appendix D of this chapter, prior to closeout and operation (including warm-up) of the accumulator system. b. RBO Criteria: (1) Inoperative or degraded safety devices. (2) Fire or Safety hazards, oil soaked lagging, oil leaks or other fire hazards. (3) Steam smothering system inoperative, plugged nozzles, and deteriorated piping. (4) Inoperative electronic controls (controllers, transmitters, uninterruptible power source). (5) Non-deferrable defects within the pressure vessel boundary. (6) Ultrasonic test inspection results of piping that are below the minimum requirements of reference (b) or when visual inspection dictates replacement. (7) Improperly assembled internal steam charging flanged joint. (8) Improperly assembled flanged joints (mixed fasteners, undersized Flexitallic gaskets, non-level in Level I systems). (9) Out of periodicity, in-operative critical temperature or pressure measuring instruments. (10) Valve tightness integrity which limits its ability to perform intended function and exceeds the criteria of reference (h). (11) Non-conformance of electrical safety and deteriorated or damaged wiring or components. (12) Any other discrepancy deemed by the SGPI which would cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment. NOTE: A SEVERELY DEGRADED DE SIGNATION IS ASSIGNED TO A DEFICIENCY THAT IS NOT AN IMMEDIATE OR NEAR FUTURE DANGER TO PERSONNEL, BUT WILL HAVE MAJOR OPERATIONAL RESTRICTIONS. A SEVERELY DEGRADED DISCREPANCY PER THIS

p. 179

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-13 CHAPTER MUST BE CORRECTED OR REPAIRED PRIOR TO CATAPULT OPERATION UNLESS IT HAS BEEN PROPERLY APPROVED AS A MAJOR DFS. c. Severely Degraded. (1) If there is not an immediate or near future danger to personnel, the discrepancy must be assigned as SEVERELY DEGRADED with major operational restrictions. (2) An SGPI-designated discrepancy discovered in accordance with paragraph 17.8 of this chapter which is assigned as severely degraded with major operational restrictions, and is considered for a DFS submission, is a major DFS and must be brought forward to the attention of the NAVSEA Boiler and Condenser Technical Warrant. A Major DFS must be forwarded for NAVSEA review and approval with accompanying engineering analysis recommendations from the originator. A severely degraded discrepancy in accordance with this chapter must be corrected or repaired prior to catapult operation unless it has been properly approved as a Major DFS. (3) The status of a catapult related DFS will be verified by the SGPI during the inspection for conformance with the requirements of this manual prior to placing the catapult into operation. d. Reporting Inspection Results. (1) The Lead Inspector must personally debrief inspection results and provide a preliminary SCIRMIS report to the ship's Commanding Officer or his designated representative and TYCOM prior to departure. (2) Inspection results must be entered into SCIRMIS immediately after the completing the inspection by the cognizant Lead Inspector. SCIRMIS must be finalized no later than 7 days after the completion of all final repairs identified during inspections. (3) Inspection results must be reported by naval letter by the Lead Inspector not later than 14 days after the completing the inspection using the guidance provided in Appendices G, H or I. (4) The ship’s Engineering Officer must report repair status and corrected discrepancies by naval message within 30 days of inspection completion and update at 30-day intervals thereafter using the format in Appendix E of this chapter. Update messages shall list the SCIRMIS Item Number/2K Job Sequence Number of discrepancy items which have been completed since the last update message. Update messages must continue until all discrepancies are corrected or appropriately deferred to the next CNO-maintenance availabilities. The TYCOM is the sole authority for deferral of discrepancies. 17.9 CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR SYS TEM INSPECTION PREPARATION. a. Depending on ship operational commitments or posture, an operational assessment should be conducted by a SGPI or designated Ship’s Force representative prior to

p. 180

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17-14 disassembling the catapult for inspection. Detailed assessment requirements are provided in references (b) and (c). b. Prepare the accumulator system for inspection per references (b) and (c). c. The cognizant SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME is responsible for reviewing the Repair Activity and NSA planning documents, tracking progress and providing assistance as required, reporting the status of industrial work and inspection preparations (including lagging removal and ultra-sonic test inspection of pressure vessel components and piping) for 5YR-SI Inspections. When 5YR-SI Inspection preparation industrial work and ultrasonic inspections are completed, the TYCOM and ISEA Inspector shall be notified immediately that the catapult accumulator system is ready for ISEA Inspection. d. Wire shut and danger tag all steam and water valves to the catapult accumulator per the reference (c). Post warning signs, “PERSONNEL WORKING IN ACCUMULATOR”, per reference (c) and paragraph 17.6 of this chapter. e. The ship’s Engineering Officer must ensure all Ship’s Force responsibilities are complete using guidance provided in reference (c) and provide applicable reports to the cognizant SGPI, SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME or ISEA Inspector. 17.10 CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION. 17.10.1 Catapult Accumulator Inspection Forms. Catapult accumulator inspections will be documented using SCIRMIS. 17.10.2 Completion of Inspection. A debrief and a preliminary inspection report, including a summary of restrictive discrepancies, will follow the CAI. Paragraph 17.8.d of this chapter identifies official reporting requirements. 17.10.3 Operating Procedures. Each ship with steam catapults will have approved CATOSS for: a. Normal operations including startup and shutdown. b. Operating parameters, limitations, alarms and set points. c. Systems diagrams.

p. 181

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SAMPLE CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION REQUEST MESSAGE

FM USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO)// TO (RMC)// INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (as applicable)// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// COMNAVSEASYCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z11// BT UNCLAS// MSGID/GENADMIN/ USS (SHIPS NAME HULL NO)// SUBJ/REQUEST FOR CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION// REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// AMPN/REF A IS THE JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL// RMKS/1. PER REF A REQUEST RMC PROVIDE A CERTIFIED SGPI TO ACCOMPLISH ROUTINE CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION OF (NUMBER CATAPULT). REQUEST PRIMARY INSPECTION START DATE OF (PROVIDE DATE) AND AN ALTERNATE START DATE OF (PROVIDE DATE). AWR ENTERED IN SHIP'S CSMP (JSN NUMBER).// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLOWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS DIRECTORY (PLAD) IS UTILIZED.

p. 182

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B SAMPLE INSPECTION CONFIRMATION MESSAGE

FM (RMC)// TO USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NUMBER)// INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (as applicable)// COMNAVSEASYCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z11// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// RMC// BT MSGID/GENADMIN// SUBJ/INSPECTION DATE CONFIRMATION// REF/A/ (INSPECTION REQUEST MESSAGE DTG)// REF/B//DOC//COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// NARR/REF A IS REQUESTING CATAPULT INSPECTION. REF B IS COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 DEFINING CATAPULT INSPECTION CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES.// POC/ (SENIOR INSPECTOR NAME/ RATE/UIC/LOC: CITY/TEL: DSN// SUBJ/INSPECTION DATE CONFIRMATION// RMKS/1 IN RESPONSE TO REF A, A CATAPULT INSPECTION WILL BE CONDUCTED PER REF B BEGINNING (DATE) ON NUMBER ( ) CATAPULT. ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CERTIFIED INSPECTORS ARE ASSIGNED TO CONDUCT THE ROUTINE OR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY (AS APPROPRIATE) INSPECTION. INSPECTOR/NAME/RATE/DOD ID#/CLEARANCE. 2. NSWCPD WILL PROVIDE A CERTIFIED ISEA INSPECTOR FOR THE STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY INSPECTION.// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLOWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 183

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C SAMPLE CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION RBO AND SEVERELY DEGRADED DISCREPANCIES MESSAGE

FM COMMANDER, REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER// TO USS (Ship Name and Hull Number)// INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (as applicable)// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// PEO CARRIERS WASHINGTON DC// (REPAIR ACTIVITY)//(Code)// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z11// BT UNCLASS//N09537// MSGID/GENADMIN/(REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER/CODE) // SUBJ/(Type) INSPECTION REPAIR BEFORE OPERATE (RBO) DISCREPANCIES OF NUMBER ( ) CATAPULT ABOARD USS (Ship Name Hull Number)// REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORORCOMINST 4790.3// REF/B/DOC/OPNAVINST 4790.4//NARR/REF A IS JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL VOLUME IV CHAPTER 17 AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE OF CATAPULT INSPECTIONS. REF B IS 3-M MANUAL AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR CSMP DOCUMENTATION.// POC/(Senior Inspector) (UIC)/LOC: (City, State)/TEL:(Number)/TEL:DSN (Number)// RMKS/1. CATAPULT NUMBER(s) ROUTINE OR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY (AS APPROPRIATE) INSPECTION CONDUCTED (DATE) BY (INSPECTORS NAME) WHILE (SHIPS LOCATION). RBO DISCREPANCIES AND PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION ARE REPORTED PER REF A AS FOLLOWS: (SCIRMIS ITEM NO, DEFICIENCY, REPAIR, ETC) A. B. C. 1. CATAPULT NUMBER () MUST NOT BE OPERATED UNTIL ALL ABOVE LISTED DISCREPANCIES ARE CORRECTED AND A REINSPECTION IS CONDUCTED PER REF A. 2. SEVERELY DEGRADED DISCREPANCIES AND PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION ARE REPORTED PER REF A AS FOLLOWS: A. B. C. 3. SEVERELY DEGRADED DISCREPANCIES ARE REQUIRED TO BE CORRECTED PRIOR TO CATAPULT CHARGING OR MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR MAJOR

p. 184

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17C-2 APPENDIX C DEPARTURE FROM SPECIFICATION (DFS). PER REF A DISCREPANCIES COMPLETED MUST BE REPORTED EVERY 30 DAYS USING THE GUIDANCE PROVIDED IN REF A APPENDIX E.// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLOWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 185

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D SAMPLE CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR RBO RESCISSION MESSAGE

FM RMC// TO USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO)// INFO/COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NFOLK VA (as applicable)// USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO.// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// PEO CARRIERS WASHINGTON DC// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z11// BT //SUBJ/USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NUMBER) NUMBER( ) CATAPULTS/REPAIR BEFORE OPERATE (RBO) RESCISSION//REF/A/(ORIGINATING RBO MESSAGE DTG)// REF/B/CON/SHIP NAME//DDMMMYYYY NARR/REF A ADDRESSES RBO DISCREPANCIES FOUND DURING STEAM CATAPULT ROUTINE OR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY (AS APPROPRIATE) INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED ON (Date)// REF B IS BTWN (SHIP ENGINEER OFFICER) AND RMC SGPI RATE NAME DISCUSSING RBO DISCREPANCIES CORRECTION.// RMKS/1. REF A RESTRICTIONS RESCINDED BASED UPON RE-INSPECTION. THIS MESSAGE CONFIRMS REF B. 2. FOR FURTHER INFO, CONTACT UNCLASSIFIED E-MAIL (Senior Inspector).// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLOWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 186

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17E-1 APPENDIX E APPENDIX E SAMPLE 30-DAY UPDATE MESSAGE

FM USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO)// TO (RMC)// INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (as applicable)// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z11// TYCOM// BT MSGID/GENADMIN/USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO)// SUBJ/ USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) NR ( ) CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION.// REF/A/DOC/SCIRMIS REPORT FROM (RMC AND DATE)// REF/B/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// REF/C/DOC/OPNAVINST 4790.4// NARR/REF A IS SCIRMIS REPORT FROM COMMANDER (RMC). REF B IS COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR CATAPULT INSPECTIONS. REF C IS OPNAVINST 4790.4 3-M MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND PROVIDES DIRECTION FOR CSMP DOCUMENTATION.// RMKS/ NR ( ) CATAPULT(s) ROUTINE OR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY INSPECTION WAS CONDUCTED (DATE) BY (SGPI INSPECTOR NAME) ITEMS CORRECTED ARE REPORTED PER REF B AS FOLLOWS. 1. (CATAPULT NUMBER) 2. SCIRMIS ITEM (I.E., A41/01) JOB SUBMITTED JSN (NUMBER).// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLOWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 187

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17F-1 APPENDIX-F APPENDIX F SUMMARY OF CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION SCHEDULING AND RESPONSIBILITIES

TYPE OF INSPECTION PERIODICITY OR REQUIREMENT SCHEDULING RESPONSIBILITY LEAD FOR INSPECTION Routine (RTE) 30M not to exceed 36M TYCOM SGPI Five-Year Strength and Integrity (5YR-SI) 60M not to exceed 72M TYCOM ISEA Inspector 5YR-SI Pre-Start of Availability (PSAI) 180 days max. prior to CNO- maintenance availabilities TYCOM or Ship’s Force ISEA Inspector or Steam Systems SME 5YR-SI Start of Availability (SAI) Beginning of CNO maintenance availabilities TYCOM ISEA Inspector 5YR-SI Industrial Support Visit (ISV) As required during CNO maintenance availabilities NSA ISEA Inspector or Steam Systems SME 5YR-SI Completion of Availability (CAI) Prior to final Accumulator close-out NSA ISEA Inspector Inactivation or Reactivation Prior Inactivation or Reactivation Inactive Ship Facility ISEA Inspector Special Variations in end speed TYCOM ISEA Inspector in coordination with NAVAIR Special Replacement of Steam Charging Pipe Flange Gasket TYCOM or Ship’s Force Ship’s Chief Engineer Special Major Repairs TYCOM or Ship’s Force ISEA Inspector and SGPI

p. 188

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17G-1 APPENDIX G APPENDIX G SAMPLE ROUTINE CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION REPORT COVER LETTER

From: Commanding Officer, Regional Maintenance Center To: Commanding Officer, USS (Ship’s name and Hull No.) Subj: Routine Inspection of Catapult(s) Number(s) Ref: (a) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3, Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual (b) NAVSEA S9587-B1-MMA-010, Catapult Steam Support System CV/CVN Class Ships; Description, Operation and Maintenance Encl: (1) Catapult Inspection Report of Catapult(s) Number(s) 1. (Parent Command) Steam Generating Plant Inspector(s) (Inspector’s Name) inspected Catapult(s) Number(s) in USS (Ships Name and Hull No) on (date) while (ship’s location). 2. Discrepancies, which required corrective action and there updated statuses, are outlined in enclosures (Number of Enclosures). 3. Advance copies of Enclosure(s) have been delivered to the Ship’s Commanding Officer. 4. (Command) point of contact is (Senior Inspector), Code (Number), commercial telephone (Number), DSN (Number) e-mail address is: (Address).

COPY TO (W/ENCL): COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA (as applicable) COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (as applicable) USS (Hull Name) (as applicable)

COPY TO (W/O ENCL): NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA (CODE 412) COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC (add applicable codes) MARMC NORFOLK VA SOUTHWEST RMC SAN DIEGO CA COMNAVSURFLANT NORFOLK VA NAVSHIPREPFAC YOKOSUKA JA NAVSHIPREPFAC DET SASEBO JA

p. 189

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17H-1 APPENDIX H APPENDIX H SAMPLE FIVE-YEAR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION REPORT COVER LETTER

From: Commanding Officer, Regional Maintenance Center To: Commanding Officer, USS (Ship’s name and Hull No.) Subj: 5 Year Strength and Integrity Inspection of Catapult(s) Number(s) Ref: (a) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3, Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual (b) NAVSEA S9587-B1-MMA-010, Catapult Steam Support System CV/CVN Class Ships; Description, Operation and Maintenance Encl: (1) Catapult Inspection Report of Catapult(s) Number(s) 1. NSWCCD-SSES Inspector(s) (Inspector’s Name) inspected Catapult(s) Number(s) in USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) on (date) while (ship’s location). 2. Discrepancies, which required corrective action and there updated status, are outlined in enclosures (Number of Enclosures). 3. Advance copies of enclosure(s) have been delivered to the Ship’s Commanding Officer. 4. NSWCCD-SSES point of contact is (Senior Inspector), Code (Number), commercial telephone (Number), DSN (Number) e-mail address is: (Address).

COPY TO (W/ENCL): COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA (as applicable) COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (as applicable) USS (Hull Name) (as applicable) COPY TO (W/O ENCL): NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA (CODE 412) COMNAVSEA SYSCOM WASHINGTON DC (add applicable codes) MARMC NORFOLK VA SOUTHWEST RMC SAN DIEGO CA COMNAVSURFLANT NORFOLK VA NAVSHIPREPFAC YOKOSUKA JA NAVSHIPREPFAC DET SASEBO JA

p. 190

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-17I-1 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I SAMPLE OTHER CATAPULT ACCUMULATOR INSPECTION REPORT COVER LETTER From: Commanding Officer, Regional Maintenance Center To: Commanding Officer, USS (Ship’s name and Hull No.) Subj: (Special, etc.) Inspection of Catapult(s) Number(s) Ref: (a) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3, Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual (b) NAVSEA S9587-B1-MMA-010, Catapult Steam Support System CV/CVN Class Ships; Description, Operation and Maintenance Encl: (1) Catapult Inspection Report of Catapult(s) Number(s) 1. (Parent Command) Steam Generating Plant Inspector(s) (Inspector’s Name) inspected Catapult(s) Number(s) in USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) on (date) while (ship’s location). 2. Discrepancies, which required corrective action and there updated status, are outlined in enclosures (Number of Enclosures). 3. Advance copies of enclosure(s) have been delivered to the Ship’s Commanding Officer. 4. (Command) point of contact is (Senior Inspector), Code (Number), commercial telephone (Number), DSN (Number) e-mail address is: (Address).

COPY TO (W/ENCL): COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA (as applicable) COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (as applicable) USS (Hull Name) (as applicable)

COPY TO (W/O ENCL): NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA (CODE 412) COMNAVSEA SYSCOM WASHINGTON DC (add applicable codes) MARMC NORFOLK VA SOUTHWEST RMC SAN DIEGO CA COMNAVSURFLANT NORFOLK VA NAVSHIPREPFAC YOKOSUKA JA NAVSHIPREPFAC DET SASEBO JA

p. 191

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 18 DISTRESSED SUBMARINE AND SALVAGE INSPECTION REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9086-T9-STM-010 - NSTM 594 Submarine Escape and Rescue (b) NTRP 1-03.1 – Navy Tactical Re ference Publication, Operation Reports LISTING OF APPENDICES. A SSN 21 Class DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Check-Off List B SSN 688 Class DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Check-Off List C SSBN/SSGN 726 Class DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Check-Off List D SSN 774 Class DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Check-Off List E Sample Pre-Inspection Information or Certification F Sample Report of DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Forwarding Letter 18.1 PURPOSE. To ensure the continued readiness and quality of maintenance performed on distressed submarine (DISSUB) and salvage equipment per reference (a). 18.2 INSPECTIONS. 18.2.1 Periodicity. The readiness of DISSUB survival, escape and rescue equipment and salvage equipment is determined by periodic inspections. DISSUB and Salvage Inspections will be conducted within a 72-month interval, or: a. Whenever requested by the submarine. b. Prior to initial builder's trials for new construction ships, prior to initial sea trials for ships in Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) Maintenance Availabilities, and prior to initial sea trials for ships in Interim Dry Docking. c. A partial DISSUB and Salvage Inspection will be completed for all items worked during an availability (i.e., hatches, salvage air valves, DISSUB stowage alterations, etc.) d. Once every five years for SSBNs and SSGNs. e. Prior to Sea Trials for repairs of damage from collision or grounding where deformation is observed to be in the hull integrity envelope or supporting structure. 18.2.2 Procedures and Reports. The specific DISSUB and salvage items to be inspected and the type of submarines to which they are applicable are identified in Appendices A through D of this chapter. Appendix E of this chapter is a sample pre-inspection form to be completed by the submarine prior to the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection. Appendix F of this chapter is a sample DISSUB and Salvage Inspection forwarding letter. Inspection attributes or elements of Appendices A through D may not be locally waived or have equipment substituted. Temporary changes to the attributes or elements of Appendices A through D will only be revised by the Type Commander (TYCOM) and the revision must be documented in formal correspondence. Any attributes or elements of Appendices A through D as applicable to the respective ship class not met or which fails inspection is underway limiting until corrected or waived by the TYCOM.

CHAPTER 18

p. 192

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18-2 NOTE: IF NO QUALIFIED INSPECTORS ARE AVAILABLE, CONTACT THE TYPE COMMANDER FOR DIRECTION. 18.2.3 Inspection Resources. The hatch and watertight door portion of this inspection will be conducted by members of the local Ship's Maintenance Monitoring Support Performance Monitoring Team (PMT) (i.e., personnel who have successfully completed Submarine Structural Closure Inspection course or personnel designated by NAVSEA). Other portions of the inspection should be conducted by personnel who, by their rate and experience, are qualified in that particular section. Inspection teams are to be assembled, as required, from the following sources in order of the priority shown: a. Undersea Rescue Commands. b. Submarine Fleet Maintenance Activities. c. Immediate Superior in Command (ISIC) Staffs. d. Submarines of the same class. e. Other submarines. 18.3 RESPONSIBILITIES. The responsibility for the preparation, conduct, and completion reporting for a DISSUB and Salvage Inspection is listed in the remainder of Section 18.3. 18.3.1 Immediate Superior in Command. a. Schedule DISSUB and Salvage Inspections for assigned submarines as specified in paragraph 18.2.1 of this chapter. The inspection should be conducted early enough in the availability to allow for the correction of deficiencies prior to Fast Cruise. b. Designate the Senior Inspecting Officer and inspecting team using the guidance provided in paragraph 18.2.3 of this chapter to conduct the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection. 18.3.2 Commanding Officer or Officer in Charge. a. Request the ISIC to conduct a DISSUB and Salvage Inspection per the periodicity set forth in paragraph 18.2.1 of this chapter. b. Coordinate support requirements as may be needed by the inspecting team to fulfill the requirements of the applicable appendix of this chapter. NOTE: HATCHES THAT ARE FOULED WILL PREVENT THE SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THIS INSPECTION. COORDINATION BETWEEN THE SHIP, INSPECTING TEAM AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE COMMANDING OFFICER OR OFFICER IN CHARGE. c. Complete and forward a pre-inspection in formation letter to the Senior Inspecting Officer using the sample provided in Appendix E of this chapter as a guideline. Modify Appendix E as necessary to align required attributes with the applicable class- specific checklist. d. Assemble all ship’s data indicated in the applicable appendix of this chapter prior to the inspection for ease of reference by the inspecting team.

p. 193

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18-3 e. Upon receipt of the Senior Inspecting Of ficer’s report, take action to correct the discrepancies found and report by letter or message their corrections to the ISIC with a copy to the TYCOM and Supervising Authority (when assigned) prior to commencement of Fast Cruise. f. Submit a Casualty Report (CASRE P), if applicable, per reference (b) for each item which degrades submarine rescue mating capability. g. Departure from Specification (DFS) may need to be submitted following Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual for deficiencies noted with the submarine rescue seat. 18.3.3 Senior Inspecting Officer. a. Assemble the inspecting team designated by the ISIC. b. Conduct the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection per the applicable appendix of this chapter. Ensure Appendix E of this chapter is received prior to commencement of the inspection. The inspection should be completed at least 14 days prior to commencement of Fast Cruise, or for new construction ships and ships in a CNO Maintenance Availability, at least 28 days and no sooner than 60 days, prior to the scheduled commencement of Sea Trials. This examination should normally be performed close to Phase I crew certification, if possible. c. At the completion of the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection, report the following to the Commanding Officer or Officer in Charge of the inspected ship: (1) Completion of the inspection. When ships are in a CNO availability, the shipyard and the Project Team must be formally notified of the scheduled date of the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection and any deficiencies identified. (2) Which, if any, systems or equipment have not been restored to normal operating conditions (due to maintenance or required repairs, etc.). (3) That an advance copy of the inspection results has been provided to the ship to facilitate early correction of deficiencies found. d. Submit the inspection report to the Comma nding Officer or Officer in Charge of the inspected ship in the format of Appendix F of this chapter within three working days following the completion of the inspection, with a copy to the cognizant ISIC and NAVSEA SUBMEPP 1815.

p. 194

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SSN 21 CLASS DISSUB AND SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK-OFF LIST General Information 1. Items pertaining to rescue seating surfaces require substantial support equipment and are designated for industrial activity accomplishment. 2. Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column. 3. Portions of this inspection (as specified by the maintenance activity) may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as “pre-availability inspections” to support planning of the availability. These items need not be re-inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status. When specified, these items will be performed by Ship’s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer provided to the maintenance activity, the ISIC and the Senior Inspecting Officer. 4. The user is directed to use the latest revision of the Planned Maintenance System (PMS) maintenance requirement. 5. An asterisk (*) will be used in addition to a check mark () in the Unsat column to identify any exceptions or discrepancies. An explanation of the exception or discrepancy will be included in the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Report, Appendix F of this chapter.

p. 195

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-2 APPENDIX A PART I: SALVAGE INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature 1. Salvage Drawings: a. Verify salvage drawings: (1) Have been updated during ship’s new construction period or last CNO Maintenance Availability. or (2) Latest revision is identified in ship’s plan index. Navy Modernization Process Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720-AA- MAN-030 Ship Dwg. Consolidated Index Number 594 or 845

(3) Have correct distribution. (4) Are identified as Selected Record Drawings

2. High and Low Salvage Connections: a. Verify deck touch plate markings are installed and per plan. Ship’s Plans b. Check that each valve is free to operate with the inspecting command’s salvage wrench. Notes 1 and 2 c. Perform a mechanical joint tightness test and seat tightness test to Item 1 pressure from the sea side. Then perform a 100-psi seat tightness from the sea side. No leakage allowed. Note 1 d. External salvage system caps: (1) Verify the ship’s salvage system arrangement plan contains a note that Roylyn type fittings are installed. Note 3

PART I: SALVAGE

p. 196

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-3 APPENDIX A INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature (2) Remove cap assembly, test connect and disconnect with the inspecting command’s female fitting. Kaiser Aero Space & Electronics Dwg. 9495 (Formally Roylyn Inc.)

(3) Inspect all Roylyn caps. Ensure cap operates properly and is free of paint and debris. Reinstall cap with safety wire, where applicable.

e. Verify strainers are properly installed on all compartment low salvage lines and are clear of debris.

3. Internal Air Salvage: a. Test satisfactory operation of all internal salvage air valves. Note 4 b. Verify all compartment pressure gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label. AHP-45-GA-008 AHP-45-GA-017 AHP-60-GA-018 AHP-629-GA-006 AHP-629-GA-007 Note 5 4. Bulkhead Flappers: a. Test satisfactory local and remote (as applicable) operation of all ventilation system bulkhead flappers. VH-6 VH-7

p. 197

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-4 APPENDIX A INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature b. Verify from ships’ records that applicable ventilation system bulkhead flapper maintenance has been completed for VH-8 within required periodicity. Note 5 5. Hull Access Hatches, Watertight Doors and Torpedo Loading Hatches: Inspection performed by local PMT. a. Perform or witness hatch maintenance to complete salvage inspection and reference the PMT annual inspection. Note 5 6. External Gagging Devices: a. Witness demonstration that all valves with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command’s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship’s salvage system arrangement plan. Record number of turns to operate: _____turns. Notes 2, 6, and 7 b. Witness resetting of each gagging device and demonstrate satisfactory operation of the valves by normal means. Notes 7 and 8 7. Air Bank Dew Points: a. Verify from ships’ records that applicable air bank air sampling maintenance has been completed, is in specification and within required periodicity. Note 5 b. Perform or witness AHPD Operational Test and Measure Dew point of Effluent. Note 5

p. 198

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-5 APPENDIX A INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature 8. Towing Equipment a. Verify from ships’ records that Towing Equipment maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Note 5

p. 199

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-6 APPENDIX A PART II: DISSUB SURVIVAL, ESCAPE AND RESCUE INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat 1. Submarine Rescue Fittings: a. Verify four rescue vehicle hold- down sockets are installed per plan or authorized alteration on both logistic escape trunks (LET). From one socket per LET, remove center capscrew and plug; demonstrate guide is free. NSTM S9086-T9-STM- 010 Chapter 594 Ship’s Plans Notes 5 and 9

b. Perform inspection of the LETs rescue seating surface. (1) Inspect rescue seating surface. Notes 5 and 9

(2) Verify rescue seating surface PMR’s performed within periodicity. Note 9 SMS 1230-081-008 SMS 1230-081-045

(3) Inspect rescue seating surface protective cover. Note 5 c. Verify from ships' records that SRC downhaul shackle has been replaced within PMS periodicity. Notes 5 and 9

d. LET hatch fairings must be maintained in a condition to be easily disassembled to support submarine rescue. Verify PMS has been completed within the required periodicity on both LET hatches. Visually inspect LET hatch fairings for compliance with the specifications called out in the PMS. Paint fouling or corrosion of fairing fasteners must be immediately Notes 5 and 9

PART II: DISSUB SURVIVAL, ESCAPE AND RESCUE

p. 200

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-7 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat corrected. Demonstrate the ability to remove one fastener at a time in each fairing section required to be removed in the fairing disassembly procedure. 2. Logistics Escape Trunks: a. Demonstrate that each access hatch operates satisfactorily with all respects of locking, unlocking, opening and shutting from below and above (with salvage wrench or hand wheel as applicable).

b. Demonstrate that each access hatch can be opened with 5th percentile swing force operability criteria for surfaced emergency egress.

c. Demonstrate satisfactory operation of the escape hatch closing mechanisms per the installed instruction plates and equipment.

d. Demonstrate satisfactory installation of Improved Powered Hatch Operator with intensifier and compensator as one mode of hatch operation of LET. (1) Verify inventory of all parts. (2) Verify periodic pressure testing of hoses. (3) Verify assembly of intensifier and gearbox to upper hatch operator. Ship’s Drawing Note 5

p. 201

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-8 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (4) Verify installation of upper hatch operator compensator. (5) Demonstrate satisfactory operational check of intensifier pump and gears. e. Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment: (1) Vent valves (trunk and compartment).

(2) Blow valves (trunk and compartment).

(3) Flood and drain valves (including remote operation mechanisms and strainer installations).

(4) Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment: Conduct Hood Inflation System or Stole Charging Valve operational check to confirm valves operate properly and verify watertight caps installed. Note 5 (5) Pressure proof lights checked to ensure correct globe sealing and verified that globe is free from cracks.

(6) Verify from ships’ records that applicable maintenance to clear sea pressure sensing lines has been Note 5

p. 202

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-9 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat completed within required periodicity. f. Verify the following equipment installed: (1) Diver’s knife. (2) Ballpeen hammer. (3) Persuader (crows’ foot). Note 11 g. Check Flood Line Orifice. Not Clogged h. Verify valve hand wheels are properly color coded and labeled per Ship’s Drawing Index, Ship’s placards and Posted Information Plates NSTM S9086-RK-STM- 010 Chapter 505

i. Verify gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label. (1) FWD Escape Trunk TD-618-GA-96 (SSN 23 only) TD-800-GA-35 ALP-800-GA-2 ALP-800-GA-1 ALP-618-GA-3 IPHO-FWD-LET-001

(2) AFT Escape Trunk TD-64-GA-64 ALP-64-GA-28 ALP-64-GA-27 ALP-62-GA-26 IPHO-AFT-LET-002

j. Verify upper watertight hatch cavity drain valve operation is satisfactory.

p. 203

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-10 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat 3. Emergency Communications Equipment: a. SEPIRB. (1) Perform or witness SEPIRB maintenance. Note 5 (2) Perform or witness SEPIRB launcher maintenance. Note 5 b. AN/BQN-13. (1) Inspect AN/BQN-13 Beacon to ensure that: (a) Cable is free of abrasions, cuts or damage. (b) Cable plug and encapsulation are free of defects. (c) Unit has no physical damage.

(d) Transducer is free of oil leaks, bubbles and paint.

(2) Perform or witness AN/BQN-13 maintenance. Note 5 c. Signal Ejector or 3” Launcher. (1) Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each launcher manually and hydro-pneumatically as applicable.

(2) Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with launcher.

(3) Operational verification must include a demonstrated launch

p. 204

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-11 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (water slug) from both remote and local operating stations. 4. Life Saving and Safety Equipment: a. Inventory allowance (randomly, type and quantity as applicable) and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following: (PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed). (1) Auto-Inflatable life preservers QTY (26)

Note 5

(2) Inherently buoyant life preservers. QTY (10) Note 5 (3) Man overboard bag. Note 5 (4) Safety harness (belts). QTY (20) Note 5 (5) Safety track. Note 5 (6) Distress marker lights. QTY (2) Note 5 (7) Life lines and stanchions. Note 5 b. Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard. Note 12 c. Emergency Air Breathing: (1) Masks (test random 5% per compartment for proper operation per applicable MRC). Note 5 (2) Inspect 10% per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in- Note 5

p. 205

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-12 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat line filters and filter housing for presence of corrosion. 5. Escape Training and Procedures: a. Verify that all hands are trained in Submarine Escape. CIN F-063-0005 or F-000-0080

b. Verify required number of Senior Survival School graduates on board: _____ CIN F-493-0150 Required: 2

c. Guard Books. FWD: REV ____ CHG ____ AFT: REV ____ CHG ____ Latest Revision d. SSM OP 61-1 REV ____ CHG ____ SSM OI 638-4 REV ____ CHG ____ Latest Revision 6. Survivability Equipment: Inventory allowance (randomly, type and quantity as applicable) and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following: (PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed). a. SESSPE Suits.

Note 5

b. Crash Bags. Note 5 c. Automatic Vent Valve. Note 5 d. Portable Desalinators: Required: 2 FWD, 2 AFT

p. 206

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-13 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (1) Inventory quantity onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ (2) Verify from ships' records that applicable MROD maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Note 5 e. Atmosphere Monitoring: (1) O2 and CO2 Gas Monitors (Analox SUBMKIIP): (a) Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Stored in same locker as Crash Bag Required: 1 FWD, 1 AFT

(b) Verify from ships’ records that applicable Analox SUBMKIIP maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Note 5 (2) Verify from ships' records DISSUB Detector Gas Kit (Draeger) maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Note 5 7. Atmosphere Control: Pre D7DS Note 15 a. CO2 absorbent canisters: (1) Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Required: AEL 2-330023074 Note 13

(2) Verify from ships' records that applicable CO2 absorbent canister maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Additionally, randomly select 10% of canisters onboard and weigh them per the applicable MRC. Notes 5 and 13

p. 207

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-14 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat b. LiOH Curtain Kits: Verify from ships' records that applicable LiOH curtain kit maintenance has been completed within required periodicity Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Note 5 c. O2 candles: (1) Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Note 14 Required: AEL 1-230013100

(2) O2 candle Ignitors: Note 14 d. O2 candle furnace: Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Required: 1 FWD, 1 AFT 8. Atmosphere Control: D7DS Note 15 a. CO2 absorbent canisters: (1) Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Note 13 Required: AEL 2-3300230 series

(2) Verify from ships’ records that applicable CO2 absorbent canister maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Additionally, randomly select 10% of canisters onboard and weigh them per the applicable MRC. Notes 5 and 13

p. 208

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-15 APPENDIX A INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 21 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat b. LiOH Curtain Kits: Verify from ships' records that applicable LiOH curtain kit maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Note 5 c. O2 candles: (1) Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Note 14 Required: AEL 1-230013101

(2) O2 candle Ignitors: Note 14 d. O2 candle furnace: Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Required: 2 FWD, 1 AFT

p. 209

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-16 APPENDIX A NOTES (SSN 21 CLASS) 1. All high and low salvage valves are to be tested for freedom of operation at the frequency specified, except during the salvage inspection conducted incident to an overhaul. Salvage Air valve testing completed up to one year prior to the start of an availability will satisfy the salvage inspection requirements provided that certified records verifying the tests are available. Written certification by the Commanding Officer that specified external salvage valves have been overhauled by the industrial activity or Ship's Force and have been successfully hydrostatically tested will constitute certification that the valve operates freely, providing all inspections (Part I, items 2.b. and 2.c. of this Appendix) for each valve so certified are satisfactory. If the results of the inspection of operating gear are not satisfactory, or doubt exists concerning freedom of operation, the specific valves in question must be checked. Provide appropriate container for collecting anti-freeze drained from salvage piping when hull valve is cycled. Ensure controlled re-assembly per Quality Assurance requirements is performed when installing salvage caps. Exercise caution to prevent liquid in salvage air piping from impinging on nearby equipment when hull valve is cycled. Ensure anti-freeze is added to piping after inspection to prevent freezing. 2. The inspected ship’s, vice the inspecting command’s, salvage wrench must be used if the inspecting command is another submarine. Discrepancies in the actual, versus plan, number of turns which are greater than one full turn must be noted in addition to the number of actual turns recorded. 3. Discrepancies between physical installation and salvage plans are to be reported to the TYCOM with an information copy to all plan holders. 4. Exercise extreme caution when testing operation of 4500-psi compartment pressurization valves. 5. The current DISSUB and Salvage Inspection PMS Conversion Matrix is available on the JFMM web site at https://www.navsea.navy.mil/Home/SUBMEPP/Products/JFMM/ under the TYCOM Doc/Form tab for PMS completion of the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection item. 6. When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboard ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve, the valve linkages must be inspected and the valves must be adjusted per the requirements in the Non-Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship’s valve drawing. 7. Prior to testing Outboard Diesel Exhaust Valve, ensure replacement spring-loaded locking pin is available onboard. 8. On some designs, operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset or readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended. If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason, the mechanism must be reset and the valve subsequently opened and closed by the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in proper operating condition.

p. 210

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18A-17 APPENDIX A 9. Unsatisfactory conditions degrade the submarine rescue mating capability and require a CASREP be submitted per reference (a), and additional DFS reporting requirements per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. 10. One or more Logistics Escape Trunks (LET) may be removed during refit. When removed, the LET is isolated from service air and electric power. Communications circuits, electrical power, and charging manifold tests should be conducted prior to LET removal to ensure piping and electrical system continuity, and tested again upon reinstallation. 11. Diver’s knife and ballpeen hammer may be stored in secure stowage in escape compartment. 12. Man overboard swimmer to be competent as a swimmer or qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer per MILPERS MAN Art. 1414-010 Series. 13. A minimum of 30 Granular LiOH canisters are required onboard to support NON-DISSUB applications and may be stowed forward or aft. LiOH canisters reserved for DISSUB must be segregated from NON-DISSUB canisters with quantities and location(s) logged by the crew. 14. Oxygen candle quantity and location impacts inspection acceptance criteria. a. Mission appropriate oxygen candle quanti ties reserved for NON-DISSUB must be in excess of quantities reserved for DISSUB. Oxygen candles supporting NON-DISSUB applications may be stowed forward or aft. b. Oxygen candles reserved for DISSUB must be segregated from NON-DISSUB candles with quantities and location(s) logged by the crew. c. Oxygen candle igniters must be of a quantity and location (FWD or AFT) that supports onboard candle load-out. 15. DISSUB Atmosphere Control pre and post D7DS supplies: a. If total ships manning exceeds designat ed 153 personnel (SSN 21 and SSN 22) or 220 personnel (SSN 23), refer to OPORD 2000 to determine adjusted quantities of supplies. b. For SSN 21 and SSN 23 D7DS configuration, perform step 8 and omit step 7. c. For SSN 22, i f SHIPALT 4731D has not been installed, perform step 7 and omit step 8. If SHIPALT 4731D has been installed, perform step 8 and omit step 7. d. These Post DISSUB quantitie s are from NAVSEA ltr 4700 Ser 391/0205 of 21 Dec 20.

p. 211

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B SSN 688 CLASS DISSUB AND SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK-OFF LIST General Information 1. Items pertaining to rescue seating surfaces require substantial support equipment and are designated for industrial activity accomplishment. 2. Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column. 3. Portions of this inspection (as specified by the maintenance activity) may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as “pre-availability inspections” to support planning of the availability. These items need not be re-inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status. When specified, these items will be performed by Ship’s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer provided to the maintenance activity, the ISIC and the Senior Inspecting Officer. 4. The user is directed to use the latest revision of the PMS maintenance requirement. 5. An asterisk (*) will be used in addition to a check mark () in the Unsat column to identify any exceptions or discrepancies. An explanation of the exception or discrepancy will be included in the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Report, Appendix F of this chapter.

p. 212

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-2 APPENDIX B PART I: SALVAGE INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature 1. Salvage Drawings: a. Verify salvage drawings: (1) Have been updated during ship’s new construction period or last CNO Maintenance Availability. or (2) Latest revision is identified in ship’s plan index. Navy Modernization Process Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720-AA- MAN-030

Ship Dwg. Consolidated Index Number 513 or 845

(3) Have correct distribution. (4) Are identified as Selected Record Drawings

2. High and Low Salvage Connections: a. Verify deck touch plate markings are installed and per plan. Ship’s Plans b. Check that each valve is free to operate with the inspecting command’s salvage wrench. Notes 1 and 2 c. Perform a mechanical joint tightness test and seat tightness test to Item 6 pressure from the sea side. Then perform a 100-psi seat tightness from the sea side. No leakage allowed. Note 1

PART I: SALVAGE

p. 213

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-3 APPENDIX B INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature d. External salvage system caps: (1) Verify the ship’s salvage system arrangement plan contains a note that Roylyn type fittings are installed. Note 3 (2) Remove cap assembly, test connect and disconnect with the inspecting command’s female fitting. Kaiser Aero Space & Electronics Dwg. 9495 (Formally Roylyn Inc.)

(3) Inspect all Roylyn caps. Ensure cap operates properly and is free of paint or debris. Reinstall cap with safety wire, where applicable.

e. Verify strainers are properly installed on all compartment low salvage lines and are clear of debris.

3. Internal Air Salvage: a. Test satisfactory operation of all internal salvage air valves. Note 4 b. Verify all compartment pressure gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label. AHP-631-GA-014 AHP-62-GA-015 Note 5 4. Bulkhead Flappers: a. Test satisfactory local and remote (as applicable) operation of all ventilation system bulkhead flappers. VH-6 VH-7 VH-8

p. 214

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-4 APPENDIX B INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature b. Verify from ships’ records that applicable ventilation system bulkhead flapper maintenance has been completed for VH-9 within required periodicity. SMS 5120-081-097 5. Hull Access Hatches, Watertight Doors and Torpedo Loading Hatches: Inspection performed by local PMT. a. Perform or witness hatch maintenance to complete salvage inspection and reference the PMT annual inspection. Note 5 6. External Gagging Devices: a. Witness demonstration that all valves with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command’s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship’s salvage system arrangement plan. Record number of turns to operate: _____turns. Notes 2 and 6 b. Witness resetting of each gagging device and demonstrate satisfactory operation of the valves by normal means. Note 7 7. Air Bank Dew Points: a. Verify from ships’ records that applicable air bank air sampling maintenance has been completed, is in specification and within required periodicity. Note 5 b. Perform or witness AHPD Operational Test and Measure Dew point of Effluent. Note 5

p. 215

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-5 APPENDIX B INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature 8. Towing Equipment a. Verify from ships’ records that Towing Equipment maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Note 5

p. 216

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-6 APPENDIX B PART II: DISSUB SURVIVAL, ESCAPE AND RESCUE INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat 1. Submarine Rescue Fittings: a. Verify four rescue vehicle hold- down sockets are installed per plan or authorized alteration on both escape trunks. From one socket per trunk, remove center capscrew and plug; demonstrate guide is free. NSTM S9086-T9-STM- 010 Chapter 594 Ship’s Plans Notes 5 and 8

b. Perform inspection of the escape trunk rescue seating surfaces. (1) Inspect rescue seating surface. Notes 5 and 8 (2) Verify rescue seating surface PMR’s performed within periodicity. Note 8 SMS 1230-081-016 SMS 1230-081-046

(3) Inspect Rescue seating surface protective cover. N o t e 5 c. Verify from ship’ records that SRC downhaul shackle has been replaced within PMS periodicity. Notes 5 and 8 d. Escape trunk hatch fairings must be maintained in a condition to be easily disassembled to support submarine rescue. Verify PMS has been completed within the required periodicity on both escape trunk hatches. Visually inspect escape trunk hatch fairings for compliance with the specifications called out in the PMS. Paint fouling or corrosion of fairing fasteners must be immediately corrected. Demonstrate Notes 5 and 8

PART II: DISSUB SURVIVAL, ESCAPE AND RESCUE

p. 217

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-7 APPENDIX B INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat the ability to remove one fastener at a time in each fairing section required to be removed in the fairing disassembly procedure. 2. Escape Trunks: a. Demonstrate that each access hatch operates satisfactorily with all respects of locking, unlocking, opening, shutting from below and above (with salvage wrench or hand wheel as applicable).

b. Demonstrate the escape upper hatches have the minimum specified pop-up.

c. Demonstrate satisfactory operation of the escape hatch closing mechanisms per the installed instruction plates and equipment.

d. Demonstrate that escape trunk upper hatch maximum hydraulic closing pressure is satisfactory. Demonstrate that the hydraulic accumulator maintains the nitrogen pre-charge as specified in OP 61-1 (rig-for-dive) and that the hand pump operates satisfactorily.

e. Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment: (1) Vent valves (trunk and compartment).

p. 218

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-8 APPENDIX B INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (2) Blow valves (trunk and compartment).

(3) Flood and drain valves (including remote operation mechanisms and strainer installations).

(4) Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment: Conduct Hood Inflation System or Stole Charging Valve operational check to confirm valves operate properly and verify watertight caps installed. N o t e 5 (5) Pressure proof lights checked to ensure correct globe sealing and verified that globe is free from cracks.

(6) Verify from ships’ records that applicable maintenance to clear sea pressure sensing lines has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 5 f. Verify the following equipment installed: (1) Diver’s knife. (2) Ballpeen hammer. (3) Persuader (crows’ foot). N o t e 9 g. Check Flood Line Orifice. Not Clogged

p. 219

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-9 APPENDIX B INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat h. Verify valve hand wheels are properly color coded and labeled per Ship’s Drawing Index, Ship’s placards and Posted Information Plates. NSTM S9086-RK-STM- 010 Chapter 505

i. Verify gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label. (1) FWD Escape Trunk ALP-800-GA-001 ALP-800-GA-002 TD-800-GA-030 ALP-622-GA-004 HEH-622-GA-001 HEH-622-GA-004 O-500-GA-001

(2) AFT Escape Trunk ALP-64-GA-030 ALP-64-GA-031 TD-64-GA-031 ALP-60-GA-33 HEH-62-GA-002 HEH-63-GA-003

j. Verify upper watertight hatch cavity drain valve operation is satisfactory.

3. Emergency Communications Equipment: a. SEPIRB: (1) Perform or witness SEPIRB maintenance. N o t e 5 (2) Perform or witness SEPIRB launcher maintenance. N o t e 5

p. 220

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-10 APPENDIX B INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat b. AN/BQN-13: (1) Inspect AN/BQN-13 Beacon to ensure that: (a) Cable is free of abrasions, cuts or damage. (b) Cable plug and encapsulation are free of defects. (c) Unit has no physical damage.

(d) Transducer is free of oil leaks, bubbles and paint.

(2) Perform or witness AN/BQN-13 maintenance. N o t e 5 c. Signal Ejector or 3” Launcher: (1) Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each launcher manually and hydro-pneumatically as applicable.

(2) Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with launcher.

(3) Operational verification must include a demonstrated launch (water slug) from both remote and local operating stations.

p. 221

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-11 APPENDIX B INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat 4. Life Saving and Safety Equipment: a. Inventory allowance (randomly, type and quantity as applicable) and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following: (PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed). (1) Auto-Inflatable life preservers QTY (26) Note 5

(2) Inherently buoyant life preservers. QTY (10) Note 5 (3) Man overboard bag. Note 5 (4) Safety harness (belts). QTY (20) Note 5 (5) Safety track. Note 5 (6) Distress marker lights. QTY (2) Note 5 (7) Life lines and stanchions. Note 5 b. Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard. Note 10 c. Emergency Air Breathing: (1) Masks (test random 5% per compartment for proper operation per applicable MRC). N o t e 5 (2) Inspect 10% per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in- line filters and filter housing for presence of corrosion. N o t e 5

p. 222

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-12 APPENDIX B INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat 5. Escape Training and Procedures: a. Verify that all hands are trained in Submarine Escape. CIN F-063-0005 or F-000-0080

b. Verify required number of Senior Survival School graduates on board: _____ CIN F-493-0155 Required: 2

c. Guard Books. FWD: REV_____ CHG_____ AFT: REV_____ CHG_____ Latest Revision d. SSM OP 61-1 REV ____ CHG ____ SSM OI 638-4 REV ____ CHG ____ Latest Revision 6. Survivability Equipment: Inventory allowance (randomly, type and quantity as applicable) and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following: (PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed). a. SESSPE Suits.

Note 5

b. Crash Bags. Note 5 c. Automatic Vent Valve. Note 5 d. Atmosphere Monitoring: (1) O2 and CO2 Gas Monitors (Analox SUBMKIIP): Stored in same locker as Crash Bag Required: 1 FWD, 1 AFT

p. 223

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-13 APPENDIX B INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (a) Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ (b) Verify from ships’ records that applicable Analox SUBMKIIP maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 5 (2) Verify from ships' records DISSUB Detector Gas Kit (Draeger) maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 5 7. Atmosphere Control: D7DS Note 13 a. CO2 absorbent canisters (LiOH granular): (1) Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Note 11 Required: AEL 2-330023037

(2) Verify from ships’ records that applicable CO2 absorbentcanister maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Additionally, randomly select 10% of canisters onboard and weigh them per the applicable MRC. N o t e 5 b. LiOH Curtain Kits: Verify from ships’ records that applicable LiOH curtain kit maintenance has been completed within required periodicity Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Note 5 c. O2 candles: Note 12

p. 224

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-14 APPENDIX B INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 688 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (1) Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Required: AEL 1-230013101

(2) O2 candle Ignitors: Note 12 d. O2 candle furnace: Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Required: 2 FWD; 1 AFT (S/A 4744D completed)

Required: 1 FWD; 0 AFT (S/A 4744D not completed)

p. 225

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-15 APPENDIX B NOTES (SSN 688 CLASS) 1. All high and low salvage valves are to be tested for freedom of operation at the frequency specified, except during the salvage inspection conducted incident to an overhaul. Salvage Air valve testing completed up to one year prior to the start of an availability will satisfy the salvage inspection requirements provided that certified records verifying the tests are available. Written certification by the Commanding Officer that specified external salvage valves have been overhauled by the industrial activity or Ship’s Force and have been successfully hydrostatically tested will constitute certification that the valve operates freely, providing all inspections (Part I, items 2.b. and 2.c. of this Appendix) for each valve so certified are satisfactory. If the results of the inspection of operating gear are not satisfactory, or doubt exists concerning freedom of operation, the specific valves in question must be checked. Provide appropriate container for collecting anti-freeze drained from salvage piping when hull valve is cycled. Ensure controlled re-assembly per Quality Assurance requirements is performed when installing salvage caps. Exercise caution to prevent liquid in salvage air piping from impinging on nearby equipment when hull valve is cycled. Ensure anti-freeze is added to piping after inspection to prevent freezing. 2. The inspected ship’s, vice the inspecting command’s, salvage wrench must be used if the inspecting command is another submarine. Discrepancies in the actual, versus plan, number of turns which are greater than one full turn must be noted in addition to the number of actual turns recorded. 3. Discrepancies between physical installation and salvage plans are to be reported to the TYCOM with an information copy to all plan holders. 4. Exercise extreme caution when testing operation of 4500-psi compartment pressurization valves. 5. The current DISSUB and Salvage Inspection PMS Conversion Matrix is available on the JFMM web site at https://www.navsea.navy.mil/Home/SUBMEPP/Products/JFMM/ under the TYCOM Doc/Form tab for PMS completion of the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection item. 6. When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboard ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve, the valve linkages must be inspected and the valves must be adjusted per the requirements in the Non-Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship’s valve drawing. 7. On some designs, operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset or readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended. If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason, the mechanism must be reset and the valve subsequently opened and closed by the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in proper operating condition. 8. Unsatisfactory conditions degrade the submarine rescue mating capability and require a CASREP be submitted per reference (a), and additional DFS reporting requirements per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. 9. Diver’s knife and ballpeen hammer may be stored in secure stowage in escape compartment. 10. Man overboard swimmer to be competent as a swimmer or qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer per MILPERS MAN Art. 1414-010 Series.

p. 226

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18B-16 APPENDIX B 11. A minimum of 30 Granular LiOH canisters are required onboard to support NON-DISSUB applications and may be stowed forward or aft. LiOH canisters reserved for DISSUB must be segregated from NON- DISSUB canisters with quantities and location(s) logged by the crew. 12. Oxygen candle quantity and location impacts inspection acceptance criteria: a. Mission appropriate oxygen candle quanti ties reserved for NON-DISSUB must be in excess of quantities reserved for DISSUB. Oxygen candles supporting NON-DISSUB applications may be stowed forward or aft. b. Oxygen candles reserved for DISSUB must be segregated from NON-DISSUB candles with quantities and location(s) logged by the crew. c. Oxygen candle igniters must be of a quantity and location (FWD or AFT) that supports onboard candle load-out. 13. DISSUB Atmosphere Control D7DS supplies: a. If total ships manning exceeds design ated 154 personnel, refer to OPORD 2000 to determine adjusted quantities of supplies. b. These Post DISSUB quantitie s are from NAVSEA ltr 4700 Ser 391/0205 of 21 Dec 20.

p. 227

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS DISSUB AND SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK-OFF LIST General Information 1. Items pertaining to rescue seating surfaces require substantial support equipment and are designated for industrial activity accomplishment. 2. Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column. 3. Portions of this inspection (as specified by the maintenance activity) may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as "pre-availability inspections" to support planning of the availability. These items need not be re-inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status. When specified, these items will be performed by Ship’s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer provided to the maintenance activity, the ISIC, and the Senior Inspecting Officer. 4. The user is directed to use the latest revision of the PMS maintenance requirement. 5. An asterisk (*) will be used in addition to a check mark () in the Unsat column to identify any exceptions or discrepancies. An explanation of the exception or discrepancy will be included in the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Report, Appendix F of this chapter.

p. 228

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-2 APPENDIX C PART I: SALVAGE INSPECTION TEAM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature 1. Salvage Drawings: a. Verify salvage drawings: (1) Have been updated during ship’s new construction period or last CNO Maintenance Availability. or (2) Latest revision is identified in ship’s plan index. Navy Modernization Process Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720-AA- MAN-030 Ship Dwg. Consolidated Index Number 513 or 845

(3) Have correct distribution. (4) Are identified as Selected Record Drawings

2. High and Low Salvage Connections: a. Verify deck touch plate markings are installed and per plan. Ship’s Plans b. Inspect external valve operating gear for conditions of the salvage valve; i.e., excessive paint, lack of lubrication, distortion, damaged or missing grease boots. Note 1 c. Check that each valve is free to operate with the inspecting command’s salvage wrench. Notes 2 and 3 d. Perform a mechanical joint tightness test and seat tightness test to Item 1 pressure from the sea side. Then perform a 100-psi seat tightness from the sea side. No leakage allowed. Note 2

PART I: SALVAGE

p. 229

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-3 APPENDIX C INSPECTION TEAM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature e. External salvage system caps: (1) Verify the ship’s salvage system arrangement plan contains a note that Roylyn type fittings are installed. Note 4 (2) Remove cap assembly, test connect and disconnect with the inspecting command’s female fitting. Kaiser Aero Space & Electronics Dwg. 9495 (Formally Roylyn Inc.)

(3) Inspect all Roylyn caps. Ensure cap operates properly and is free of paint or debris. Reinstall cap with safety wire, where applicable.

f. Verify strainers are properly installed on all compartment low salvage lines and are clear of debris.

3. Internal Air Salvage: a. Test satisfactory operation of all internal salvage air valves. Note 5 b. Verify all compartment pressure gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label. SA-20-GA-01 SA-52-GA-02 SA-55-GA-03 SA-71-GA-04 Note 6 4. Bulkhead Flappers: a. Test satisfactory local and remote (as applicable) operation of ventilation system bulkhead flappers. VH-11 VH-12

p. 230

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-4 APPENDIX C INSPECTION TEAM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature VH-13 VH-14 b. Verify from ships’ records that applicable ventilation system bulkhead flapper maintenance has been completed for VH-18 within required periodicity. Note 6 5. Hull Access Hatches, Watertight Doors and Torpedo Loading Hatches: Inspection performed by local PMT. a. Perform or witness hatch maintenance to complete salvage inspection and reference the PMT annual inspection. Note 6 6. External Gagging Devices: a. Witness demonstration that all valves with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command’s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship’s salvage system arrangement plan. Record number of turns to operate: _____turns. Notes 3, 7 and 8 b. Witness resetting of each gagging device and demonstrate satisfactory operation of the valves by normal means. Notes 8 and 9 7. Air Bank Dew Points: a. Verify from ships’ records that applicable air bank air sampling maintenance has been completed, is in specification and within required periodicity. Note 6 b. Perform or witness AHPD Operational Test and Measure Dew point of Effluent. Note 6

p. 231

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-5 APPENDIX C INSPECTION TEAM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature 8. Towing Equipment: a. Verify from ships’ records that Towing Equipment maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Note 6

p. 232

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-6 APPENDIX C PART II: DISSUB SURVIVAL, ESCAPE AND RESCUE INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat 1. Submarine Rescue Fittings: a. Verify four rescue vehicle hold- down sockets are installed per plan or authorized alteration on all three LETs. From one socket per hatch, remove center capscrew and plug; demonstrate guide is free. NSTM S9086-T9-STM- 010 Chapter 594 Ship’s Plans Notes 6 and 10

b. Perform inspection of the LETs rescue seating surface. (1) Inspect rescue seating surface. Notes 6 and 10 (2) Verify rescue seating surface PMR’s performed within periodicity. Note 10 SMS 1230-081-003 SMS 1230-081-044

(3) Inspect rescue seating surface protective cover. Note 6 c. Verify from ships' records that SRC downhaul shackle has been replaced within PMS periodicity. Notes 6 and 10 d. LET hatch fairings must be maintained in a condition to be easily disassembled to support submarine rescue. Visually inspect LET hatch fairings for compliance with the specification called out in the Submarine Maintenance Standard (SMS). Paint fouling or corrosion of fairing fasteners must be immediately corrected. Demonstrate the ability to remove one fastener at a time in each Note 10 SMS No. 1670-081-011

PART II: DISSUB SURVIVAL, ESCAPE AND RESCUE

p. 233

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-7 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat fairing section required to be removed in the fairing disassembly procedure. 2. Logistics Escape Trunks: a. Demonstrate that each access hatch operates satisfactorily with all respects of locking, unlocking, opening, shutting from below and above (with salvage wrench or hand wheel as applicable).

b. Demonstrate that each access hatch can be opened with 5th percentile swing force operability criteria for surfaced emergency egress.

c. Demonstrate satisfactory operation of the escape hatch closing mechanisms per the installed instruction plates and equipment.

d. Demonstrate satisfactory installation of Improved Powered Hatch Operator with intensifier and compensator as one mode of hatch operation of LET. (1) Verify inventory of all parts. Ship’s Drawing Note 6

(2) Verify periodic pressure testing of hoses. (3) Verify assembly of intensifier and gearbox to upper hatch operator.

p. 234

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-8 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (4) Verify installation of upper hatch operator compensator. (5) Demonstrate satisfactory operational check of intensifier pump and gears. e. Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment: (1) Vent valves (trunk and compartment).

(2) Blow valves (trunk and compartment).

(3) Flood and drain valves (including remote operation mechanisms and strainer installations).

(4) Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment: Conduct Hood Inflation System or Stole Charging Valve operational check to confirm valves operate properly and verify watertight caps installed. Note 6 (5) Pressure proof lights checked to ensure correct globe sealing and verified that globe is free from cracks.

(6) Verify from ships’ records that applicable maintenance to clear sea pressure sensing lines has been Note 6

p. 235

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-9 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat completed within required periodicity. f. Verify the following equipment installed: (1) Diver’s knife. (2) Ballpeen hammer. (3) Persuader (crows’ foot). Note 12 g. Check Flood Line Orifice. Not Clogged h. Verify valve hand wheels are properly color coded and labeled per Ship’s Drawing Index, Ship’s placards and Posted Information Plates. NSTM S9086-RK-STM- 010 Chapter 505

i. Verify gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label. (1) FWD Escape Trunk TD-86-GA-030 ALP-86-GA-002 ALP-86-GA-003 ALP-10-GA-001 IPHO-1 (FWD)

(2) MID Escape Trunk TD-89-GA-031 ALP-89-GA-020 ALP-89-GA-047 ALP-55-GA-045 IPHO-2 (MID)

(3) AFT Escape Trunk TD-91-GA-032 ALP-91-GA-019 ALP-91-GA-048

p. 236

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-10 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat ALP-74-GA-046 IPHO-3 (AFT) j. Verify upper watertight hatch cavity drain valve operation is satisfactory.

3. Emergency Communications Equipment: a. SEPIRB: (1) Perform or witness SEPIRB maintenance. Note 6 (2) Perform or witness SEPIRB launcher maintenance. Note 6 b. AN/BQQ-6 Emergency Communications and Distress Beacon Groups. (1) Verify from ships’ records that applicable maintenance for the AN/BQQ-6 has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 6 (2) Check that the AN/BQQ-6 Emergency Communications Group receptacle is marked “61/62/63 Receptacle/Emergency Communications for AN/BQQ-6”.

c. Signal Ejector or 3” Launcher. (1) Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each launcher manually and hydro-pneumatically as applicable.

(2) Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and

p. 237

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-11 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with launcher. (3) Operational verification must include a demonstrated launch (water slug) from both remote and local operating stations.

4. Life Saving and Safety Equipment: a. Inventory allowance (randomly, type and quantity as applicable) and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following: (PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed). (1) Auto-Inflatable life preservers QTY (30) Note 6

(2) Inherently buoyant life preservers. QTY (10) Note 6 (3) Man overboard bag. Note 6 (4) Safety harness (belts). QTY (20) Note 6 (5) Safety track. Note 6 (6) Distress marker lights. QTY (2) Note 6 (7) Life lines and stanchions. Note 6 b. Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard. Note 13

p. 238

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-12 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat c. Emergency Air Breathing: (1) Masks (test random 5% per compartment for proper operation per applicable MRC). N o t e 6 (2) Inspect 10% per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in-line filters and filter housing for presence of corrosion. N o t e 6 5. Escape Training and Procedures: a. Verify that all hands are trained in Submarine Escape. CIN F-063-0005 or F-000-0080

b. Verify required number of Senior Survival School graduates on board: _____ CIN F-493-0150 Required: 2

c. Guard Books. FWD: REV ____ CHG____ MID: REV ____ CHG____ AFT: REV ____ CHG____ Latest Revision d. SSM OP 61-1 REV ____ CHG ____ SSM OI 638-3 REV ____ CHG ____ SSM OI 638-4 REV ____ CHG ____ Latest Revision 6. Survivability Equipment: Inventory allowance (randomly, type and quantity as applicable) and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following:

p. 239

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-13 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed). a. SESSPE Suits.

Note 6 b. Crash Bags. Note 6 c. Automatic Vent Valve. Note 6 d. Portable Desalinators: (1) Inventory quantity onboard: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Required: 2 FWD; 2 MID; 2 AFT

(2) Verify from ships’ records that applicable MROD maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 6 e. Atmosphere Monitoring: (1) O2 and CO2 Gas Monitors (Analox SUBMKIIP): (a) Amount onboard: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Stored in same locker as Crash Bag Required: 1 FWD, 1 MID, 1 AFT

(b) Verify from ships’ records that applicable Analox SUBMKIIP maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 6 (2) Verify from ships’ records DISSUB Detector Gas Kit (Draeger) maintenance has been N o t e 6

p. 240

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-14 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat completed within required periodicity. 7. Atmosphere Control: Pre D7DS Note 16 a. CO2 absorbent canisters: (1) Amount onboard: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Required: AEL 2-330023074 Note 14

(2) Verify from ships’ records that applicable CO2 absorbent canister maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Additionally, randomly select 10% of canisters onboard and weigh them per the applicable MRC. N o t e 6 b. LiOH Curtain Kits: Verify from ships’ records that applicable LiOH curtain kit maintenance has been completed within required periodicity Amount onboard: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Note 6 c. O2 candles. (1) Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Note 15 Required: AEL 1-230013100

(2) O2 candle Ignitors: Note 15 d. O2 candle furnace: Required:

p. 241

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-15 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Amount onboard: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ (SSBN) 0 FWD; 1 MID; 0 AFT (SSGN) 0 FWD; 1 MID; 0 AFT 8. Atmosphere Control: D7DS Note 16 a. CO2 absorbent canisters: (1) Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Required: AEL 2-3300230 series for LiOH canister Note 14

(2) Verify from ships’ records that applicable CO2 absorbent canister maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Additionally, randomly select 10% of canisters onboard and weigh them per the applicable MRC. N o t e 6 b. LiOH Curtain Kits. Verify from ships’ records that applicable LiOH curtain kit maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Amount onboard: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Note 6 c. O2 candles: (1) Amount onboard: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Note 15 Required: AEL 1- 230013101

(2) O2 candle Ignitors: Note 15

p. 242

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-16 APPENDIX C INSPECTION ITEM (SSBN/SSGN 726 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Mid Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat Sat Unsat d. O2 candle furnace: Amount onboard: FWD: ______ MID: ______ AFT: ______ Required: 1 FWD; 1 MID; 0 AFT

e. Verify from ships’ records that applicable O2 Back-Up Distribution System maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Note 6

p. 243

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-17 APPENDIX C NOTES (SSBN AND SSGN 726 CLASS) 1. Reach rods, universal joints, and connecting links in the superstructure should be secured with non-corrosive pins. Inspect valve stems for misalignment and ensure that reach rod connection is one of square socket design with the non-corrosive pin used only to secure the reach rod to the universal. 2. All high and low salvage valves are to be tested for freedom of operation at the frequency specified, except during the salvage inspection conducted incident to an overhaul. Salvage Air valve testing completed up to one year prior to the start of an availability will satisfy the salvage inspection requirements provided that certified records verifying the tests are available. Written certification by the Commanding Officer that specified external salvage valves have been overhauled by the industrial activity or Ship’s Force and have been successfully hydrostatically tested will constitute certification that the valve operates freely, providing all inspections (Part I, items 2.b., 2.c. and 2.d. of this Appendix) for each valve so certified are satisfactory. If the results of the inspection of operating gear are not satisfactory, or doubt exists concerning freedom of operation, the specific valves in question must be checked. Provide appropriate container for collecting anti-freeze drained from salvage piping when hull valve is cycled. Ensure controlled re-assembly per Quality Assurance requirements is performed when installing salvage caps. Exercise caution to prevent liquid in salvage air piping from impinging on nearby equipment when hull valve is cycled. Ensure anti-freeze is added to piping after inspection to prevent freezing. 3. The inspected ship’s, vice the inspecting command’s, salvage wrench must be used if the inspecting command is another submarine. Discrepancies in the actual, versus plan, number of turns which are greater than one full turn must be noted in addition to the number of actual turns recorded. 4. Discrepancies between physical installation and salvage plans are to be reported to the TYCOM with an information copy to all plan holders. 5. Exercise extreme caution when testing operation of 4500-psi compartment pressurization valves. 6. The current DISSUB and Salvage Inspection PMS Conversion Matrix is available on the JFMM web site at https://www.navsea.navy.mil/Home/SUBMEPP/Products/JFMM/ under the TYCOM Doc/Form tab for PMS completion of the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection item. 7. When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboa rd ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve, the valve linkages must be inspected and the valves must be adjusted per the requirements in the Non-Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship’s valve drawing. 8. Prior to testing Outboard Diesel Exhaust Valve, ensure replacement locking pin is available onboard. 9. On some designs, operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset or readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended. If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason, the mechanism must be reset and the valve

p. 244

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18C-18 APPENDIX C subsequently opened and closed by the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in proper operating condition. 10. Unsatisfactory conditions degrade the submarine rescue mating capability and require a CASREP be submitted per reference (a), and additional DFS reporting requirements per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. 11. One or more Logistics Escape Trunks (LET) may be removed during refit. When removed, the LET is isolated from service air and electric power. Communications circuits, electrical power and charging manifold tests should be conducted prior to LET removal to ensure piping and electrical system continuity, and tested again upon reinstallation. 12. Diver’s knife and ballpeen hammer may be stored in secure stowage in escape compartment. 13. Man overboard swimmer to be competent as a swimmer or qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer per MILPERS MAN Art. 1414-010 Series. 14. A minimum of 30 (SSBN) or 67 (SSGN) Granular LiOH canisters are required onboard to support NON-DISSUB applications and may be stowed forward or aft. LiOH canisters reserved for DISSUB must be segregated from NON-DISSUB canisters with quantities and location(s) logged by the crew. 15. Oxygen candle quantity and location impacts inspection acceptance criteria. a. Mission appropriate oxygen candle quanti ties reserved for NON-DISSUB must be in excess of quantities reserved for DISSU B. Oxygen candles supporting NON-DISSUB applications may be towed forward or aft. b. Oxygen candles reserved for DISSUB must be segregated from NON-DISSUB candles with quantities and location(s) logged by the crew. c. Oxygen candle igniters must be of a quantity and location (FWD, MID or AFT) that supports onboard candle load-out. d. TZ-0968 (SSGNs) increases oxygen candl e stowage in the MID compartment. 16. DISSUB Atmosphere Control pre and post D7DS supplies: a. If total ships manning exceeds design ated 165 personnel (SSBN) or 166 personnel (SSGN), refer to OPORD 2000 to determine adjusted quantities of supplies. b. For SSBN 743 with TZ-0957A not completed, perform step 7 and omit step 8. c. For SSBN/GN 726-742 and SSBN 743 with completed TZ-0957A, perform step 8 and omit step 7. d. These Post D7DS quantities are from NAVSEA ltr 4700 Ser 391/0205 of 21 Dec 20.

p. 245

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D SSN 774 CLASS DISSUB AND SALVAGE INSPECTION CHECK-OFF LIST General Information 1. Items pertaining to rescue seating surfaces require substantial support equipment and are designated for industrial activity accomplishment. 2. Configuration differences are noted as comments in the reference column. 3. Portions of this inspection (as specified by the maintenance activity) may be conducted prior to the start of CNO availabilities as “pre-availability inspections” to support planning of the availability. These items need not be re-inspected provided no work was performed during the availability which affects their status. When specified, these items will be performed by Ship’s Force and written certification by the Commanding Officer provided to the maintenance activity, the ISIC, and the Senior Inspecting Officer. 4. The user is directed to use the latest revision of the PMS maintenance requirement. 5. An asterisk (*) will be used in addition to a check mark () in the Unsat column to identify any exceptions or discrepancies. An explanation of the exception or discrepancy will be included in the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Report, Appendix F of this chapter.

p. 246

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-2 APPENDIX D PART I: SALVAGE INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature 1. Salvage Drawings: a. Verify salvage drawings: (1) Have been updated during ship’s new construction period or last CNO Maintenance Availability. or

(2) Latest revision is identified in ship’s plan index. Navy Modernization Process Management and Operations Manual NAVSEA SL720-AA- MAN-030

Ship Dwg. Consolidated Index Number 594 or 845

(3) Have correct distribution. (4) Are identified as Selected Record Drawings

2. High and Low Salvage Connections: a. Verify deck touch plate markings are installed and per plan. Ship’s Plans b. Check that each valve is free to operate with the inspecting command’s salvage wrench. Notes 1 and 2 c. Perform a mechanical joint tightness test and seat tightness test to Item 18 pressure from the sea side. Then perform a 100-psi seat tightness from the sea side. No leakage allowed. Notes 1 and 3 d. External salvage system caps: (1) Verify the ship’s salvage system arrangement plan contains a note that Roylyn type fittings are installed. Note 4

PART I: SALVAGE

p. 247

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-3 APPENDIX D INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature (2) Remove cap assembly, test connect and disconnect with the inspecting command’s female fitting. Kaiser Aero Space & Electronics Dwg. 9495 (Formally Roylyn Inc.)

(3) Inspect all Roylyn caps. Ensure cap operates properly and is free of paint or debris. Reinstall cap with safety wire, where applicable.

e. Verify strainers are properly installed on all compartment low salvage lines and are clear of debris.

3. Internal Air Salvage: a. Test satisfactory operation of all internal salvage air valves. Note 5 b. Verify all compartment pressure gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label. AHP-45-GA-055 AHP-519-GA-001 Note 6 4. Bulkhead Flappers: a. Test satisfactory local and remote (as applicable) operation of ventilation system bulkhead flappers. VH-71 VH-72

b. Verify from ships’ records that applicable ventilation system bulkhead flapper maintenance has been completed for VH-73 within required periodicity. SMS 5120-081-200

p. 248

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-4 APPENDIX D INSPECTION TEAM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Sat Unsat Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature 5. Hull Access Hatches, Watertight Doors and Torpedo Loading Hatches: Inspection performed by local PMT. a. Perform or witness hatch maintenance to complete salvage inspection and reference the PMT annual inspection. Note 6 6. External Gagging Devices: a. Witness demonstration that all valves with external gagging devices can be gagged from open to shut with the inspecting command’s salvage wrench and with the number of turns specified on the ship’s salvage system arrangement plan. Record number of turns to operate: _____turns. Notes 2, 7 and 8 b. Witness resetting of each gagging device and demonstrate satisfactory operation of the valves by normal means. Notes 8 and 9 7. Air Bank Dew Points: a. Verify from ships’ records that applicable air bank air sampling maintenance has been completed, is in specification and within required periodicity. Note 6 b. Perform or witness AHPD Operational Test and Measure Dew point of Effluent. Note 6 8. Towing Equipment a. Verify from ships’ records that Towing Equipment maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Note 6

p. 249

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-5 APPENDIX D PART II: DISSUB SURVIVAL, ESCAPE AND RESCUE INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat 1. Submarine Rescue Fittings: a. Verify four rescue vehicle hold- down sockets are installed per plan or authorized alteration on logistics escape trunk (LET) and lockout trunk (LOT) seating surfaces. From one socket per hatch, remove center capscrew and plug; demonstrate guide is free. NSTM S9086-T9-STM- 010 Chapter 594 Ship’s Plans Notes 6 and 10

b. Perform inspection of the LET and LOT rescue seating surface. (1) Inspect rescue seating surface. Notes 6 and 10 (2) Verify rescue seating surface PMR’s performed within periodicity. Note 10 SMS 1230-081-054 SMS 1230-081-055 SMS 1230-081-037 SMS 1230-081-047 SMS 1230-081-058 SMS 1230-081-059

(3) Inspect rescue seating surface protective cover. Note 6 c. Verify from ships' records that SRC downhaul shackle has been replaced within PMS periodicity. Notes 6 and 10 d. LET and LOT hatch fairings must be maintained in a condition to be easily disassembled to support submarine rescue. Verify PMS has been completed within the required Notes 6 and 10

PART II: DISSUB SURVIVAL, ESCAPE AND RESCUE

p. 250

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-6 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat periodicity on LET and LOT hatches. Visually inspect LET and LOT hatch fairings for compliance with the specifications called out in the PMS. Paint fouling or corrosion of fairing fasteners must be immediately corrected. Demonstrate the ability to remove one fastener at a time in each fairing section required to be removed in the fairing disassembly procedure. 2. Logistics Escape Trunk and Lockout Trunk: a. Demonstrate that each access hatch operates satisfactorily with all respects of locking, unlocking, opening, shutting from below and above (with salvage wrench or hand wheel as applicable).

b. Demonstrate that each access hatch can be opened with 5th percentile swing force operability criteria for surfaced emergency egress.

c. Demonstrate satisfactory operation of the escape hatch closing mechanisms per the installed instruction plates and equipment.

d. Demonstrate satisfactory installation of Improved Powered Hatch Operator with intensifier and compensator as one mode of hatch operation of LET and LOT. (1) Verify inventory of all parts. Ship’s Drawing Note 6

p. 251

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-7 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (2) Verify periodic pressure testing of hoses. (3) Verify assembly of intensifier and gearbox to upper hatch operator. (4) Verify installation of upper hatch operator compensator. (5) Demonstrate satisfactory operational check of intensifier pump and gears. e. Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment: (1) Vent valves (trunk and compartment).

(2) Blow valves (trunk and compartment).

(3) Flood and drain valves (including remote operation mechanisms and strainer installations).

(4) Demonstrate satisfactory operation and examine the condition of the following equipment: Conduct Hood Inflation System or Stole Charging Valve operational check to confirm valves operate properly and verify watertight caps installed. N o t e 6 (5) Pressure proof lights checked to ensure correct globe sealing and verified that globe is free from cracks.

p. 252

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-8 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (6) Verify from ships’ records that applicable maintenance to clear sea pressure sensing lines has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 6 f. Verify the following equipment installed: (1) Diver’s knife. (2) Ballpeen hammer. (3) Persuader (crows’ foot). Note 12 g. Check Flood Line Orifice. Not Clogged h. Verify valve hand wheels are properly color coded and labeled per Ship’s Drawing Index, Ship’s placards and Posted Information Plates. NSTM S9086-RK-STM- 010 Chapter 505

i. Verify gages are in calibration as indicated on calibration label. (1) FWD LOT SDA-816-GA-044 SDA-816-GA-045 TD-816-GA-037 TD-510-GA-038 TD-510-GA-039 SDA-510-GA-039 SDA-510-GA-055 SDA-510-GA-056 SDA-510-GA-058 SDA-816-GA-077 IPHO-2 (LOT)

(2) AFT LET ALP-801-GA-057

p. 253

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-9 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat ALP-801-GA-058 ALP-801-GA-059 ALP-801-GA-060 TD-801-GA-522 TD-801-GA-523 TD-801-GA-524 IPHO-1 (LET) j. Verify upper watertight hatch cavity drain valve operation is satisfactory.

j. Verify installation of lockout trunk high and low plugs, and demonstrate satisfactory plug operation.

k. Perform or w itness lockout trunk partition maintenance. Note 6 l. Air Sampling Valves F65 in LOT- See Figure 454-1 F62 in LET - See Figure 454-3 S9SSN-ZQ-SSM-FR0 Chapter 4-6-7

(1) Valve Inspection. Remove the protective cap and the threaded pipe cap from the Air Sampling Valve. Verify that the needle valve is shut and that the internal portion is clean and free of debris.

(2) Cap Inspection. (Controlled assembly required.) Reinstall the threaded pipe cap using the following controlled reassembly procedure:

(a) Inspect the threaded cap to ensure the cap is clean, free of nicks,

p. 254

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-10 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat gouges or other defects which may cause damage to the Air Sampling Valve. (b) Reinstall Air Sampling Valve threaded cap to ensure proper fit.

(c) Inspect the O-ring that seals the protective cap. Ensure that the O- ring is clean, free of cuts, cracks, hardening or irregularities.

(d) Reinstall the protective cap ensuring proper fit.

3. Emergency Communications Equipment: a. SEPIRB: (1) Perform or witness SEPIRB maintenance. N o t e 6 (2) Perform or witness SEPIRB launcher maintenance. N o t e 6 b. AN/BQN-13: (1) Inspect AN/BQN-13 Beacon to ensure that: (a) Cable is free of abrasions, cuts or damage. (b) Cable plug and encapsulation are free of defects. (c) Unit has no physical damage.

(d) Transducer is free of oil leaks, bubbles and paint.

(2) Perform or witness AN/BQN-13 maintenance. N o t e 6

p. 255

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-11 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat c. Signal Ejector or 3” Launcher: (1) Demonstrate satisfactory operation of each launcher manually and hydro-pneumatically as applicable.

(2) Verify a minimum of six Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signals and Submarine Floating Signal pyrotechnics stowed in compartment with launcher.

(3) Operational verification must include a demonstrated launch (water slug) from both remote and local operating stations.

4. Life Saving and Safety Equipment: a. Inventory allowance (randomly, type and quantity as applicable) and witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following: (PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed). (1) Auto-Inflatable life preservers QTY (26)

Note 6

(2) Inherently buoyant life preservers. QTY (10) Note 6 (3) Man overboard bag. Note 6 (4) Safety harness (belts). QTY (20) Note 6 (5) Safety track. Note 6

p. 256

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-12 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat (6) Distress marker lights. QTY (2) Note 6 (7) Life lines and stanchions. Note 6 b. Qualified swimmer designated for man overboard. Note 13 c. Emergency Air Breathing: (1) Masks (test random 5% for proper operation per applicable MRC). N o t e 6 (2) Inspect 10% per compartment of emergency air breathing manifold in- line filters and filter housing for presence of corrosion. N o t e 6 5. Escape Training and Procedures: a. Verify that all hands are trained in Submarine Escape. CIN F-063-0005 or F-000-0080

b. Verify required number of Senior Survival School graduates on board: _____ CIN F-493-0150 Required: 2

c. Guard Books. FWD: REV _____ CHG _____ AFT: REV _____ CHG _____ Latest Revision d. SSM OP 61-1 REV ____ CHG ____ SSM OP 61-19 REV ____ CHG ____ Latest Revision 6. Survivability Equipment: Inventory allowance (randomly, type and quantity as applicable) and

p. 257

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-13 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat witness satisfactory performance of PMS procedures on the following: (PMS procedures are to be demonstrated on one representative candidate from each of the sub groups listed). a. SESSPE Suits.

Note 6 b. Crash Bags. Note 6 c. Automatic Vent Valve. Note 6 d. Atmosphere Monitoring: (1) O2 and CO2 Gas Monitors (Analox SUBMKIIP): (a) Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Stored in same locker as Crash Bag Required: 1 FWD, 1 AFT

(b) Verify from ships’ records that applicable Analox SUBMKIIP maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 6 (2) Verify from ships' records DISSUB Detector Gas Kit (Draeger) maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. N o t e 6 7. Atmosphere Control: D7DS Note 14 a. Inventory ExtendAir canister quantity onboard and inspect condition of the following: (1) Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD:_______ Required: AEL 2-3300232 series for ExtendAir

(2) Verify from ships’ records that applicable ExtendAir canister Note 6

p. 258

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-14 APPENDIX D INSPECTION ITEM (SSN 774 CLASS) Reference Note Fwd Aft Submarine Inspector Signature Inspection Team Member Signature Sat Unsat Sat Unsat maintenance has been completed within required periodicity. Additionally, randomly select 10% of canisters onboard and weigh them per the applicable MRC. (3) ExtendAir Deployment Kits: (a) Amount onboard: FWD:_______ Required: 5 FWD; 0 AFT; Plus 1 additional NON- DISSUB Deployment Kit

b. O2 candles: (1) Amount onboard for DISSUB: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Note 16 Required: AEL 1-230013100

(2) O2 candle Ignitors: N o t e 1 6 c. O2 candle furnace: Amount onboard: FWD:_______ AFT:________ Required: 1 FWD; 1 AFT

p. 259

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-15 APPENDIX D NOTES (SSN 774 CLASS) 1. All high and low salvage valves are to be tested for freedom of operation at the frequency specified, except during the salvage inspection conducted incident to an overhaul. Salvage Air valve testing completed up to one year prior to the start of availability will satisfy the salvage inspection requirements provided that certified records verifying the tests are available. Written certification by the Commanding Officer that specified external salvage valves have been overhauled by the industrial activity or Ship’s Force and have been successfully hydrostatically tested will constitute certification that the valve operates freely, providing all inspections (Part I, items 2.b. and 2.c. of this Appendix) for each valve so certified are satisfactory. If the results of the inspection of operating gear are not satisfactory, or doubt exists concerning freedom of operation, the specific valves in question must be checked. Provide appropriate container for collecting anti-freeze drained from salvage piping when hull valve is cycled. Ensure controlled re-assembly per Quality Assurance requirements is performed when installing salvage caps. Exercise caution to prevent liquid in salvage air piping from impinging on nearby equipment when hull valve is cycled. Ensure anti-freeze is added to piping after inspection to prevent freezing. 2. The inspected ship’s, vice the inspecting command’s, salvage wrench must be used if the inspecting command is another submarine. Discrepancies in the actual, versus plan, number of turns which are greater than one full turn must be noted in addition to the number of actual turns recorded. 3. “J” pressure or seat tightness testing is not required for new construction ships. 4. Discrepancies between physical installation and salvage plans are to be reported to the TYCOM with an information copy to all plan holders. 5. Exercise extreme caution when testing operation of 4500-psi compartment pressurization valves. 6. The current DISSUB and Salvage Inspection PMS Conversion Matrix is available on the JFMM web site at https://www.navsea.navy.mil/Home/SUBMEPP/Products/JFMM/ under the TYCOM Doc/Form tab for PMS completion of the DISSUB and Salvage Inspection item. 7. When inspecting the gagging gear for the inboard ventilation exhaust valve and the inboard ventilation induction valve, the valve linkages must be inspected and the valves must be adjusted per the requirements in the Non-Primary Plant Valves Technical Manual or individual ship's valve drawing. 8. Prior to testing Outboard Diesel Exhaust Valve, ensure replacement locking pin is available onboard. 9. On some designs, operation of the gagging device overrides the regular operating gear of the valve indicator in such a manner that the entire mechanism must be reset or readjusted before the normal operating gear or the valve position indicator will function as intended. If the gagging mechanism is operated or used for any reason, the mechanism must be reset and the valve subsequently opened and closed by the normal operating gear in every manner in which the gear is designed to function to ensure the valve is in proper operating condition.

p. 260

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18D-16 APPENDIX D 10. Unsatisfactory conditions degrade the submarine rescue mating capability and require a CASREP be submitted per reference (a), and additional DFS reporting requirements per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual. 11. The Logistics Escape Trunk (LET) may be removed during refit. When removed, the LET is isolated from service air and electric power. Communications circuits, electrical power, and charging manifold tests should be conducted prior to LET removal to ensure piping and electrical system continuity, and tested again upon reinstallation. 12. Diver’s knife and ballpeen hammer may be stored in secure stowage in escape compartment. 13. Man overboard swimmer to be competent as a swimmer or qualified diver as designated by Commanding Officer per MILPERS MAN Art. 1414-010 Series. 14. If total ships manning exceeds designated 132 personnel, refer to OPORD 2000 to determine adjusted quantities of atmosphere control supplies. 15. A minimum of 30 Granular LiOH canisters are required onboard to support NON-DISSUB applications and may be stowed forward or aft. LiOH canisters reserved for DISSUB must be segregated from NON-DISSUB canisters with quantities and location(s) logged by the crew. 16. Oxygen candle quantity and location impacts inspection acceptance criteria. a. Mission appropriate oxygen candle quanti ties reserved for NON-DISSUB must be in excess of quantities reserved for DISSUB. Oxygen candles supporting NON-DISSUB applications may be stowed forward or aft. b. Oxygen candles reserved for DISSUB must be segregated from NON-DISSUB candles with quantities and location(s) logged by the crew. c. Oxygen candle igniters must be of a quantity and location (FWD or AFT) that supports onboard candle load-out.

p. 261

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18E-1 APPENDIX E APPENDIX E SAMPLE PRE-INSPECTION INFORMATION OR CERTIFICATION From: Commanding Officer, USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) To: Senior Inspecting Officer Subj: DISSUB AND SALVAGE INSPECTION OF USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) Ref: (a) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3; Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual, Volume IV, Chapter 18 Encl: (1) SSN 688 Class DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Check-Off List 1. The overall responsibility for the coordina tion and assembly of reference plans and publications in support of the Ship’s DISSUB and Salvage Inspections is assigned to (preferably the XO, 1st Lt, or Weapons Officer). The Ship’s Topside Coordinator is (Name), and the Ship’s Below Decks Coordinator is (Name). 2. The following information and certification is presented per reference (a). Reference: Inspected Item: Certification of Ship’s Representative: (a) Encl (1), Part I, para. 2 High and Low Salvage. External Salvage Valves have been overhauled & seat tightness tested. Date: _______________________ Tested by: _________________________ (Overhauling Activity) (b) Encl (1), Part I, para. 3.b., Part II, para. 2.i. Gages have been tested or calibrated within the past 12 months. (list any discrepancies in para. 3) ____________________________ Ship’s Force Representative (c) Encl (1), Part I, para. 6. External Gagging Devices. Valves will be lined up & reset by: ____________________________ Qualified Eng. Petty Officer (d) Encl (1), Part II, para. 2. Escape Trunks. Ship’s representative for escape trunk will be:

____________________________ Ship’s Representative (e) Encl (1), Part II, para . 3. Emergency Communications Equipment Operational and stowed with the following exceptions:

____________________________ Yes, or list exceptions in paragraph 2.

p. 262

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18E-2 APPENDIX E Reference: Inspected Item: Certification of Ship’s Representative: (f) Encl (1), Part II, para. 4 Life Saving & Safety Equipment PMS procedures last conducted on: (List discrepancies in paragraph 3.) ____________________________ Date (Forward and Aft) Amount on Board Required (COSAL) Inflatable life preservers _______ _______ Number of non-inflatable life preservers _______ _______ Amount on Board Required (COSAL) Number of safety harnesses _______ _______ Distress Marker Lights _______ _______ NOTE: MUST CONFORM TO CURRENT PMS SCHEDULE. (g) Encl (1), Part II, para. 5. Escape Training and Procedures. All hands are qualified in SESSPE escape. ____________________________ Yes, or list discrepancies in paragraph 3. (h) Encl (1), Part II, para. 3.c. Signal Ejector or 3” Launcher operation and Red Submarine Emergency Identification Signal inventory will be accomplished by: ____________________________ Ship’s Representative Signal Ejector or launcher operation cannot be demonstrated as muzzle is above waterline or ship is in dry-dock. The signal ejector was last operated ____________________________ (Date) NOTE: IF EJECTOR WAS NOT OPERATED IN PAST THIRTY DAYS, OPERATION MUST BE DEMONSTRATED BY FLOODING THROUGH MUZZLE WITH FIRE HOSE.

p. 263

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18E-3 APPENDIX E Reference: Inspected Item: Certification of Ship’s Representative: (i) Encl (1), Part II, para. 7 or 8. Atmosphere Control Pre and Post D7DS a. LiOH Curtain Kits: ____________________________ Amount b. Atmosphere Control. The following amount of absorbent is aboard: ____________________________ Type and Amount The allowance is: ____________________________ Amount O 2 candles applicable ____________________________ Yes or No The following number of O 2 candles are onboard: ____________________________ Number or N/A The allowance is: ____________________________ Number or N/A (j) Encl (1), Part II, para. 6.e. a. Atmosphere Monitoring DISSUB O2 and CO2 Gas Monitors (Analox - Required: 1 FWD and 1 AFT): ____________________________ Amount 3. Discrepancies. a. Discrepancies are: b. The following items were not inspected for the reasons given and a waiver is requested: Nomenclature Paragraph Reason

________________________ Commanding Officer (or by Direction Authority)

p. 264

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-18F-1 APPENDIX F APPENDIX F SAMPLE REPORT OF DISSUB AND SALVAGE INSPECTION FORWARDING LETTER From: Senior Inspecting Officer To: Commanding Officer, USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) Subj: REPORT OF DISSUB AND SALVAGE INSPECTION OF USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) Ref: (a) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3; Joint Fleet Maintenance Manual, Volume IV, Chapter 18 Encl: (1) DISSUB and Salvage Inspection Check Off List 1. A (new construction, post CNO Maintenance Availability, Interim Dry-Docking) DISSUB and Salvage Inspection of USS (Ship’s Name and Hull No.) was conducted on (Date) using the procedures of reference (a). 2. The following provides amplifying information concerning the exceptions and discrepancies identified in enclosure (1). (All exceptions or discrepancies will be discussed).

(Signed) Copy to: ISIC SUBMEPP 1815 NAVSEA PMS390GR

p. 265

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-19-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 19 RETENTION OF MATERIAL DEFICIENCY REPORTS AND RECORDS OF EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS AND TESTS REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9086-G9-STM-000 - NSTM Chapter 231 (Propulsion and SSTG Steam Turbines) (b) NAVSEA S9086-HK-STM-010 - NSTM Chap ter 241 (Propulsion Reduction Gears, Couplings, Clutches and Associated Components) (c) NAVSEA S9086-HN-STM-010 - NSTM Chapte r 244 (Propulsion Bearings and Seals) LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Bearing Log (Submarines Only) 19.1 PURPOSE. This chapter provides a listing of the inspection reports and equipment records, including the retention requirements, which must be maintained by each ship. 19.2 INSPECTION REPORTS. A copy of each of the following inspection reports will be retained until superseded by a subsequent report: a. Board of Inspection and Survey Inspection Reports. b. Hull Surveys. c. Distressed Submarine and Salvage Inspections. d. Docking Reports (CNO Maintenance Availability to CNO Maintenance Availability). e. Turbine Lifting and Repair Reports. f. Technical Assistance Reports by Syst em Commands, Naval Sea Systems Command Technical Representatives, etc. g. Boiler Inspection Reports (retained until equipm ent is transferred or vessel is stricken. May be discarded if old data is incorporated in a new report). h. Battery Inspection Reports. i. Diesel Engine Inspection Reports since last overhaul and associated Naval message on the status of discrepancies. j. Main and Air Ejector Condenser Eddy Current (Probalog) Reports. 19.3 RETENTION OF RECORDS OF EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS AND TESTS. The following records will be maintained onboard until superseded: a. Anti-Submarine Warfare Test Program Reports. b. Structureborne, Airborne and Waterborne Noise Reports. c. (Submarine Force surface units only) Ra dar, Radio and Acoustic Radiation Patterns. d. Equipment Calibration and A lignment Graphs and Charts.

CHAPTER 19

p. 266

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-19-2 e. Antenna and Superstructu re Arrangement Photographs. f. Record of Shipboard Tests. g. Lube Oil and Trend Analysis Reports. h. Battery Records (test discharges, etc.). i. (Submarines only) Remote Temperatur e Element (RTE) Alarm Set point, Bearing Maximum Operating Temperature, Proximity to RTE Alarm, Installed Bearing Clearance, Actual Bearing Clearance, Bearing Replacement Clearance, Stamped Depth and Thrust Constant, Depth Micrometer Reading, and calculated bearing Wear for Main Thrust Bearings, Main bearings and Journals (required by reference (a) 231- 7.2.1) for: (1) Main Propulsion Shafting. (2) Main and Auxiliary Engines. (3) Main Propulsion Motors and Generators. (4) Ship Service Turbine Generators. (5) Reduction Gear (RTE Alarm Set poi nt and Bearing Maximum Operating Temperature only). Appendix A will be used to record data. j. Readings and Clearances fo r Main Bearings and Journals: (1) Rudder and Diving Planes. (2) Diesel Generator Bearings. k. Navigational Light Certification. l. Equilibrium Diagram. m. Panama Canal Tonnage Certification. n. Aviation Helicopter Certification. o. Weight Handling Equipment Certification. p. Cavitation Curves. q. Machinery or Vibration Survey Results. r. (SSN, SSBN, and SSGNs only) Resistance Test Records must be maintained for the following equipment in the Electrical Work Centers PMS Space Manual: (1) Ship’s Service Turbine Generators. (2) Ship’s Service Motor Generators. (3) 400 Hz Motor Generators. (4) Emergency Diesel Generators. (5) Emergency Propulsion Motors.

p. 267

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-19-3 (6) Secondary Propulsion Motors. (7) Trim and Drain Pump Motors. (8) Main and Shaft Lube Oil Pump DC Motors. (9) High Pressure Brine Pump Motors. (10) Low Pressure Blower Motors.

p. 268

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-19A-1 APPENDIX A BEARING LOG Bearing: __________________________________ Ship: ___________________________ Data Taker Assembly Documentation Measured Wear RTE Alarms Approval 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Date Data Taker (Print Name) Data Taker (Print Rate) Data Taker Signature Max Allowable Wear (Wmax) Stamped Depth Constant (DC) Depth Mic Reading (MR) Measured Wear (=7-6) (W) (=MR-DC) RTE Alarm Set point (ASP) Max Operating Temperature (from logs) (Tmax) Safety Margin (=9-10) (20ºF min) (ASM) (=ASP-Tmax) MLPO (initials) MPA (initials) ENG (initials)

Notes: For thrust bearings, record the measured thrust clearance in column 7 and maximum thrust specification in column 5. RTE Set points are: 270ºF for Main propulsion turbine and SSTG thrust bearings. 250ºF for Main propulsion turb ine and SSTG journal bearings. For remaining propulsion plant bearings, 30ºF higher than the maximum observed during Sea Trials or the applicable HM&E Test Procedure (i.e., SUBMEPP Test Procedure or annual MRC to verify Set points). APPENDIX A BEARING LOG (SUBMARINES ONLY)

p. 269

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-19A-2 APPENDIX A Date Comments Comments: Date each entry. Note the serial number (if any) of this bearing, date of any bearing replacement, nonstandard dimensions, applicable Liaison Action Requests, Departure From Specification if approved, unusual conditions of journal or bearing (if opened), any additional or abnormal readings taken, recent temperatures for this bearing, temperature of lube oil cooler outlet used to set RTE alarm, or any other notes that may be helpful in the future.

Page ____ of ____

p. 270

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-19A-3 APPENDIX A BEARING LOG INSTRUCTIONS Fill out for each Main Engine, Reduction Gear, Line Shaft, and SSTG Bearing. A logbook should have a section for each piece of equipment (Port and Stbd SSTG, Port and Stbd Main Engine, Reduction Gear, and Line Shaft). To fill out the log, complete the following entries: 1. Name of ship and hull number: i.e., USS SEAWOLF, SSN 21 2. Bearing Name and location: i.e., #1 Propulsion turbine forward journal bearing. 3. Name and date: Print the data takers name and the date data was recorded. 4. Data Taker Signature: Signature of data taker. 5. Max Allowable Bearing Wear (Wmax): The maximum increase in depth micrometer measurement above the stamped depth constant. 6. Stamped Depth and Thrust Constant (DC) or Bearing Constant: The depth micrometer reading taken when this bearing was installed, aligned and bolted down. It is found stamped on the bearing bracket near the depth micrometer hole. Thrust constants are normally not stamped. These must be obtained from builders new construction completed test procedures on microfiche or repair activity work documents when replaced. 7. Depth Micrometer Reading (MR): Depth measurement taken between machined surface of bearing bracket and top of rotor journal. 8. Measured Wear (W): Measured bearing wear. Calculated as W = MR-DC. (MR = Depth micrometer reading, DC = Stamped depth constant.) If the measured bearing wear (W) is greater than the maximum allowable wear (Wmax) or wear limit per applicable PMS MRC, then the bearing must be disassembled, inspected and repaired or replaced. 9. RTE Alarm Set point (ASP): As determined by reference (a) (231-3.10.3.4.3, 231- 3.10.3.4.4, and Table 231-3-2) and ships operating logs or by approved shipyard or repair activity test procedure meeting the requirements of the Naval Ships’ Technical Manual (NSTM) or SUBMEPP test procedure. 10. Bearing Full Load Maximum Operating Temperature (Tmax): The maximum operating temperature noted on the bearing during Post Construction or Overhaul Sea Trial testing following a SUBMEPP or Shipyard test procedure or the latest performance of RTE testing per appropriate NSTM or PMS MRC. The temperature should be compared to observed temperatures during normal ships operations for abnormalities. 11. Alarm Safety Margin (ASM): Calculated as ASM = ASP - Tmax (ASP = Alarm Set point, Tmax = Maximum normal operating temperature). If the alarm set point does not meet the requirements of NSTM references (a), (b) or (c), as applicable, reset the alarms per the NSTM or SUBMEPP test procedure or PMS MRC, as required, following the guidance of the NSTM. 12. Comments: Date each entry. Note the serial number (if any) of this bearing, date of any bearing replacement, nonstandard dimensions, applicable Liaison Action Requests, Departure From Specification if approved, unusual conditions of journal or bearing (if opened), any additional or abnormal readings taken, installed (assembled clearances) and

p. 271

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-19A-4 APPENDIX A maximum clearances if the bearing is installed by Ship’s Force, recent temperatures for this bearing, temperature of lube oil cooler outlet used to set RTE alarm, or any other notes that may be helpful in the future and applicable PMS MRC. Installed assembly documentation is not required to be retained in this log if bearing removal and installation was performed by an IMA, IMF, Regional Maintenance Facility or a Shipyard since data is maintained by those installations and can be obtained by the ship, if required, via ISIC. Ships are required to obtain initial depth micrometer readings to ensure stamped depth constant is updated any time a bearing is rolled out.

p. 272

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-20-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 20 DIVER LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE AND CERTIFICATION REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA SS521-AA-MAN-010 - U.S. Na vy Diving and Manned Hyperbaric Systems Safety Certification Manual (b) NAVSEA TS500-AU-SPN-010 – U.S. Navy General Specification for the Design, Construction and Repair of Hyperbaric Equipment (c) NAVFAC 4-159-01N – Unifie d Facilities Criteria Manual (d) OPNAVINST 3150.27 - Navy Diving Program (e) NAVSEA 00C Instruction 10560.2 - Diving Equipment Authorized For Navy Use (ANU) Program LISTING OF APPENDICES. A System Safety Certification Verses Au thorized for Navy Use Requirements Matrix 20.1 PURPOSE. To provide guidance for the proper administration of a uniform maintenance program in support of the certification requirements for Diver Life Support Systems (DLSS). 20.2 DIVER LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND CERTIFICATION. 20.2.1 General. This chapter of the JFMM is intended to cover all afloat, portable and shore- based diving and manned hyperbaric systems capable of supporting one or more divers, operators or occupants embarked in wet or dry pressurized environments which are certified per reference (a) by either the NAVSEA 00C4 or NAVFAC OFP Certification Authority. Submarine based diver life support systems such as Dry Deck Shelter (DDS), Virginia Class Lock-Out Trunks (LOTS), SSGN Lock-Out Chambers (LOCS) and Submarine Rescue Chamber (SRC) are handled by a Deep Submergence Systems (DSS) System Safety Certification program under NAVSEA 07Q4. These type of deep submergence systems are addressed in Volume V, Part III of the JFMM. 20.2.2 Objective. The objective of system certification is to verify, by use of an independent technical review, that a diving system provides acceptable levels of personnel safety throughout its specified operating range, when approved operating and maintenance procedures are followed. This review is accomplished by performing a detailed assessment of the material and procedural adequacy of the system. The certification process establishes maximum reasonable assurance that diving system personnel can be recovered without injury. Certification of a diving system does not relieve its operators from the responsibility of maintaining system safety on a continuing basis. System certification cannot positively ensure that an accident will not happen; it is, however, intended to provide “maximum reasonable assurance” that a catastrophic or critical accident will not occur. 20.2.3 United States Navy Diving and Manned Hyperbaric Systems Safety Certification. The requirements, procedures and guidance for the administration of the certification program for all

CHAPTER 20

p. 273

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-20-2 portable, surface ship afloat and shore-based DLSS must be per reference (a). In addition, references (b) through (e) provide further key guidance related directly to various aspects of DLSS. a. Reference (a) provides a single document which: (1) Identifies the administrative and t echnical requirements leading to the initial dive system material and system certification. (2) Documents the requirements for maintaining satisfactory material and operability conditions to support continued Unrestricted Operation to design depth. (3) Identifies the responsibilities for implementing and executing the certification program policies and procedures. (4) Provides procedures for request ing waivers to approved operating and maintenance procedures, and for departures from approved system design. (5) Provides standardization for re-entry control (REC) procedures. These procedures provide the necessary instructions for maintaining the DLSS in the “as certified” condition. It is mandatory that these procedures be followed for any activity conducting work within the DLSS Scope of Certification (SOC). b. Reference (b) provides a wide variety of information, including diving system design, configuration management, materials, toxicity, flammability, pressure vessels, lubrication, construction, testing, QA, traceability and repair. It is intended to be used by the various U.S. Navy diving communities in case their existing system specific design documentation does not specifically address their particular need or application. c. Reference (c) supplements reference (b ) providing specific building requirements for ashore manned hyperbaric systems. d. Reference (d) establishes Navy-wide diving program policy, requirements and guidance for the development, oversight and operation of all Navy diver DLSS and associated support systems and processes. It specifically delegates System Certification Authority to Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command for all portable and afloat systems and to Commander, Naval Facilities Engineering Command for all shore-based systems. Also, reference (d) identifies the Authorized For Navy Use (ANU) program for authorizing the use of diving life support and non-life support equipment. The ANU process for evaluating equipment for inclusion on the ANU is described in reference (e). The Appendix A matrix identifies what type of DLSS equipment is being handled by ANU or System Safety Certification program(s) as a general guide.

p. 274

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-20A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SYSTEM SAFETY CERTIFICATION VERSES AUTHORIZED FOR NAVY USE REQUIREMENTS MATRIX Equipment Type Authorized For Navy Use Certify Deep Dive Systems X Hyperbaric Research Facilities X Recompression Chamber System X Diving Bells X Topside Surface Supported Diving Systems X Underwater Breathing Apparatus Used with Deep Dive Systems X Mixed Gas and O2 SCUBA Rebreathers X Open Circuit Air SCUBA X Surface Supplied Hats (Air, HeO2) X X Note 1 Divator MK 2 DP 1 or 2 Surface Supplied System X Diver Life Vests and Buoyancy Compensators X Diver Operated Tools X Diver Held Sonar, Navigation, etc. X Diver Communications X Wet Suits X Variable Volume (Dry) Suits X Air Compressors, Filters, etc. X X Note 2 Diving Accessories (Mask, Fins, Watches, Knives, Compass, Depth Gauges, Weight Belts, etc.) X Notes: 1. Certification may be required for initial use. 2. When compressor or diving air systems are pe rmanently installed as components of a diving or recompression system, they must be included in the SOC. The Commanding Officer or Officer In Charge must ensure that compressors and diving equipment are properly installed and maintained per reference (a).

p. 275

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-21-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 21 SUBMARINE OXYGEN GENERATING PLANTS REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9515-AA-MMO- 010/021/022/030 - 6L16 Electrolytic Oxygen Generator (EOG) Technical Manual, Volumes 1 through 3 (b) NAVSEA S9515-A1-MMO-010/020/030 - Au tomated Electrolytic Oxygen Generator (AEOG) Technical Manual, Volumes 1 through 3 (c) NAVSEA S9515-A4-MMA-010/020 - Low Pre ssure Electrolyzer (LPE-T) Treadwell model Technical Manual, Volumes 1 and 2 (d) NAVSEA 29515-S9515-A7-MMA-010/020 – Low Pressure Electrolyzer (LPE-H) Technical Manual, Volumes 1 and 2 – Hamilton model (e) NAVSEA S9515-AL-MMA-010 - Integrat ed Low Pressure Electrolyzer (ILPE) Technical Manual (f) NAVSEA S9515-A6-MMA-010 - Advance In tegrated Low Pressure Electrolyzer (AILPE) Technical Manual (g) NAVPERS 18068 - Manual of Navy Enliste d Manpower and Personnel Classifications and Occupational Standards 21.1 PURPOSE. To establish the prerequisites and procedures for qualification of personnel, operation and maintenance of shipboard submarine oxygen generating plants designated 6L16 Electrolytic Oxygen Generators (EOG), 6L16 Automated Electrolytic Oxygen Generators (AEOG), Low Pressure Electrolyzers (both models Treadwell and Collins formerly Hamilton) (LPE), Integrated Low Pressure Electrolyzers (ILPE) and Advance Integrated Low Pressure Electroylzer (AILPE). 21.1.1 Policy. Type Commander (TYCOM) policy regarding the operation and maintenance is: a. All current technical doc umentation must be available at the oxygen generator for operator use. As a minimum, the on hand documentation will include reference (a), (b), (c) (d), (e) or (f), as required, and the MRCs that support the installed unit. b. Planned Maintenance System (PMS) must be maintained current to the latest Periodic Force Revision and all scheduled and situational planned maintenance requirements must be accomplished. NOTE: OXYGEN GENERATOR OPERATORS AND MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS MUST BE LIMITED TO THOSE INDIVIDUALS HOLDING THE NAVY ENLISTED CLASSIFICATIONS (NEC) REQUIRED BY REFERENCE (G) FOR THE TYPE OF OXYGEN GENERATOR PLANT OPERATED OR MAINTAINED. c. At least two qualified op erators and one qualified electrical technician must be onboard during oxygen generator operation. Two qualified operators meet this requirement if at least one of the operators is also a qualified maintenance technician. d. Safety related deficiencies must be co rrected prior to oxygen generator operation.

CHAPTER 21

p. 276

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-21-2 e. A minimum of two qualified Oxygen Cl ean Workers on board to conduct maintenance on oxygen systems and the oxygen generator (except submarines with LPEs, ILPEs and AILPEs) except as noted in para 21.1.1.f. f. For Virginia Class submarines, the following hulls must be required to maintain a minimum of two qualified Oxygen Clean Workers on board: SSN 776, SSN 777, SSN 778, SSN 779, SSN 782 and SSN 784 or as determined by TYCOM. 21.1.2 Background. a. Oxygen generator casualtie s result primarily from improper maintenance, operation or insufficient operator familiarization with current operating instructions and safety precautions. The recurring nature of these casualties necessitates that positive action be taken to ensure operating and maintenance personnel are properly trained and qualified. Additionally, technical documentation must be continuously updated for use by the ship’s oxygen generator operating, maintenance and support personnel. b. Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSE A) and TYCOM Technical Notices and Advance Change Notices (ACN) provide the Fleet with the latest technical information and operating instructions concerning oxygen generators. These Notices and ACNs will remain in effect until cancelled by a subsequent Notice or ACN, or are incorporated as a revision to the applicable technical manual. 21.2 RESPONSIBILITIES. 21.2.1 Immediate Superior In Command. a. Ensure assigned units are in complian ce with the policy stated in paragraph 21.1.1 of this chapter. b. Conduct periodic inspections and audits to ensure that: (1) Operating and maintenance personnel proficiency is being maintained. (2) Technical manuals, operating and maintenance notices and PMS documentation are current. (3) Operation and maintenance is per this chapter, reference (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) as required, and the supporting Operating Instructions (OIs) and PMS. c. Ensure Performance Monitoring Team (P MT) inspectors perform material inspections of the ship’s oxygen generators approximately 90 days prior to entry and departure from a Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) Maintenance Availability. The material inspection, prior to the availability, will identify material deficiency corrective actions which must be corrected prior to completion of the availability. 21.2.2 Performance Monitoring Team. a. Conduct periodic and pre and post-CNO Maintenance Availability material inspections. Ensure a review of the inspected units Material Maintenance Log is part of the material inspection. b. Initiate a quarterly monitoring program for those units receiving an unsatisfactory grade during the material inspection. Maintain the units on the quarterly monitoring

p. 277

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-21-3 program until two consecutive satisfactory evaluations, with no safety related deficiencies noted. c. Provide copies of all reports following material inspections, monitoring periods and On Site Analysis Reports to the TYCOM and the ISIC. d. Ensure appropriate TYCOM personnel are contacted regarding safety related issues. e. Conduct an operational inspection following the applicable PMS prior to Fast Cruise during a CNO Maintenance Availability. Conduct oral interviews with all oxygen generator qualified personnel to determine individual knowledge levels and training effectiveness. The operational inspection will include: (1) Start up checks. (2) Power-Off maintenance check out. (3) Start up. (4) Operation to maximum allowable amperage. (5) Performance of operational PMS. (6) Shutdown. (EOGs/AEOGs) (7) Placement in a static condition and restarted. (EOGs/AEOGs) (8) Shutdown and purge complete. 21.2.3 Commanding Officer. a. Report reduced status following estab lished procedures any time the personnel requirements stated in paragraphs 21.1.1.c and 21.1.1.e of this chapter cannot be met. b. Implement and execute a shipboard trai ning program to qualify and maintain oxygen generator personnel qualifications. c. Prohibit operation of the oxygen generato rs if shipboard procedures are not in compliance with this chapter and reference (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) as required. d. Ensure the Oxygen Generator Material Ma intenance Log is maintained and correctly reflects all corrective and planned maintenance performed. e. Ensure periodic reviews of the Oxyge n Generator Material Maintenance Logs are conducted by the Division Leading Petty Officer, Division Officer and Engineer Officer. f. Ensure all safety related deficiencies are promptly entered into the Equipment Status Log. g. Prior to a CNO Maintenance Availabili ty, ensure the PMT conducts a material inspection of the oxygen generators. Ensure oxygen generators are placed into Lay Up and adequately protected following Inactive Equipment Maintenance requirements. h. Ensure PMT conducts a Post-CNO Maintenanc e Availability material inspection prior to placing the oxygen generators in electrolysis.

p. 278

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-21-4 i. Ensure the PMT conducts an operationa l inspection per paragraph 21.2.2.e of this chapter prior to commencing Fast Cruise during a CNO Maintenance Availability. Oxygen generators will be operated by Ship’s Force qualified operators as described in paragraph 21.1.1 of this chapter. The oxygen generators will be in a static shutdown condition, pressurized with nitrogen and meet the pressure testing requirements of reference (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) as required. j. Ensure electrolysis is secured and oxygen ge nerators (all models) are placed in a safe condition prior to commencing any training drill which may cause a “loss of power” casualty (either normal or alternate power). If the oxygen generators are to be placed in a static condition for the duration of the training drill, ensure normal power will be restored to restart electrolysis, or alternate power will be available to conduct a complete purge, prior to the expiration of the 45-minute hold limitations of reference (a) and, (b) as required. For LPEs, ILPEs or AILPEs place in safe condition per reference (c), (d), (e) and current shipboard requirements and instructions. 21.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION. 21.3.1 Training. Oxygen generator operators and maintenance technicians must be graduates of the training courses required for the appropriate NEC per the requirements of reference (g). NOTE: PERSONNEL QUALIFIED TO PERFORM MAINTENANCE ON THE OXYGEN GENERATOR MUST ALSO BE GRADUATES OF OXYGEN CLEAN WORKER SCHOOL (EXCEPT SUBMARINES WITH LPEs AND ILPEs) AS NOTED IN PARAGRAPHS 21.1.1.E AND .F OF THIS CHAPTER. a. The NECs required for EOG installations: (1) NEC 4252/740B: An individual certifi ed to this NEC will have successfully completed EOG Operator and Maintenance Course A-852-0050. (2) NEC 4752/952B: An individual certifi ed to this NEC will have successfully completed EOG Operator and Technician Course A-623-0039. b. The NECs required for AEOG installations: (1) NEC 4208/735B: An individual certifi ed to this NEC will have successfully completed AEOG Operation and Mechanical Maintenance Course A-652- 0087. (2) NEC 4708/766A: An individual certified to this NEC will have successfully completed AEOG Electrical and Electronic Maintenance Course A-623-0008. c. The NECs required for LPE installations: (1) NEC 4253/Q53A: An individual certifie d to this NEC will have successfully completed LPE Operation and Mechanical Maintenance Course A-652-0190. (2) NEC 4653/N53: An individual certifi ed to this NEC will have successfully completed LPE Electrical and Electronic Maintenance Course A-623-0050. d. The NECs or course completion required for ILPE installations: (1) An individual certified by succe ssful completion of ILPE Operation and Mechanical Maintenance Course A-652-0093.

p. 279

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-21-5 (2) NEC 4641/N41Z: An individual certif ied to this NEC will have successfully completed ILPE Electrical and Electronic Maintenance Course A-623-0132. 21.3.2 Watchstanding Prerequisites. Prior to being certified as qualified for oxygen generator watches, the following watchstander prerequisites must be met: a. For 6L16 NEC 4252/740B: Stand watches, under instruction, for a minimum of three (3) six (6) hour watches underway, with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. b. For 6L16 NEC 4752/952B: Stand watches, under instruction, for a minimum of one (1) start-up, one (1) shutdown and purge, and one (1) three (3) hour watch underway with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. For technicians, this is a familiarization watch only. Technicians qualifying as operators are governed by paragraph 21.3.2.an of this chapter. c. For AEOG NEC 4208/735B: Stand watche s, under instruction, for a minimum of three (3) six (6) hour watches underway with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. d. For AEOG NEC 4708/766A: Stand watches, under instruction, for a minimum of one (1) start-up, one (1) shutdown and purge, and one (1) three (3) hour watch underway with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. For technicians, this is a familiarization watch only; technicians qualifying as operators are governed by paragraph 21.3.2c of this chapter. e. For LPE NEC 4253/Q53A: Stand watches, under instruction, for a minimum of three (3) six (6) hour watches underway with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. f. For LPE NEC 4653/N53Z: Stand watches, under instruction, for a minimum of one (1) start-up, one (1) shutdown and purge, and one (1) three (3) hour watch underway with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. For technicians, this is a familiarization watch only; technicians qualifying as operators are governed by paragraph 21.3.2e of this chapter. g. Personnel with successful completion of course A-652-0093 ILPE maintenance: Stand watches, under instruction, for a minimum of three (3) six (6) hour watches underway with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. h. Stand watches, under instruction, for a mi nimum of one (1) start-up, one (1) shutdown and purge, and one (1) three (3) hour watch underway with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. For technicians, this is a familiarization watch only; technicians qualifying as operators are governed by paragraph 21.3.2.g of this chapter. For ILPE NEC 4234/N41Z or successful completion of course A-623-0132: Stand watches, under instruction, for a minimum of one (1) start-up, one (1) shutdown and purge, and one (1) three (3) hour watch underway with the oxygen generator(s) in operation. For technicians, this is a familiarization watch only; technicians qualifying as operators are governed by paragraph 21.3.2.g of this chapter. i. Demonstrate an understanding of th e approved NAVSEA Oxygen Generator Log Sheets, including the significance of data recorded and operational limits. j. Demonstrate a knowledge of corrective acti on(s) to be taken in the event of sudden changes in equipment operating parameters.

p. 280

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-21-6 k. Successfully complete qualifications fo r the oxygen generator and supporting systems per current shipboard qualification requirements/instructions.

p. 281

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-22-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 22 SUBMARINE ANTENNA TESTING REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9425-CG-STD-010 - Instal lation Standards for Submarines 22.1 PURPOSE. To provide Type Commander policy with respect to pressure testing submarine communication antennas and Photonics systems. This policy is not applicable to periscopes, radar antennas and other non-communication masts and cabling. Amplifying information is contained in reference (a). 22.2 BACKGROUND. Submarine antenna and Photonics systems associated cable connections between the antenna and electrical hull fitting are sensitive to seawater intrusion. In the event that seawater enters an electrical hull fitting, radome or other powered component and the system is subsequently powered-on or used for transmission, significant component damage may occur. 22.3 POLICY. 22.3.1 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing. a. Hydrostatic pressure testing of submarine an tennas with cables attached prior to initial installation (or after any maintenance actions that requires the disassembly of the antenna) is mandatory except for buoys and floating wires. This pre-installation test is intended solely to verify the correctness of the final assembly and does not equal or replace the more elaborate acceptance testing required for various individual manufactured components. Submarine communications antennas that are required to be hydrostatic pressure tested are: NOTE: ALL OE-538/592 MAST ARE HYDRO STATICALLY TESTED AT EITHER THE OE-538/592 DEPOT OR WATERFRONT I-LEVEL FACILITY. (1) Multifunction Masts, OE-538 (SSN s) and OE-592 (SSBNs and SSGNs). NOTE: ALL SUBHDR MASTS ARE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AT THE SUBHDR NATIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER (NMC) PRIOR TO BEING ISSUED TO THE FLEET FOR INSTALLATION. (2) Submarine High Data Rate Mast, OE-562 (SubHDR). b. Buoys that are excluded are: (1) Submarine Launched One-Way Tac tical (SLOT) Buoys (AN/BRT-1 and AN/BRT-1A). (2) Submarine Emergency Position Indi cating Radio Beacon (SEPIRB) Buoy (T- 1630/SRT or T-1630A/SRT). c. All versions of Floating wires ar e excluded (i.e. Buoyant Cable Antennas).

CHAPTER 22

p. 282

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-22-2 NOTE: THE TOWED BUOY ANTENNA, AN/BRR-6 (SSBN 730 - 738) AND THE AN/BRR-6B (SSBN 739 - 743) WILL BE HYDROSTATIC TESTED BEFORE INSTALLATION ACCORDING TO THE MAINTENANCE MANUAL. 22.3.2 Fleet Maintenance. Maintenance actions conducted by Fleet Maintenance Activities or Ship’s Force regarding the watertight integrity test requirements between submarine antennas and their respective hull connectors, must be: a. When the antenna or cable is disconnected or replaced shipboard, the Technical Work Document will include the following checks in the assembly procedure to reconnect the cable to the base of the antenna or electrical hull fitting: (1) Craftsman verification that surface fi nishes of O-ring seating surfaces are per applicable specifications. (2) Craftsman verification that the O-ring is properly installed and per applicable specifications. (3) For submarine SubHDR and Photonics systems outboard cable removal and replacement, accomplish per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 7, Appendix B, NOTE 31 of this manual. b. Prior to performing a deep dive certifica tion after a maintenance action, passive testing or pre-energize testing, or both, must be performed following the system specific Technical Manual, SUBMEPP approved Maintenance Standard, SUBMEPP approved Standard Test Procedure or Maintenance Requirement Card (MRC) to ensure the system is not grounded prior to use. c. Upon completion of a deep dive certifica tion for a maintenance action, passive testing, pre-energize testing, or both, must be performed following the system specific Technical Manual, SUBMEPP approved Maintenance Standard, SUBMEPP approved Standard Test Procedure or MRC to ensure the system is not grounded prior to use. 22.4 PROCEDURE. a. Upon completion of maintenance and be fore underway for submerged operations, the ship must place CAUTION tags on the Main Power Switch or transmit keys for the affected antennas. The Amplifying Instructions for the CAUTION tags will state - “DO NOT OPERATE OR TRANSMIT ON THIS ANTENNA UNTIL COMPLETION OF PASSIVE CHECKS FOLLOWING A DIVE TO TEST DEPTH. PASSIVE CHECKS MUST BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO EACH USE UNTIL THE DEEP DIVE IS COMPLETE.” b. It is understood that in some cases, due to water depth restrictions, the deep dive may not be performed for quite some time. In these cases, the ship should dive to the maximum depth possible and conduct passive checks. Provided the checks are satisfactory, the CAUTION tag may be replaced with one stating - “DO NOT OPERATE OR TRANSMIT ON THIS ANTENNA FOLLOWING OPERATIONS GREATER THAN (enter max depth obtained). PASSIVE CHECKS MUST BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO EACH USE UNTIL THE DEEP DIVE IS COMPLETED.”

p. 283

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D 16 Oct 2019 IV-22-3 c. The tag(s) may be removed following co mpletion of a deep dive to test depth and completion of satisfactory passive testing performed following the system specific technical manuals or Maintenance Index Pages and MRCs to ensure the system is not grounded.

p. 284

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-23-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 23 GAS TURBINE ENGINE INSPECTION FOR SURFACE FORCE SHIPS REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST 9220.3 - Propulsion and Aux iliary Plant Inspection and Inspector Certification Program (b) NAVSSES 9332-GGTB 11 - General Gas Turb ine Bulletin Number 11 (Gas Turbine Fleet Representatives) (c) NAVSEA S9086-HC-STM-000 - NSTM Chapter 234 (Marine Gas Turbines) (d) NAVSSES 9352-GGTB 0 - General Gas Tu rbine Bulletin Number 0 (Technical Directive Zero Index) (e) NAVSSES 933-GGTB 3 - General Gas Tu rbine Bulletin Number 3 (Marine Gas Turbine Logbook and Service Records) (f) OPNAVINST 3120.32 - Standard Organiza tion and Regulations of the U.S. Navy 23.1 PURPOSE. The Marine Gas Turbine Inspector (MGTI) program is intended to provide for the timely identification of discrepancies prior to Planned Major Maintenance Availabilities, deployments, when mandated by operating hour requirements and to provide technical assistance to operational units when so directed by the Type Commander (TYCOM). This chapter provides the guidance for Marine Gas Turbine inspection requirements, including preparation, procedures, criteria and reporting and is applicable to all gas turbines on fleet surface, amphibious and auxiliary platforms and craft. 23.2 DISCUSSION. It has long been the Navy’s practice for Ship’s Force to accomplish as many repairs as possible at the organizational or intermediate levels. This maintenance philosophy requires trained and experienced personnel, capable of identifying problems so that planned and corrective measures can be recommended, planned for and accomplished in a timely manner. To address the need for experienced personnel the MGTI program has been developed. Reference (a) provides the details for the MGTI program. 23.3 MARINE GAS TURBINE INSPECTOR. 23.3.1 Certification. MGTI inspector certification and recertification requirements outlined in reference (a) are amplified as listed in sub-paragraphs “a” through “e”: a. MGTIs function as the Naval S ea Systems Command (NAVSEA) Technical Representatives. All their technical decisions and recommendations are made in concert with and fully supported by their appropriate Regional Maintenance Center (RMC). b. Upon verification of competency, Na val Surface Warfare Center, Philadelphia Division (NSWCPD) will issue a 36-month certification. Certification will remain valid provided the MGTI conducts at least two (any combination) of the following: Gas Turbine Readiness Reviews (GTRR), Assessments, pre-deployment inspection, pre-Planned Major Maintenance Availability inspection and attends one MGTI seminar during the previous 12 months.

CHAPTER 23

p. 285

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-23-2 c. MGTI certifications will be extended in 18-month intervals. Requests for extension must be submitted to NSWCPD with info to NAVSEA 05Z via the TYCOM. By endorsement, the Commanding Officer will certify that the MGTI meets the requirements of paragraph 23.2.1.b of this chapter. A MGTI whose certification has lapsed or been suspended will be required to recertify, under procedures established by NSWCPD, on a case-by-case basis. d. Commanding Officers will ensure MGTIs are afforded the opportunity to attend MGTI seminars and maintain certification. Commanding Officers are also encouraged to nominate to the TYCOM motivated and capable technicians for certification as MGTIs as outlined in reference (a). e. A MGTI assigned as ship’s company ca nnot perform inspections as described in section 23.3 of this chapter on that ship. (No inspector will be permitted to inspect himself.) 23.3.2 Authorized Functions and Responsibilities. 23.3.2.1 Naval Sea Systems Command. NAVSEA must provide technical authority oversight over all marine gas turbines and associated equipment. The designated NAVSEA Technical Warrant Holder must: a. Assure safe and reliable system operation. b. Set and enforce all technical requirements. c. Approve all major Departur es from Specifications (DFS). 23.3.2.2 Naval Surface Warfare Center, Philadelphia Division. NSWCPD must: a. Provide support to NAVSEA for the MG TI programs. Ensure that the required technical documentation to support the MGTI Inspector programs is maintained current. b. Establish and monitor th e requirements and standards for routine and industrial inspections of marine gas turbine systems. c. Develop, implement and maintain a program to train and certify MGTIs. d. Ensure that inspections of newly c onstructed ships and ships undergoing major overhaul or conversion are conducted per this instruction. e. Conduct periodic technical aud its of the MGTI Training Course. f. Provide management of technical data, ga s turbine history and the associated repair management information database system. g. Conduct the semi-annual MGTI seminars. h. Maintain a roster of all certified MGTIs by name, rating, duty station, date of certification and expiration date of certification. Revoke inspector certification and initiate action to decertify inspectors who fail to comply with requirements of reference (a). i. Ensure that the requirements for MGTI certification, recertification and certification extensions are met prior to final approval.

p. 286

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-23-3 j. Provide technical oversight and manage ment of the MGTI and NSWCPD programs: (1) Establish and enforce requirements fo r MGTI certification and recertification. (2) Ensure periodic MGTI seminars are conducted. (3) Ensure periodic technical audits of all Integrated Logistics Support documentation and Training. (4) Maintain the Gas Turbine Mana gement Information System WEBLOG. (5) Routinely evaluate and ensure stat e of the art inspection, maintenance and repair tools and techniques are used. 23.3.2.3 Fleet Commander. The Fleet Commander must: a. Identify and designate those fleet activ ities which have inspection responsibilities and maintain a base of certified MGTIs within those activities. b. Ensure the availability of “school sh ips” to support MGTI Inspector training. c. Host the semi-annual MGTI semina rs on an alternating coast basis. 23.3.2.4 Regional Maintenance Center. The RMC must: a. Provide certified MGTI s to perform inspection. b. Review the guidelines a nd inspection requirements for all gas turbine inspections required by this instruction and ensure that each inspection report is recorded and updated into the Gas Turbine Management Information System. c. Schedule and coordinate in spections of all marine gas turbine systems required by this instruction with the appropriate technical activities to avoid the unnecessary opening of gas turbines. d. Provide a qualified MGTI when reques ted by the ship, Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC) or TYCOM. 23.3.2.5 Regional Maintenance Center Commanding Officers. RMC Commanding Officers must: a. Coordinate inspections in cognizant maintenance areas. b. Maintain an up-to-date status of required marine gas turbine system inspections which must include the latest inspection for all ships assigned to RMCs in their respective area of responsibility. 23.3.2.6 Immediate Superior In Command. The ISIC must: a. Monitor the follow-up action required to correct noted discrepancies by randomly sampling the ship’s deferred maintenance action file and most recent gas turbine inspection report. b. Assist Commanding Officer s in arranging for the corrective action of items beyond the capability of Ship’s Force, when requested. 23.3.2.7 Ship Commanding Officer, Officer In Charge or Maintenance Team. Ship Commanding Officers, Officers In Charge or the Maintenance Team must:

p. 287

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-23-4 a. Request gas turbine inspections. b. Prepare for scheduled inspections to include required operational testing. c. Review inspection results and initiate co rrective action for those items within Ship’s Force capability. Initiate requests for the correction of items beyond Ship’s Force capability. If any of the discrepancies cannot be corrected within 72 hours following completion of the inspection, or if said discrepancies will impact the ship’s operational schedule, initiate a Casualty Report for the affected gas turbine(s). d. Assess the impact (if any) of corrective action on operating schedules and advise the operational commanders. Decide (with repair activities) the optimum timing of repair actions to minimize impact on operating schedules. e. Submit reports. f. Schedule gas turbine inspections as required by appropriate Planned Maintenance System (PMS) or Class Maintenance Plan item. 23.3.2.8 Marine Gas Turbine Inspectors. MGTIs are authorized and responsible for, but not limited to, performing the following: a. Perform periodic intermediate level insp ections per Gas Turbine Bulletins (GTB) and Ancillary Equipment Bulletins. b. Perform GTRR, Assessments, post cas ualty investigations, pre-deployment inspections and pre-Planned Major Maintenance Availability inspections. c. Provide troubleshooting a ssistance to ships and Fleet Maintenance Activities (FMA). d. Oversee in-place gas turbine repairs if currently qualified for the specific repair. e. Oversee Gas Turbine Tec hnical Directive installations. f. Monitor compliance with configuration status accounting and technical directive reporting requirements. g. Make engine change-out recomm endations to NSWCPD via the RMCs. h. Act as team leader (if curre ntly qualified for specific repairs) for in-place gas turbine repairs and gas turbine change-out if attendant FMA does not have a team leader qualified for the specific repair. i. MGTIs are part of the te chnical authority chain-of-command and are accountable to the NAVSEA Technical Warrant Holder for the performance of their inspection duties. NOTE: THE SHIP’S FORCE MGTI CAN ONLY ACCOMPLISH SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND OPERATIONAL ASSESSMENTS ON THEIR OWN SHIP. THE SHIP’S FORCE MGTI WILL ASSIST THE RMC MGTI DURING ROUTINE AND AVAILABILITY RELATED INSPECTIONS. THE SHIP’S FORCE MGTI MAY NOT INDEPENDENTLY CONDUCT ROUTINE, STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY INSPECTIONS ON THEIR OWN SHIP.

p. 288

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-23-5 23.4 GAS TURBINE INSPECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS. 23.4.1 Applicability. a. All gas turbine engines on surface, amphibi ous or auxiliary platforms or craft of the force will be inspected as prescribed in this section. b. Frequency of inspections of gas turbine installations by a certified MGTI will be scheduled for execution by the Commanding Officer using the Gas Turbine Assessment Class Maintenance Plan tasks issued by SURFMEPP. All Gas Turbine Readiness Review assessments and inspection will be conducted per references (a), (b) and (c), established PMS and GTB Inspection requirements as listed in reference (d). ISIC or TYCOM guidance may be solicited to avoid scheduling conflicts. 23.4.2 Pre-Planned Major Maintenance Availability. a. Prior to planned Depot level maintenance availabilities, a routine inspection must be performed on all ship’s gas turbine engines to determine maintenance or overhaul requirements. Where possible TYCOM or ISIC must ensure there is adequate time set aside in the ships employment schedule to support these inspections. b. Results of this inspection will be entere d into the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project (CSMP) and will enable the ship to submit work requests for work accomplishment by FMAs or industrial activities during Planned Major Maintenance Availabilities. 23.4.3 Pre-Deployment. a. Gas turbine engines must be inspected by a certified MGTI prior to deployment. A deployment is defined as scheduled operational commitments of 90 days or greater away from a ship’s homeport. b. Discrepancies resulting from this inspec tion will be entered into the ship’s CSMP. Noted discrepancies provide the basis for but do not limit the work to be accomplished by Ship’s Force or FMAs prior to deployment. A follow-up inspection may be scheduled 30 to 60 days before deployment or as operational commitments dictate to verify the status of repairs. The requirement to conduct a follow-up inspection will be determined by the MGTI. Follow-up inspections will be conducted when possible by the same MGTI who conducted the initial inspection. 23.4.4 Gas Turbine Bulletin Inspections. a. GTB Inspections are determined by engi ne operating hours and require scheduling 60 days prior to the inspection. Operating hours, updated monthly in the Marine Gas Turbine Information System WEBLOG via reference (e), are the engine hours used to determine inspections. b. Reference (d) lists all Technical Direc tives and their revisions and amendments. c. When GTB inspections are required coin cidence with pre-availabilities or pre- deployments, they should be coordinated with pre-availability or pre-deployment inspections to minimize duplicate effort and optimize inspections. d. Any ship not able to complete requ ired GTB Inspections within the required periodicity will request a DFS from the TYCOM.

p. 289

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-23-6 23.4.5 Casualties. Ship’s Force must conduct the initial investigation after a casualty following current directives. If Ship’s Force is unable to identify the cause of the casualty or repairs required, a certified MGTI or an RMC Technical Representative must be requested to verify the nature of the casualty, investigate for cause and make recommendations for repairs. This may be a partial inspection covering failed areas only. However, the MGTI must ensure the inspection is sufficient in scope to determine the full extent of damage and necessary repairs. 23.5 REQUESTING PROCEDURES. a. Gas turbine inspections are to be schedul ed by the ship per PMS, GTBs or ISIC or TYCOM directives. b. Gas turbine inspections are actively managed by SURFMEPP utilizing the Class Maintenance Plan. All routine gas turbine inspections will be pushed by SURFMEPP to the ship’s CSMP as part of the ship’s BAWP. SURFMEPP will also push non- routine gas turbine inspections as requested by TYCOM or the Maintenance Team. c. Once the Work Notification is availabl e in the CSMP, the Maintenance Team may schedule the requisite inspection(s). Scheduling requests should be submitted a minimum of 60 days prior to the desired dates of routine inspections. d. Gas turbine inspections may be conduc ted in conjunction with assessment programs scheduled by the ISIC or TYCOM. 23.6 PREPARATION FOR INSPECTION. The MGTI must send out a preparation package 30 days prior to the inspection. 23.7 INSPECTION PROCEDURES. 23.7.1 Post Casualty Inspections. For post casualty inspections, the Commanding Officer, Engineer Officer, Main Propulsion Assistant (MPA) and leading Gas Turbine Technician (GS) should meet with the inspector on his arrival and, where possible, the Engineer Officer, MPA and leading GS should accompany the MGTI during the inspection. 23.7.2 Pre-Availability Inspections. For pre-availability inspections, pre-deployment inspections, GTRR and Assessments, the MPA and the leading GS should meet and where possible, accompany the MGTI during the inspection. 23.8 INSPECTION CRITERIA. Deficiencies and out-of-specification readings or observances noted should be immediately corrected or recorded as specified in the applicable bulletin(s) and re-inspections scheduled. Three categories of deficiencies must be recorded per the guidance of paragraphs 23.8.1 through 23.8.4. Document the assessment finding of maintenance ready work notification (2-Kilo) per Volume VI, Chapter 42, paragraph 42.5.5 of this manual. 23.8.1 Repair Before Operating. A Repair Before Operating (RBO) is any condition existing that, if left unattended, would definitely pose a hazard to personnel safety. Only a MGTI that is currently certified may issue a RBO. RBO deficiencies require re-inspection by a MGTI that is currently certified after repairs and before the gas turbine engine is operated. A DFS will not be approved for RBOs. The following items are examples of RBO items and are not to be construed as a complete list. a. Conditions existing that if left uncorrect ed would definitely result in an uncontained failure of the engine.

p. 290

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-23-7 b. Continuous Fuel Oil leak with puddl ing that poses risk of ignition. c. Loss of structural integrity in intake or exhaust ducts which may result in personnel injury. d. Exhaust duct crack(s) that may allow e xhaust gas leakage into ship compartments. e. Non-functional over-speed trips. f. Lube oil leaks that exceed maximum limits in GGTB 17. g. Any disk cracks. 23.8.2 Severely Degraded. A severely degraded condition is any condition existing that if left unattended, would pose a hazard to equipment that may result in catastrophic failure rendering the gas turbine inoperable but does not pose a hazard to personnel safety. Any condition which is designated as severely degraded requires a Major DFS. A gas turbine with a severely degraded condition cannot be operated until it is corrected or repaired and re-inspected unless it has been properly approved as a Major DFS by the Technical Warrant Holder. The following items are examples of severely degraded items and are not to be construed as a complete list. a. Intake duct cracking that may allow foreign debris into inlet airstream. b. Blow-In-Door (BID) discrepancies resulti ng in unfiltered air entering the combustion air gas path as detailed in GGTB 27. c. Loose paneling, insulation, fasteners or other mechanical features in the inlet. d. Bent, broken or binding Variable Stator Vane (VSV) actuation arms. e. Compressor blade tip clang. f. Non-functional compressor surge control bleed valves. g. Casing cracks. h. Bearing debris found wi thin lube oil sumps. 23.8.3 Major Deficiencies. This finding is made when major problems exist, but the engine is still operable with restrictions. Any deficiency that has been noted as major must require either immediate correction within 30 days of discovery or a report must be submitted and updated quarterly to the TYCOM per paragraph 23.9.c of this chapter until the deficiencies are corrected or resolved or brokered by the Maintenance Manager. Major deficiencies require re-inspection, by an MGTI that is currently certified, after repairs and before the gas turbine engine is operated. This requirement does not alter the normal Casualty Reporting or DFS reporting requirements. The following items are examples of major items and are not to be construed as a complete list. a. Improperly rigged or worn VSVs and bushings. b. Chafed fuel oil or lube oil lines. (Beyond serviceable limits of GGTB 6) c. Stall (no tip clang) d. Bent or damaged blades. e. Loose or missing casing split line bolts. f. GTB inspection periodicity or time limits exceeded.

p. 291

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-23-8 g. Combustor liner out of specifications. h. Degraded turbine shrouds beyond serviceable limits. i. Eroded turbine section beyond serviceable limits. j. Vertical or side m ount out of specifications. k. Enclosure shock mounts exceeding GGTB 10 limit. l. Fuel nozzles not maintained per PMS or GTB. m. Turbine thermocouples not pe r technical manual requirements. n. Fuel nozzles not maintained per PMS. o. Broken or discrepant electrical harne ss cannon plugs on engine controller or sensor systems. p. Foreign Object Damage screen with cracks or missing wires that are beyond serviceable limits. q. Excessive compressor or bleed air leaks. r. Non-fuel hydraulic system leaks. s. Continuous vibrations exceeding alarm limits (not to include alarms that occur during transient operations). 23.8.4 Minor Deficiencies. a. Deficiencies exist which do not adversely affect reliability, performance or safety of the engine or operating personnel. These deficiencies, if not corrected, could result in gradual deterioration of the engine, reduced efficiency and eventually major repairs. b. Gas turbine engine can be operated with no restrictions. Discrepancies must be entered in the CSMP and scheduled for correction at earliest opportunity. 23.9 INSPECTION RESULTS. Upon completion of inspections, the MGTI will brief the Commanding Officer, Engineer Officer, MPA and senior GS of the results. Provide information for inclusion into the ships CSMP. a. Any RBO will be noted in Block 35 of the OPNAV 4790/2K. b. The engine cannot be started until RBO re pairs are complete and re-inspected by an MGTI. c. A formal GTRR report must be subm itted to the TYCOM Code N434 via the Navy Propulsion web site (https://propulsion.navsses.navy.mil). All Gas Turbine GTRR reporting to be in compliance with the latest revision of reference (b).

p. 292

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-24-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 24 WOOD HULLED SHIPS AND CRAFT REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S9086-DA-STM-000 - NSTM Chapter 100 (Hull Structures) (b) NAVSEA S9100-AD-MMA-010 - MCM-1 CLA SS Manual for Structural Repair of MCM-1 Class Ships (c) COMDTPUB P16700.4 - Navigation and Ve ssel Inspection Circular Number 7-95 (d) NAVSEA DWG 631-8629935 – YP 676 CL Paint Schedule

24.1 PURPOSE. This chapter contains basic overview of the inspection of structures on wood- hulled or wooden-decked ships and craft and preventive measures to avoid wood decay. Modern wooden boats and craft are built with wood beams, frames, and planking sealed in Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP). Traditionally wooden boats did not use Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (GFP) and thus maintenance can be very different. References for class specific maintenance procedures are provided within. 24.2 WOOD DECAY. 24.2.1 Primary Causes. Wood decay is caused by a fungus growth, which breaks down the cell structure within the wood. This fungus thrives in fresh water but its growth is significantly retarded by salt water. Wood decay generally occurs in those spaces which are poorly ventilated and where fresh water has gained access. Poor drainage, allowing fresh water to stand, even in small amounts, is particularly hazardous. The primary causes of wood decay found in ships using wood for hulls, decking and structures are identified as: a. Insufficient ventilation and air circula tion especially in spaces plagued by dampness and high humidity (i.e., chill room platforms and areas around fresh water tanks). b. Obstructed drainpipes, scuppe rs, limbers, and drain holes. c. Poorly maintained deck seams, es pecially around plywood decking and deckhouse areas. d. Depressions in the deck from sandi ng which allows fresh water to stand. e. Leaking plumbing especially in heads, water closets, and food preparation areas. 24.2.2 Recognition. Decay in the deck and hull structure is often concealed and hard to detect. It is usually not recognizable by visible fungus except in joints between surfaces. Decay may be suspected if paint coating is discolored or swollen in appearance, the wood surface is cupped. The affected wood has a pronounced stringy, fibrous appearance. Thoroughly decayed wood is brittle which, when dry, breaks easily across the grain with a distinct brash fracture and may crumble into powder. Black stains spreading along the grain from ferrous metal fastenings are usually a result of chemical reactions instead of from decay fungi. Testing procedures for suspected decay areas are detailed in reference (a).

CHAPTER 24

p. 293

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-24-2 24.2.3 Preventive Measures. Detailed preventive measures are described in reference (a). General preventive measures for the reduction of wood decay are identified in the following paragraphs, and should be accomplished by Ship’s Force. a. Correct or remove all interference with complete water runoff. b. Repair fresh water leaks in plumbing drains and fresh water supply systems. c. Maintain ventilation system in proper ope ration. Ensure ventilation system filters are kept clean, maintained clear of all foreign material, and ventilation terminals remain open. d. Carefully maintain deck seams, esp ecially around plywood decking, deckhouse, hull fittings and foundation areas. e. In fair weather, open hatches and deck plates to supplement the air circulation. f. Remove wet dunnage or shoring in below deck spaces and permit to dry. g. Avoid heavy buildup of paint. h. Check bilges and accessible voids for standing fluids once each watch. Identify and correct any leaks and promptly remove any fluids. Periodically operate all bilge Limber Chains and clear all obstructions and debris in the bilges. Wooden hulled craft are designed to operate with dry bilges. Prolonged contact with fluids will result in wood swell, which can lead to external glass reinforced plastic delamination, planking damage, and machinery misalignment. i. During inclement weather or wash-down events, inspect and identify existing leaks into the ship. Back trace the water leak to the point source, and repair the deficiency at the source. Do not apply sealer to the interior side of a freshwater leak; this will allow the water to pool and further damage the wood. 24.3 CLASS SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE. 24.3.1 MCM Class Vessels. a. The Mine Countermeasure (MCM) Class was developed using modern wooden ship construction methods. The basic hull structure is formed of laminated wooden members that use high strength glue, bolts and screws to be held in position. The exterior hull and all weather-exposed decks are covered by GRP. The GRP’s primary role is to protect the hull from marine borers below the waterline, and prevent freshwater intrusion into the wooden structure above the waterline. Reference (b) provides instruction for temporary and permanent repairs of the wooden structural components of the MCM Class ships, and the GRP sheathing. Pertinent chapters include repair of GRP in both waterborne, and dry dock situations, Deck Planking, Hull Frames, Deck Beams and Longitudinal Girders, Deck House and Watertight Bulkheads, and the embedded EMI screen on the 02 level deckhouse and deck. b. For shipboard repair of wooden structur al members and GRP, MCM class vessels are to use West System two-part epoxy, or the same adhesive (typically Resorcinol glue) as specified in original construction drawings. Where Reference (b) is silent, literature to the use of West System epoxy for boat building and repair is readily available from

p. 294

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 2 31 MAR 2022 IV-24-3 the manufacture’s website, and customer assistance line. Resorcinol glue requires significant clamping force on the joining wood members to provide a proper bond, and has no gap filling capabilities. For these reasons, Resorcinol glue is currently not specified for shipboard repairs. Wood putty, spackle, marine sealants (including 3M Products 4200 and 5200) or other wood glue style products are not authorized for use as adhesives or fairing compounds of wooden structural members unless they are specified in the as-built configuration drawings. 24.3.2 YP Class Vessels. The Yard Patrol (YP) Class was developed using modern wooden ship construction methods. The basic hull structure is formed of laminated wooden members that use high strength glue, bolts and screws to be held in position. The exterior hull and all weather- exposed decks are covered by GRP. The GRP’s primary role is to protect the hull from marine borers below the waterline, and prevent freshwater intrusion into the wooden structure above the waterline. Reference (c) and (d) provides general guidance for temporary and permanent repairs of the wooden structural components of the YP Class ships, and the GRP sheathing. 24.3.3 USS Constitution. The USS Constitution is the world's oldest commissioned naval vessel still afloat. This one of a kind vessel is maintained by a dedicated team at Naval History & Heritage Command Detachment Boston.

p. 295

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 25 GAS FREE ENGINEERING INSPECTIONS REFERENCES. (a) NAVSEA S6470-AA-SAF-010 - Naval Maritime Confined Space Program (b) NAVSEA S9086-CH-STM-030 - NSTM 074 V3 (Gas Free Engineering) (c) OSHA 29 CFR 1915 - OSHA Regulations - Subparts B, C, D, and H (d) OPNAVINST 5100.23 - Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Gas Free Engineering Program Assessment Sheet 25.1 PURPOSE. To define Fleet Gas Free Engineering (GFE) inspection policy and oversight policy. 25.2 SCOPE. This chapter is applicable to all Gas Free service provided by all personnel (military and civilian) assigned to a Naval Maintenance Facility (NMF), Navy ship or submarine. NMF is defined as Regional Maintenance Center (RMC), Regional Support Group (RSG), Ship Repair Facility (SRF), and Department of the Navy Shipyards. 25.3 DISCUSSION. The correct application of GFE programs is varied and may be confusing to individuals unfamiliar with references (a) through (d). a. During ship repair operations including shipbuilding, ship repair, ship breaking, and related employment (related employment means any employment performed as an incident to or in conjunction with ship repairing, shipbuilding, or ship breaking work, including, but not restricted to, inspection, testing, and employment as a watchman). b. Table 25-1 shall be used to identify app licable requirements for the entity performing work.

CHAPTER 25

p. 296

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-2 Table 25-1 Entity performing ship repair operation and location of ship during those operations NAVSEA SAF-010 NSTM 074 V3 OSHA 29 CFR 1915 Applicable guidance Submarine Ship’s Force Personnel entry into confined spaces including all tanks, voids, battery wells, missile tubes and reactor compartments when located at an NMF X  In port GFE services must be obtained from the local supporting NMF while pier side. If in port without a supporting NMF, the Medical Department Representative (MDR) may check spaces gas free only for submarine personnel.  The MDR shall not, under any circumstances, provide gas free services to DOD or contractor civilian personnel in port. Submarine Ship’s Force personnel entry into confined spaces, including all tanks, voids, battery wells, missile tubes and reactor compartments when underway X In accordance with reference (b), on submarines, the MDR serves as the GFE. The MDR’s GFE services are strictly limited to underway periods. Submarine Ship’s Force Personnel entry into confined spaces including all tanks, voids, battery wells, missile tubes and reactor compartments when at a private shipyard X X When pierside in a private shipyard, GFE services will be obtained from an NFPA marine chemist by Ship’s Force through the governing contract with the private shipyard. If such support services are not provided for in the contract, Ship’s Force shall obtain required GFE services through the local supporting NMF.

p. 297

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-3 Entity performing ship repair operation and location of ship during those operations NAVSEA SAF-010 NSTM 074 V3 OSHA 29 CFR 1915 Applicable guidance Surface ship Ship’s Force entry into confined spaces while ship is at a Naval Station berth. X For entry into confined spaces for inspections, preventive maintenance, and access to stowage reference (b) requirements will be followed or the ship may obtain NMF GFE/National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) marine chemist services. Surface ship Ship’s Force hot work while ship is at a Naval Station berth. X Follow reference (b) requirements or obtain NMF GFE/NFPA marine chemist services, as required below:  Hot work certifications will not be issued to conduct work where DoD civilians or contractors are working in the same space or may be affected by the hot work. The ship’s GFE shall coordinate hot work with NMF GFE and/or NFPA marine chemists in advance to ensure awareness and coordination of Ship’s Force work. The ship’s GFE shall follow NMF GFE and NFPA marine chemist guidance as appropriate.  When pier side, ship’s force shall not certify hot work within, on or immediately adjacent (through heat transfer, spark, or hot slag contact) to: 1. Spaces that contain or last contained combustible or flammable liquids or gases. 2. Fuel tanks that contain or last contained fuel.

p. 298

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-4 Entity performing ship repair operation and location of ship during those operations NAVSEA SAF-010 NSTM 074 V3 OSHA 29 CFR 1915 Applicable guidance X 3. Pipelines, heating coils, pump fittings or other accessories connected to spaces that contain or last contained fuel.  When in a port location without services from NMF GFE or NFPA marine chemist, the ship’s GFE will seek approval to conduct certification for emergent hot work operations referenced above from the applicable Type Commander/echelon III N43.  Ship’s Force afloat Gas Free Engineer shall not provide GFE services to DoD or contractor civilian personnel under these circumstances.  With permission of the local supporting NMF or Marine Chemist, if conditions remain unchanged from the environment described on certifications the ship’s GFE may maintain certificates initially issued by NMF GFE or NFPA certified marine chemist. If conditions change work must be stopped and recertification obtained by originating NMF GFE or NFPA marine chemist.

p. 299

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-5 Entity performing ship repair operation and location of ship during those operations NAVSEA SAF-010 NSTM 074 V3 OSHA 29 CFR 1915 Applicable guidance Surface ship Ship’s Force entry into confined spaces or hot work operations when in a private shipyard. X X X  GFE services for operations noted will be obtained from the private shipyard through the governing contract with the private shipyard.  If such support services are not provided for in the contract, Ship’s Force shall obtain required GFE services through the local supporting NMF or NFPA certified marine chemist. Surface ship Ship’s Force entry into confined spaces or hot work operations when in a Naval shipyard or Naval Ship Repair Facility. X X  Follow reference (a) requirements.  While at a NMF, upon written approval from the NMF GFE or MCSPM, Afloat GFE Personnel may issue Navy Gas Free Certification and Test Logs for Ship’s Force personnel in accordance with reference (b). Tender, uniformed personnel, working on the tender or tended vessel not in a private shipyard, Naval shipyard or Naval Ship Repair Facility X Tenders shall follow reference (b) for all repair work on the tender or on tended vessels. Tender, uniformed personnel, working on a tender or tended vessel while in a Naval shipyard or Naval Ship Repair Facility X When work is conducted while vessels (tender/ship/submarine) is at an NMF, reference (a) becomes the governing instruction. See the requirements for “Ship’s Force entry into confined spaces or hot work operations when in a Naval shipyard or Naval Ship Repair Facility” identified above

p. 300

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-6 Entity performing ship repair operation and location of ship during those operations NAVSEA SAF-010 NSTM 074 V3 OSHA 29 CFR 1915 Applicable guidance Tender, uniformed personnel, working on the tender or tended vessel while in a private shipyard. X When work is conducted while vessels (tender/ship/submarine) is at private shipyard reference (c) is the governing instruction. See the requirements for “Ship’s Force entry into confined spaces or hot work operations when in a private shipyard” identified above. Department of Defense (DOD) civilians and NMF uniformed personnel performing any ship repair operations including hot work and entry into confined or poorly ventilated enclosed spaces regardless of the geographical location of the ship. X  NMF personnel shall follow reference (a) requirements.  In accordance with reference (d) Navy shore non-maritime commands performing ship repair operations shall comply with reference (a). Examples of Navy shore non- maritime commands performing ship repair operations include: 1. Assault Craft Unit personnel conducting landing craft repair work at its shore repair activity. 2. NAVAIR personnel performing hot work or confined space entry shipboard. 3. NSWC personnel entering confined spaces for inspections. 4. NSWC personnel using flammable materials to perform hull patching onboard ships.

p. 301

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-7 Entity performing ship repair operation and location of ship during those operations NAVSEA SAF-010 NSTM 074 V3 OSHA 29 CFR 1915 Applicable guidance Non-Department of Defense (DoD) Contractors (including foreign contractors) performing any ship repair operations including hot work and entry into confined or potentially dangerous atmospheres within U.S. territorial waters. X  Non-DoD (contractor) personnel: contractor personnel conducting ship repair work on ships located inside U.S. territorial waters are required to follow reference (c) requirements whether the ship is in a government or privately owned ship repair facility.  NSAs shall ensure all contracts include reference (c) requirements and ensure contractor compliance. Non-Department of Defense (DoD) Contractors (including foreign contractors) performing any ship repair operations including hot work and entry into confined or potentially dangerous atmospheres outside U.S. territorial waters. X X Provisions in reference (b) allow the shipboard GFE to provide GFE services to contractor personnel when the ship is located outside U.S. territorial waters. These provisions are intended solely as a last resort to accomplish mission and time critical work and are not intended to relieve contractors of the obligation to provide their own services in accordance with reference (c) whenever and wherever possible. Until this distinction can be formally addressed, the contracting office shall notify Ship’s Force whenever a contractor cannot provide their own GFE services. Ship’s Force will then seek applicable Type Commander/Echelon III N43 approval on a case-by-case basis prior to providing GFE services to contractor personnel (both foreign and U.S. nationals) outside U.S. territorial waters.

p. 302

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-8 Notes: 1. NMF is defined as Regional Maintenance Center (RMC), Regional Support Group, Ship Repair Facility, Department of the Navy Shipyards. 2. Contractor work onboard nava l vessels outside U.S. territorial waters: Provisions in reference (b) allow the shipboard Gas Free Engineer to provide GFE services to contractor personnel when the ship is located outside U.S. territorial waters. These provisions are intended solely as a last resort to accomplish mission and time critical work and are not intended to relieve contractors of the obligation to provide their own certified GFE services whenever and wherever possible. Until this distinction can be formally addressed, the contracting office must notify Ship’s Force whenever a contractor cannot provide their own GFE services. Ship’s Force will then seek applicable Type Commander or Echelon III N43 approval on a case-by-case basis prior to providing GFE services to contractor personnel (both foreign and U.S. nationals) outside U.S. territorial waters. 3. Example: An Assault Craft, conducting landing cr aft repair work at its shore repair activity. 4. When an RMC is conducting work on a naval vessel that is located pierside, NMF personnel must follow reference (a) requirements. 5. a. Ship ’s Force should follow reference (b) requirements or may obtain NMF GFE or National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA) marine chemist services, if necessary, when pierside for Ship’s Force entry into confined and enclosed spaces for inspections, preventive maintenance, and access to stowage. b. Ship ’s Force should follow reference (b) requirements or obtain NMF GFE or NFPA marine chemist services, if necessary, when pierside for hot work certifications for Ship’s Force work in confined and enclosed spaces, except as noted in paragraph c. of this note. Ship’s Force will not provide hot work certification following reference (b) requirements to conduct work where DOD civilians or contractors are working in the same space or may be affected by work conducted by Ship’s Force. The afloat Gas Free Engineer must coordinate hot work aboard ship with NMF Gas Free Engineers or NFPA marine chemists aboard ship in advance of specific Ship’s Force evolutions to ensure awareness and coordination of Ship’s Force work. The afloat Gas Free Engineer must follow NMF Gas Free Engineer and NFPA marine chemist guidance as appropriate. c. Ship ’s Force, when pierside, must not certify hot work operations within, on or immediately adjacent (through heat transfer, spark or hot slag contact) to: (1) Spaces that contain or last contai ned combustible or flammable liquids or gases. (2) Fuel tanks that contai n or last contained fuel. (3) Pipelines, heating coils, pump fittings or other accessories connected to spaces that contain or last contained fuel. d. Ship ’s Force, when pierside, must obtain support services for hot work operations listed in paragraph c. of this note through the local supporting NMF. When pierside in a private shipyard, optional GFE services for operations in paragraphs a. and b. of this

p. 303

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-9 note and required GFE services for operations in paragraph c. of this note will be obtained from an NFPA marine chemist by Ship’s Force through the governing contract with the private shipyard. If such support services are not provided for in the contract, Ship’s Force must obtain required GFE services through the local supporting NMF. e. When in a port location without services from NMF GFE or NFPA marine chemist, the afloat Gas Free Engineer will seek approval to conduct certification for emergent hot work operations referenced in paragraph c. of this note from the applicable Type Commander or Echelon III N43. Ship’s Force afloat Gas Free Engineer must not provide GFE services to DOD or contractor civilian personnel under these circumstances. f. With permission of the local supporting NMF, if conditions remain unchanged from the environment described on the confined space entry tag, afloat Gas Free Engineer may maintain certificates initially issued by NMF Gas Free Engineer or NFPA certified marine chemist referenced in paragraphs a., b. and d. of this note. If conditions change, immediately evacuate space and obtain recertification by originating NMF Gas Free Engineer or NFPA marine chemist. g. Submarine personnel must obtain GFE se rvices from the local supporting NMF while pierside. 6. Tenders must follow reference (b) for all re pair work, on the tender itself or ships or submarines, except when the work is conducted while the vessel (tender, ship or submarine) is at an NMF at which point reference (a) becomes the governing instruction. Locations where in port GFE services are not available ensure that entry into, or hot work in or on fuel tanks, spaces in which fuel tank vents terminate, piping or equipment servicing such spaces or other confined spaces known to contain flammable fuels or fuel vapors is permitted only if approved by the Commanding Officer (CO) for each occasion as specified in paragraph 074- 19.4.b of reference (b). Treat tanks as Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health and follow procedures in paragraph 074-19.14 of reference (b). 7. Non-DoD (contractor) personnel: contractor personnel conducting ship repair work on ships located inside U.S. territorial waters are required to follow reference (c) requirements whether the ship is in a government or privately owned ship repair facility. RMCs must ensure all contracts include reference (c) requirements and ensure contractor compliance. 25.4 OVERSIGHT. To ensure compliance with reference (b), the afloat GFE program on surface ships, aircraft carriers and submarines must be evaluated using the following requirements: a. The CO must require the safety officer to evaluate the GFE program at least annually as outlined in reference (b). The safety officer, Damage Control Assistant, and submarine Medical Department Representative must use Appendix A, Gas Free Engineering Program Assessment Sheet, to conduct the annual evaluation. A copy of this report will be sent to the Type Commander (TYCOM) Safety Officer. b. The TYCOM Safety Officer must perfor m an annual evaluation of the afloat GFE program and provide a report to the Fleet N43 during the first quarter of the calendar year.

p. 304

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25-10 (1) TYCOM, as part of the annual eval uation, must collect and analyze data from assessment results from Safety Center Surveys, Board of Inspection and Survey (INSURV) material inspections, Afloat Training Group (ATG) program assessments, crew certification and Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC) assessments. (2) TYCOM must also spot check af loat GFE programs using Appendix A to include in the annual self-evaluation. c. Submarine ISICs, INSURV, ATG, and TYCOM may use Appendix A to support scheduled assessments of afloat GFE programs. Table 25-2 outlines applicable sections to be assessed. Each assessing agent will have the option of expanding their assessment to other sections, if they deem necessary, based on any developing deficiency trends during the assessment. The assessing agent may elect to accept satisfactory results of another recent assessment, if it was performed within the last 3 to 6 months. Section 9 of Appendix A is the performance section that can be observed as a stand-alone event or in conjunction with planned unit drills. Table 25-2 Periodicity Assessing Agent Section Basic Phase of the Fleet Response Training Plan ATG Section 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9 Material Inspection (36 Months) INSURV Section 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 9 Follow up based on assessment results TYCOM or ISIC All Sections d. Suggested changes or updates can be made to the TYCOM Safety Officer.

p. 305

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A GAS FREE ENGINEERING PROGRAM ASSESSMENT SHEET Purpose: This assessment tool is comprehensive because it reviews the GFE Program administrative requirements, training records, equipment usage, GFE personnel performance and gas free evolutions. Directions: This evaluation will take approximately 4 to 6 hours to complete. Review the assessment sheet in its entirety before starting. To ensure a complete and thorough assessment, applicable reference material, training records, 3-M documentation, equipment and coordinated drill observation with Ships Force personnel should be pre-arranged prior to starting the evaluation. a. If a line item requirement is met, annotate “yes” in the appropriate block. b. If a line item is not met, annotate “no” in the appropriate block. c. If a line item does not apply on the check sheet, depending on ship configuration, place not applicable (N/A) in the appropriate block. NOTE: THE REFERENCES IDENTIFIED BELOW ARE SPECIFIC TO THIS APPENDIX, NOT THE MAIN BODY OF THE CHAPTER. REFERENCES. (a) S9086-CH-STM-030/CH-074V3 - Gas Free Engineering (b) COMNAVSUBFORINST 6000.2C - Standard Submarine Medical Procedures Manual (c) AEL 2-880044260 - Allowance Equipment List (d) MIP 6641/007 - Detection Equipment (for submarines) (e) MIP 6641/030 - Detection E quipment (for surface ships) (f) MIP 6641/064 – Detection Equipment (for LCS Class) (g) MIP 6641/067 - Detection E quipment (for DDG-1000 Class) (h) MIP 5519/015 - Supplied Air Respirator (for surface ships) (i) MIP 5519/050 - Supplied Air Respirator (for LCS 1 Class) (j) MIP 5519/100 - Supplied Air Respirator (for DDG-1000 Class) (k) COMNAVSURFORINST 3502.34 - Surface Force Readiness Manual Ships Name: ____________________________________Date: _________________________ Reference (a) Section 1: GFE Personnel Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-18.6) Does the command have at least 1 person trained, qualified and certified as the Afloat Gas Free Engineer?

p. 306

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-2 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 1: GFE Personnel (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-18.8) and (074-18.11) Review members service record. Is the designation letter signed by the CO? Is a copy of the letter in the GFE notebook?

What is the date of the certification or recertification letter? Date: _____________________

(074-18.9) Is the Gas Free Engineer a graduate of one of the following courses: K- 495-0051, A-4G-1111, or Navy Undersea Medical Institute?

(074-18.8) Did the Gas Free Engineer receive 40 hours On the Job Training (OJT) under the supervision of an official Afloat Maritime Gas Free Engineer or Navy Undersea Medical Institute?

Is the 40 hours of OJT documented? (074-18.8) If the unit did not have a qualified Gas Free Engineer on board, did the CO waive (in writing) the 40 hour OJT requirement?

If 40 hour OJT is waived, did the Gas Free Engineer graduate from a Gas Free Engineer Course of Instruction within the last 36 months?

(074-18.8, 074-18.9 and 074-18.11) Does the command have a Gas Free Engineer Assistant? If so, is the Gas Free Engineer Assistant an E-6 or above and have satisfactorily completed one of the formal Gas Free Engineer training courses?

Review members service record. Is the designation letter signed by the CO to perform GFE functions? A copy in the GFE notebook?

What is the date of the certification or recertification letter? Date: _____________________

p. 307

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-3 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 1: GFE Personnel (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-18.8 and 18.9) Does the command have GFE Petty Officers (GFEPO)?

Is the GFEPO an E-4 or above and satisfactorily completed the formal Gas Free Engineer and Gas Free Engineering Petty Officer for Surface (Afloat) Operations Course K-495-0051?

Did the GFEPO complete NAVEDTRA 43704 (series) watch station 316, under the supervision of the shipboard Gas Free Engineer?

Does the GFEPO(s) have a designation letter signed by the CO to perform gas free engineering functions? (Review service record) A copy in the GFE notebook?

(074-18.6) Are there enough GFEPOs to include at a minimum, one GFEPO per ship’s import or at sea fire party and each DC Repair Station?

Reference (a) Section 2: Recertification of Gas Free Engineering Personnel (GFEP) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-18.10 and 074-18.11) Were GFEP recertified annually? Is a copy of certification or recertification in the GFE notebook? Proof of certification or recertification during Medical Readiness Inspection per reference (b). (074-18.10) Did GFEP demonstrate that they have satisfactorily engaged in gas free engineering evolutions during the year? (At least 10 certificates)

p. 308

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-4 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 2: Recertification of Gas Free Engineering Personnel (GFEP) (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-18.10) If GFEP were not actively engaged in gas free engineering (as defined by this appendix) did they complete a minimum of five gas free evolutions OJT under the direct supervision of a certified Gas Free Engineer?

(074-18.10) Review how this was documented and if the method used was adequate and not over simplified just to recertify GFEP. If the OJT recertification methods were not feasible, did GFEP recertify based on a practical and oral or written examination, both of which sufficiently demonstrate capability?

(074-18.10) Did all GFEP complete refresher training in emergency rescue procedures prior to recertification? Review training records.

(074-18.10) Was the periodicity of CPR refresher training per the requirements of the American Heart or American Red Cross Associations (biannual)? Review members CPR record or card. Reference (a) Section 3: GFE Annual Program Evaluation Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-18.10) Does the Safety Officer evaluate the Gas Free Engineering program annually?

(074-18.10) Did the evaluation include recertification of GFEP?

(074-18.10) Did the Safety Officer evaluate the CPR program for compliance and effectiveness?

(074-18.10) Does the Gas Free Engineer and Safety Officer maintain a record of annual evaluation results?

p. 309

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-5 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 4: Gas Free Certification Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine Review annual evaluations. Safety Officer and Afloat Gas Free Engineer must have copies of these evaluations. Did the evaluation identify deficiencies of the program? If so, was a plan of action developed to rectify the deficiencies?

(074-18.15) Is a gas free certificate issued for all confined space inspections or testing?

(074-18.16) Are the certifications maintained for a period no less than 12 months?

(074-18.16) Appendix C of 074 Is the Gas Free Engineering notebook being maintained?

(Section 20) Appendix D of 074 If hot work was performed during the gas free evolution, validate through site visits or review a random sampling of certificates maintained by the Gas Free Engineer to assess hot work compliance. Is the gas free certification accurately filled out? Does the certification contain the following information at a minimum: - Date and time of test - Date and time of certificate expiration - Date and time of retesting and update of certificate - Signature of GFEP performing tests or retests, as applicable. - Name of the command - Location and identification of the space - The type of operation for which the certificate is requested such as hot work, spray painting, etc. - Category of conditions found to exist (e.g., “Safe for Personnel - Not Safe for Hot Work”) - Requirements for conditions or operations within the space - Special conditions, as appropriate - Results of the test performed

(074-20.5) Are there any abnormalities of testing results? Have follow-up actions been taken on the results?

p. 310

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-6 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 4: Gas Free Certification (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-20.2, 074-20.3 and 074-20.4) Are GFEP issuing certificates for work they are authorized to? Did the GFE or GFEA delegate testing to GFEPOs? Were all the requirements for delegating met?

(074-18.12.B) While inport did S/F use a NMF Gas Free Engineer or NFPA Marine Chemist to certify hot work operations within, on or immediately adjacent to (review GFE certificates): (1) Spaces that contain or last contained combustible or flammable liquids or gases. (2) Fuel tanks that contain or last contained fuel. (3) Pipelines, heating coils, pump fittings or other accessories connected to spaces that contain or last contained fuel.

(074-18.12.B) Did S/F seek support services from local NMF for hot work operations on these spaces?

(074-18.12.C) Did the af loat Gas Free Engineer consult with NMF Gas Free Engineers or NFPA marine chemists where DoD civilians or contractors are working in the same space or may be affected by work conducted by Ship’s Force?

(074-19.14) Has the command ever entered into Immediate Danger to Life and Health space? If so, was it under emergency conditions?

Did the CO authorize the opening and entry into Immediate Danger to Life and Health spaces?

p. 311

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-7 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 4: Gas Free Certification (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-19.5) Did personnel working in a confined space have an observer or an attendant outside the space?

Did outside attendants maintain communication with personnel entering or working inside confined spaces?

Reference (a) Section 5: Command Training Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-18.9) Have all hands received gas free engineering program familiarization upon reporting aboard and annually thereafter?

(074-18.9) Are training records maintained by the division officer or in R-ADM? MDR?

Appendix B Does the lesson plan cover the key elements of Appendix B for command personnel on the GFE program?

(074-25.7) Review drill packages Does the Gas Free Engineer or Gas Free Engineer Assistant provide confined space rescue training to personnel participating in confined space rescue at least semi-annually?

Reference (a) Section 6: Gas Free Engineering Equipment Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine Reference (c) (Refer to ships Damage Control Repair Station Allowance Equipment List (AEL) and equipment AEL for total number of kits required.) Is the gas free equipment quantities maintained per applicable AEL? (Compare the Damage Control Repair Station shortage list against inventory list.) Document shortage in remarks section.

Submarine: Refer to equipment AEL Does the shortfall list have current requisition numbers assigned?

(074-27.14.b) Spot check calibration gas cylinders Is the calibration gas within the expiration date?

p. 312

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-8 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 6: Gas Free Engineering Equipment (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine Spot-check chemical detection tubes. Are there any expired chemical detection tubes?

Detection Equipment (references (d), (e), (f) or (g)). Review PMS 13-week file. Was the maintenance performed following applicable MRCs? Any documented discrepancies?

SAR or SCBA (references (h), (i) or (j)) Review PMS 13-week file. Has the maintenance been performed following the applicable MRCs within periodicity and when required? Any documented discrepancies?

Review SAR or SCBA ASA DC Material Check Sheet (reference (k)) Is the ASA check sheet filled out and is there evidence of a quarterly review by DCA or LCPO? Are there any UNSAT marks, if so, is there any corrective action(s) documented (i.e., CSMP entry, 8 o’clock report entries)?

Reference COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 Section 7: JFMM Requirements for Inport GFE Operations Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine 074-18.14 Or COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 (Volume IV Chapter 25) Did SF conduct GFE services for contractor personnel when the unit was outside U.S. territorial waters? Was this specified in the contract? Did the unit obtain TYCOM or Echelon III N43 approval prior to conducting GFE services?

When in a port location without services from NMF Gas Free Engineer or NFPA marine chemist, did the afloat Gas Free Engineer seek approval to conduct certification for emergent hot work operations from the Type Commander Echelon III N43?

Did submarine personnel obtain GFE services from the local supporting NMF while pierside?

p. 313

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-9 APPENDIX A Reference COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 Section 7: JFMM Requirements for Inport GFE Operations (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine Did the tender, in a port where GFE services are not available, ensure that entry into, or hot work in or on fuel tanks, spaces in which fuel tank vents terminate, piping or equipment servicing such spaces or other confined spaces known to contain flammable fuels or fuel vapors was approved by the Commanding Officer?

Reference (a) Section 8: Hot Work Annex Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-22.3) Cleaning or ventilating for Hot Work (Field observation or certificate review) Check for confined spaces where hot work is being performed, was the space tested, inspected, emptied of flammable cargo, cleaned and ventilated and certified Safe for Hot Work?

Are hot work sites always inspected for combustible or flammable materials before hot work is authorized?

If combustible materials cannot be removed from a hot work site, what is done?

What method of venting is used to prevent explosions?

(074-22.4) Fire Watch (Field observation or certificate review) Was there a fire watch? Was the fire watch equipped with extinguishing equipment? Did the fire watch have the right personal protective equipment? Was the fire watch properly staged to extinguish a fire if it was to occur? Was there adequate number of fire watches?

(074-22.6) Boundary Spaces (Field observation or certificate review) Prior to hot work, how are potential adjacent space hazards controlled?

p. 314

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-10 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 8: Hot Work Annex (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-22.6.2) Pipes, Tubes, Coils (Field observation or certificate review) Are pipes, tubes, coils or similar items which service, enter or exit a confined space flushed, blown, purged or otherwise cleaned and certified Safe for Hot Work before the performance of hot work on such items?

Are valves to pipes, tubes or similar items closed, pipes blanked off and tagged out?

(074-22.6.3) Hot work on Closed Containers or Structures (Field observation or certificate review) Are hollow structures, drums, containers, jacketed vessels or similar items cleaned, flushed, purged, inerted, filled with water or otherwise made safe prior to hot work?

Are the items inspected, cleaned, tested and certified before performing hot work?

Before hot work, are items which are closed and subject to pressure build-up vented from any application of heat?

Is the method of venting selected to prevent ignition or explosion during the venting process?

(074-24.3) Are the requirements for Gas Inerting operations met? Are the requirements of 074-24.3.1 followed when vent holes must be drilled?

Reference (a) Section 9: Gas Free Engineering Performance (This can be assessed as a standalone event or in conjunction with planned drills.) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-27.9.1) Pre-Check of the Four-Gas Analyzer Was the four-gas analyzer’s battery charged and all the components inspected before use?

Was the sampling probe visually inspected to verify that the water barrier, filter, and O-ring in place?

p. 315

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-11 APPENDIX A Reference (a) Section 9: Gas Free Engineering Performance (This can be assessed as a standalone event or in conjunction with planned drills.) (Cont’d) Surface Ship Aircraft Carrier Submarine (074-27.13) Four Gas Analyzer Calibration Before calibration, is the Four Gas Analyzer zeroed in a fresh air environment?

Were the four gas analyzers calibrated before each day’s use?

(074.L.4) Dreager Pump Was the rapid opening time test performed?

Was the 30-minute leak test performed for model 21/31 or 15 minutes for Accuro? Was the counter zeroed?

(074 25) Emergency Rescue Procedures (This will require a review of the section to determine if requirements were met.) Were the procedures followed as outlined in Section 25? Annotate specific discrepancies in Remarks section.

(074.19.11 Testing Procedures Was initial testing performed from outside the space by drop test or by insertion of sample probe or hoses?

Were the following tests conducted in this order? (May be some simultaneously depending on the instrument used). 1. Oxygen 2. Combustible vapors or gases 3. Toxic gases

p. 316

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 1 15 Jan 2021 IV-25A-12 APPENDIX A Remarks

Assessor: __________________________________________Date: ______________________

p. 317

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 26 BOARD OF INSPECTION AND SURVEY INSPECTIONS POLICY REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST 4730.5 - Material Inspection of Vessels Conducted by the Board of Inspection and Survey (b) OPNAVINST 4700.8 - Trials, Acceptance, Commissioning, Fitting Out, Shakedown, and Post-Shakedown Availability of U.S. Naval Ships Undergoing Construction or Conversion (c) OPNAVINST 4770.5 - General Policy for the Inactivation, Retirement and Disposition of U.S. Naval Vessels (d) NAVSEAINST 4790.8- Ships’ Maintenance and Material Management Manual (e) INSURVINST 4730.2 - Trials and Mate rial Inspections of Submarines (f) INSURVINST 4730.1 - Material Inspections (MI) of Surface Ships (g) NWP 1-03.1 - Naval Warfare Publication Operational Report LISTING OF APPENDICES. A INSURV Material Inspection Plan of Action and Milestones 26.1 PURPOSE. To define the responsibilities and provide guidance for the preparation and conduct of a Board of Inspection and Survey (INSURV) Material Inspections (MI). 26.1.1 Scope. The policies and actions required by this chapter are applicable to all ships of the U.S. Navy. 26.1.2 Background. INSURV was established by Title 10, U.S. Code, Section 8674, as a board of Naval Officers to make recommendations to the Secretary of the Navy as to which vessels, if any, should be stricken from the Naval register. Additionally, per reference (a), INSURV has been tasked with providing assurance to the Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) regarding the ship’s material readiness and command’s self-assessment effectiveness. 26.1.3 Discussion. a. INSURV is charged with conductin g five basic types of inspections. (1) Combined Trials or Acceptance Tr ials for new construction or conversion ships. Details are discussed in volume I, chapter 4 of this manual. (2) Guarantee Material Inspection or Fina l Contract Trials for new construction or conversion ships. Details are discussed in volume I, chapter 4 of this manual. (3) Material Inspections (MI) are c onducted on U.S. Navy commissioned ships and submarines as discussed in this chapter and reference (a). (4) Special Trials and Re-Trials, when approved by CNO, for cases where either a vessel was incomplete at Final Contract Trial (FCT), or mission degrading

CHAPTER 26

p. 318

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26-2 deficiencies occurred at FCT and impacted the Board’s ability to make a Fleet Introduction assessment per reference (b). (5) Surveys for ships scheduled for d ecommissioning, Retention, Mobilization or as a Foreign Military Sale. Refer to reference (c) for additional information. NOTE: COMBINED TRIALS AND GUARANT EE MATERIAL INSPECTIONS (MI) ARE CONDUCTED ON SUBMARINES ONLY. ACCEPTANCE TRIALS AND FINAL CONTRACT TRIALS ARE CONDUCTED ON ALL OTHER SHIPS. b. Detailed procedures for reporting MI deficiencies in the Maintenance and Material Management system are contained in reference (d). c. Milestones for inspections are s hown in Appendix A of this chapter. 26.1.4 Policy. a. As designated in reference (a), Inspec tions conducted by INSURV provide assurance to Congress, Secretary of the Navy (SECNAV), Chief of Naval Operations (CNO), Fleet Commanders, Systems Commanders (SYSCOM), Type Commanders (TYCOM) and Commanding Officers (CO) that mechanisms to identify, document and resolve material deficiencies are adequate; that these processes are judiciously executed; and that they provide the commensurate level of effectiveness, efficiency and material readiness. b. However, per reference (a), periodic mate rial inspections must be scheduled with minimal notice given to the vessels’ crews. Minimal notice is generally considered to be 30 days. The intent of minimal notice is to capture as-found material condition. The 30-day notification period is to allow for scheduling of necessary resources and to develop an inspection schedule of events. To this end, the ship will establish a program to complete administrative and organizational preparations for the INSURV inspection commencing no earlier than official notification of the inspection by INSURV. Ships must utilize the guidance shown in Appendix A of this chapter. 26.2 RESPONSIBILITIES. 26.2.1 Type Commander. The Type Commander must: a. Act as the cognizant author ity for the conduct of INSURV inspections for all ships and maintain awareness of inspections due. b. Nominate, in conjunction with cogni zant numbered Fleet Commander, ships and submarines for inspections and surveys by INSURV. TYCOM and numbered Fleet commander schedulers are considered trusted agents for the purpose of scheduling MIs without violating Title 10 notification requirements. d. Review Safety Survey results and correctiv e action status report provided by the ship’s CO. e. Track and work to resolve historical i ssues with systems, equipment and processes identified by INSURV.

p. 319

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26-3 f. Coordinate with the Immediate Superior In Command (ISIC) to disseminate the best practices and lessons learned. 26.2.2 Immediate Superior In Command. Upon a vessel receiving notification of an MI from INSURV, the ISIC must (TYCOM responsible if ISIC is not assigned): a. For Surface Force Ships only, if the ISIC is deployed, the ISIC will request the numbered fleet commander assign non-deployed local Squadron to assist with inspection preparations. b. Monitor Ship’s Force pr eparation for the inspection. c. Send reports per Appendix A. Surf ace Ship ISICs will conduct an inspection readiness assessment prior to submitting. Develop and disseminate a standardized Schedule of Events for assigned ships. d. Ensure preparation for the sequen ce of accomplishing inspection underway demonstrations is conducted in advance of inspection. e. Ensure post inspection repor ting procedures are followed. f. Attend post-INSURV inspection critiques. g. Ensure supporting subordinate commands are prepared for the scheduled INSURV. h. Ensure that the ship is prepared to discuss Current Ship’s Maintenance Project (CSMP) deficiencies which have not been corrected, and those items which have been removed from the CSMP and passed to history. i. Monitor the reporting and correction of inspection deficiencies through the CSMP. A Plan of Action and Milestones (POAM) should be developed to track Part 1 deficiencies identified by INSURV. Monthly completion reports should be made to the TYCOM, info INSURV. 26.2.3 Ship Commanding Officer. The CO must: a. Ensure that the ship is prepared for minimal notice inspections. b. Promulgate a departmental and ship wide schedule of events in preparation for INSURV. c. Be prepared to discuss with the seni or member of the board any item from the previous INSURV Inspection which is still on the CSMP, all items which were determined to be not correctable and designated “pass to history”, or those for which reporting had been deferred by the TYCOM, including supporting rationale and reference material. d. Designate an officer as IN SURV Coordinator and a Chief Petty Officer, preferably the 3-M Coordinator (3MC), as their assistant. e. Assign a senior coordinator for each INSU RV functional area as defined in paragraph 26.4.2 of this chapter. f. (Surface Force Ships Only) Submit a lett er of concern to INSURV, TYCOM and ISIC. 26.2.4 INSURV Coordinator. The INSURV Coordinator must:

p. 320

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26-4 a. Brief all department heads on the review of the CSMP, confirm existing job control numbers as valid, and report any existing deficiencies which are not in the CSMP. b. Review the automated work request (A WR) or CSMP package with the TYCOM or ISIC maintenance document control office to ensure quality (e.g., readability, proper printing and page-break by work center). c. Segregate the AWR origin als by INSURV departmental designations for turnover to the INSURV team. d. Provide the original of the comple te CSMP Report to the INSURV team. e. Retain a copy of the AWRs and the CSMP for use during the inspection. f. Distribute copies of the AWRs to department heads and work centers. g. Collect and track all INSURV deficien cies identified during the inspection. h. Coordinate work center updating of the CSMP and the processing of updated OPNAV 4790/2Ks or AWRs. 26.2.5 Regional Maintenance Centers. In support of the tasking and funding, the Regional Maintenance Centers (RMC) will: a. Provide RMC support coordinati on for INSURV in each home port. b. Provide subject matter experts with the experience and system knowledge for assessment to accomplish INSURV approved procedures based on the tasking, schedule and funding provided by INSURV. c. Provide documented subject matter expert s findings to, and formatted for, INSURV. d. Utilize subject matter expert resources in the most cost effective manner to support the tasking. 26.3 INSPECTION SCHEDULING. 26.3.1 Combined Trial or Acceptance Trial Inspections. The scheduling of these trials for new construction or conversion ships will be coordinated by the TYCOM and Program Executive Officer (PEO) per volume I, chapter 4 of this manual and reference (b). 26.3.2 Guarantee Material Inspection or Final Contract Trials. The scheduling of the Guarantee Material Inspection or FCTs will be coordinated by the PEO per volume I, chapter 4 of this manual and reference (b). 26.3.3 Material Inspections. The INSURV MI will provide invaluable independent assessments of how well naval maintenance processes perform. a. Per reference (a) and Title 10 requirements , MIs must be conducted every three years, if practicable. Reference (a) outlines the situations that render an MI not practicable and include: operational commitments, CNO availability extensions, and INSURV capacity. MIs postponed due to operational commitments require cognizant Fleet commander approval. b. The desired outcome is for INSURV’s MIs to be conducted in a manner not to interfere with carrier strike group or amphibious readiness group operations. In

p. 321

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26-5 achieving this end state, TYCOMs will avoid scheduling INSURV MIs in the time frame between the numbered fleet commander deployment certification event (e.g., Composite Training Unit Exercise, Joint Warrior, etc.) and the end of post-deployment stand down. (1) Surface Force Ships. The MI will optimally be conducted after necessary certifications have been achieved in the Basic Training phase and prior to the start of exercises in the Integrated Level Training phase. Additionally, MIs can be scheduled in the sustainment phase on a limited basis when scheduling earlier in the FRP was unachievable. (2) Aircraft Carriers. The optimal time to conduct MIs is 60 to 90 days following the completion of the CNO maintenance availability. Avoid conducting MIs after the air wing is embarked for carrier qualification. (3) Submarines. INSURV MIs are inte grated into the submarine engineered operating cycle per reference (e). MIs should be scheduled within 180 days post major availability. 26.4 PREPARATION FOR INSURV INSPECTION. 26.4.1 Active Preparation. INSURV will notify the CO of the assigned dates of the inspection. Direct and early liaison with the INSURV Coordinator is essential to ensure agenda approval, facilitate travel arrangements, berthing and other similar items. Ships should make use of the information and data available at the INSURV web site (https://flankspeed.sharepoint- mil.us/sites/USFF-INSURV-HQ/ ) to better understand and prepare for an inspection. Ships are strongly encouraged to liaison with INSURV regarding current material problem areas that may exist within the fleet and to actively resolve them as appropriate within their own command. 26.4.2 Ship’s Internal Organization. The ship will establish an internal organization for the INSURV. While the details of such an organization will vary from ship to ship, two key elements must be addressed: a. Specific personnel assignments must be made to ensure that all necessary logistic and support arrangements for the INSURV are adequately covered (e.g., transportation, berthing, laundry, clerical assistance). b. INSURV inspects by functional areas, which may not exactly correspond to the standard ship’s organization. For purposes of the inspection, the ship will assign one- to-one correspondence for each inspector, with a senior coordinator for each INSURV functional area. Assigned individuals should be thoroughly familiar with each CSMP deficiency, show the inspector exactly where the deficiency is, be able to explain why it has not been corrected and answer questions about related items in the same category, etc. Knowledgeable ship’s representatives are essential for a successful inspection. 26.4.3 Updating the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project. a. The CSMP must be reviewed, updated and purged of all completed maintenance actions. All outstanding corrective maintenance should be documented as a deferral. This evolution is important since the CSMP is the primary source of deficiencies that

p. 322

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26-6 will be presented to INSURV. A vital part of the review is to ensure that deficiencies are properly assessed and documented. b. Any deficiencies noted during the pre-in spection audit will be entered in the CSMP and reissued for final INSURV documentation. c. INSURV will disseminate a data file (MM001 file) to either the Force 3MC (in the case of surface ships and CVNs), or directly to the unit’s 3MC (in the case of submarines). Once received, this file should be uploaded to the unit’s CSMP. 26.5 BOARD OF INSPECTION AND SURVEY INSPECTION CONDUCT AND DOCUMENTATION. 26.5.1 Inspection Conduct. The inspection will be conducted as specified in reference (e) for submarines and reference (f) for surface ships. a. Flight operations (if applicable) and othe r ship evolutions will not be scheduled during the conduct of the inspection, except when scheduled in direct support of the inspection or when specifically requested by INSURV. b. A proposed “open and inspect” list will be submitted to the ship’s assigned senior coordinator for each INSURV functional area. The senior INSURV member may modify the “open and inspect” list at any time. 26.5.2 Deficiency Documentation. a. Preparation of INSURV deficiency forms w ill be per reference (d) and this instruction. b. INSURV will provide the ship with a copy of new deficiencies found during the inspection. c. The final forms generated by INSURV will be screened by the TYCOM following the inspection. Whenever an item is considered not cost-effective to correct or is inconsistent with reference (d), the TYCOM will authorize passing the item to the history file. d. Deficiencies corrected while INSURV is on board are still required to be properly documented. 26.6 POST BOARD OF INSPECTION AND SURVEY INSPECTION ACTIONS. 26.6.1 Deficiency Processing and Resolution. a. INSURV deficiencies wi ll be reported by entering them into the ship’s CSMP once received, typically within 10 days following completion of the inspection if not already resolved by Ship’s Force. b. Upon completion of the IN SURV inspection, Ship’s Force must take the following actions: (1) With TYCOM assistance, screen al l INSURV deficiencies. Identify those which are mission degrading or safety items. (2) Initiate prompt action on all mission degrading and safety items. All Part I “Mission Degrading” items and any additional items that are deemed to

p. 323

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26-7 significantly degrade the ability of the ship to carry out its assigned mission must be documented by an appropriate CASREP per reference (g). (3) Correct all deficiencies within the capability of Ship’s Force as soon as possible. If unable to correct within 10 days following completion of inspection, a CSMP entry must be made. (4) Modify deficiencies previously identified and processed to include the assigned INSURV number and any modifications, per the requirements of reference (d). (5) Comply with the requirements of reference (d) if instances occur where INSURV enters multiple deficiencies under a single INSURV number. (6) A POAM should be developed to trac k completion of all Part 1 deficiencies identified by INSURV. 26.6.2 Post INSURV Inspection Reports. INSURV will issue a final report to document the inspection.

p. 324

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A INSURV MATERIAL INSPECTION PLAN OF ACTION AND MILESTONES MILESTONE DUE RESPONSIBLE ACTIVITY INSURV tasking requirements to RMC. I-60 days INSURV and RMC Notify Ship of Scheduled INSURV Material Inspection and provide the ship with the MI precepts (instructions, events, etc.) I-30 days President, INSURV Download applicable INSURV Inspection Guides and distribute to Ship’s Force. I-30 days Ship (Naval Air Forces) Develop and send readiness to conduct inspection message from TYCOM to INSURV including embarkation points, security clearance forwarding data, and other pertinent event notices such as time of check in for underway personnel. I-30 days TYCOM and Ship Review Previous Inspection Reports. I-30 days ISIC and Ship Identify Ship’s INSURV Coordinator to INSURV. I-30 days Ship Schedule INSURV pre-brief. I-29 days Ship Develop schedule of events utilizing the directions and instructions provided by INSURV. I-25 days Ship Conduct INSURV pre-brief. I-25 days INSURV and Ship For all surface ships, complete and deliver CO letter of concerns to INSURV (copy to TYCOM). I-25 days Ship RMCs provide subject matter expert names to ship and INSURV. I-21 days RMC Ensure timely subject matter expert support. I-0 RMC Report the ship’s return to port and any significant results to TYCOM N43. I+1 day ISIC or TYCOM Rep Report the time ship cleared for underway to TYCOM N43. I+2days ISIC

p. 325

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023

IV-26A-2 APPENDIX A MILESTONE DUE RESPONSIBLE ACTIVITY Load the CSMP bulkload (MM001 file) from INSURV. I+15 days Ship Report status of INSURV Part I and Part I Safeties to RMCs and TYCOM, info INSURV. I+30 days Ship or ISIC Screen Remaining Deficiencies and assign Responsible Actions. I+45 days ISIC or Ship Submit Lessons Learned to TYCOM. I+45 days ISIC Submit Pass to History Items. I+120 days Ship Report status of all of Part I and Part I-S Safeties to RMCs and TYCOM until all deficiencies are completed, info INSURV. I+180 days Ship or ISIC

p. 326

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-1 VOLUME IV CHAPTER 27 REBOILER INSPECTIONS REFERENCES. (a) OPNAVINST 9220.3 - Propulsion and Auxiliary Plant Inspection and Inspector Certification Program (b) NAVSEA STD DWG 514-8316912 - CVN 68CL Reboiler Strength and Integrity Inspection (c) NAVSEA S9534-AD-MMA-010 - Steam Reboiler Maintenance (d) NAVSEA S9221-D2-MMA-010 - Steam Generating Plant Inspection (Non-Nuclear) (e) OPNAVINST 5100.19 - Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat (f) NAVSEA S9086-CH-STM-030 - NSTM Chapter 074 V3 (Gas Free Engineering) (g) NAVSEA S6470-AA-SAF-010 - Gas Free Engineering Manual (h) NAVSEA S9086-RK-STM-010 - NSTM Chapter 505 Piping Systems (i) NAVSEAINST N9254.1 - Inspection of Condensers, Reboilers, and Heat Exchangers in Nuclear Surface Ships and Submarines LISTING OF APPENDICES. A Sample Reboiler Inspection Request Message B Sample Reboiler Inspection Confirmation Message C Sample Routine Reboiler Inspection Report Cover Letter D Sample Five Year Strength and Integrity Reboiler Inspection Report Cover Letter E Sample Other Reboiler Inspection Report Cover Letter F Sample Reboiler Inspection RBO and Severely Degraded Discrepancies Message G Sample Reboiler Inspection RBO - Discrepancies 30 Day Update Message H Summary of Reboiler Inspection Scheduling and Responsibilities I Sample Reboiler Inspection RBO and Discrepancies Rescission Message 27.1 PURPOSE: To provide policy, procedures, requirements and responsibilities for Reboiler Inspections including: a. Scheduling. b. Industrial Preparations. c. Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) Technical Warrant Holder (TWH). d. Naval Surface Warfare Center Philadelphia Division (NSWCPD) In-Service Engineering Agent (ISEA). e. Type Commander (TYCOM). f. Ship’s Force. g. Ship Repair Facility (SRF). h. Regional Maintenance Center (RMC).

CHAPTER 27 REBOILER

p. 327

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-2 i. ISEA inspector. j. SRF or RMC Steam Systems Subject Matter Expert (SME). k. Steam Generating Plant Inspector (SGPI). l. Documenting and Reporting Inspection Results. 27.2 POLICY. Periodic inspections of reboilers are required and include the following support systems: steam inlet and outlet piping, safety devices, feed water systems, drain systems and chemical injection piping, and control and indicating components associated with shell pressure and water level. Inspections must be conducted by a SGPI or NSWCPD ISEA inspector as applicable per the requirements of references (a), (b) and (c). Responsibilities for the technical and programmatic stewardship and continuation of the SGPI and ISEA inspection programs are formally assigned in references (a) and (d). Specific inspection criteria and specific periodicity intervals are detailed in references (a) through (d). 27.3 TYPES OF INSPECTIONS. Inspections: Accomplished by: a. Annual Ships Force b. Eddy Current Inspection Shipyard c. Routine (RTE) SGPI d. Five-Year Strength and In tegrity (5YR-SI) Inspection: (1) Pre-Start of Availability (PSAI) (2) Start of Availability (SAI) (3) Industrial Support Visit (ISV) (4) Completion of Availability (CAI) ISEA inspector accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a Steam Systems SME e. Inactivation ISEA inspector f. Reactivation ISEA inspector g. Special Inspection SGPI, Steam Systems SME, or ISEA inspector h. Pre and Post Repair Operational Assessments SGPI 27.4 RESPONSIBILITIES 27.4.1 NAVSEA Technical Warrant Holder. a. Provide NAVSEA technical authority for steam reboilers and inspections. b. Review and provide technical adjudication of Departure from Specifications (DFS) requests per volume V, part I, chapter 8 of this manual. c. Ensure Integrated Logistics Support products for inspections and inspected components and systems are fully codified and updated regularly.

p. 328

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-3 d. Ensure SGPI and SRF or RMC Steam System SME refresher training is held semi- annually at a TWH directed location, alternating between TYCOM Areas of Responsibility (AOR’s) and NSWCPD. e. Obtain annual funding for ISEA management of the reboiler inspection and Repair Management Information System (RIRMIS) f. Ensure funding for state-of-the-art inspection tools, techniques, and associated training courses is available and tools and training are being utilized by SGPI’s, SME’s and ISEA inspectors. g. Provide oversight of SRF or RMC SGPI and Steam Systems SME programs as follows: (1) Ensure periodic audits of SGPI and Steam Systems SME training curriculums are conducted. (2) Enforce requirements for SGPI and Steam Systems SME certification and recertification. (3) Enforce requirements for SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME oversight and status of AOR steam reboiler inspection preparations, repair planning, repair execution, contractor Condition Report review as required, repair testing and assisting SGPIs with system and component operational testing. (4) Authorize SGPI and SME certificati on and recertification per references (a) and (d) by NAVSEA letter. 27.4.2 NSWCPD or ISEA. a. ISEAs are part of the TWH’s technical pyramid and are accountable for the enforcement of associated technical requirements. b. ISEA is responsible for: (1) Providing technical support to SGPIs, ISEA inspectors, and Steam Systems SMEs as required. (2) Verifying SGPIs and steam systems SMEs meet certification and re- certification requirements per reference (a). (3) Ensuring ISEA inspectors are qualified and trained. (4) Maintaining sufficient ISEA inspector staffing. (5) Obtaining Fleet funding to conduct the 5YR-SI inspection cycle. c. ISEA inspectors conduct the 5YR-SI inspection cycle (PSAI, SAI, ISV, CAI) and other inspections specified in paragraph 27.7 of this chapter and references (b) and (c). ISEA inspectors do not conduct RTE inspections, but can assist if requested. d. The lead ISEA inspector(s) are responsible for: (1) Providing technical and programmatic support to the NAVSEA TWH for the RTE Inspection and 5YR-SI inspection cycle programs.

p. 329

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-4 (2) Ensuring technical and administrative documentation supporting the SGPI and ISEA inspection programs are current and updated. (3) Monitoring and updating NAVSEA and Fleet requirements and execution standards for RTE and 5YR-SI inspections. (4) Developing, implementing and maintain a program to train and certify NSWCPD inspectors per references (a) through (d). (5) Ensuring inspections on reactivated and deactivated ships are conducted as required per reference (c). (6) Conducting periodic audits of the SGPI training course curriculums per references (a) and (d). (7) Providing management of steam reboiler system technical data, inspection and repair history, and the associated RIRMIS. (8) Coordinating and provide technical presentations to support the semi-annual SGPI and SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME refresher training. (9) Maintaining the roster of certified SGPI’s and SRF or RMC steam systems SME’s by name, rating, duty station, date of certification, and expiration date of certification. Recommend individual SGPI certification and provide awareness that actions to decertify inspectors who fail to comply with the requirements of references (a) and (d) will be initiated. (10) Ensuring that the requirements for SGPI and SRF or RMC steam systems SME certification and recertification are met (includes certification extensions). e. The designated ISEA Inspector will notify the cognizant lead SRF or RMC SGPI and SRF or RMC steam systems SME a minimum of one week prior to any 5YR-SI Inspection Cycle PSAI, SAI, ISV, or CAI occurring in the SGPI’s and SME’s AOR. If not possible due to emergent tasking, the assigned ISEA inspector will notify the lead SRF or RMC SGPI or steam systems SME within one working day of tasking. 27.4.3 TYCOM Maintenance Program Manager. a. Fund steam reboiler inspections required by references (a) through (c). b. Assist with coordination of inspections with the Naval Supervisory Authority (NSA) and local repair activities. c. Provide mission tasking and funding for SGPIs and ISEA inspectors as applicable to travel to and from inspection sites, perform inspections, resolve inspection technical issues, and document and report findings per the requirements of references (a) through (c). d. Assist ship’s Commanding Officers in ensuring inspection repair actions beyond the capability of Ship's Force are satisfactorily accomplished using other resources as required.

p. 330

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-5 e. Review RIRMIS and inspection summary naval messages and ensure deferred inspection discrepancies are entered into the Current Ship’s Maintenance Project (CSMP) and are programmed for repair. f. Review inspection summary naval message major discrepancies and recommended repairs, Repair Before Operate (RBO) actions, and safety concerns and take appropriate actions. g. Attend or direct staff to attend all SGPI RTE inspection and ISEA inspector 5YR-SI inspection cycle in-briefs and out-briefs as required. Assist SGPI’s and ISEA inspectors with in-brief and out-brief scheduling. 27.4.4 SRF or RMC Commanding Officers. a. Provide a SGPI when requested by a ship or TYCOM to conduct inspections. b. Ensure SRF or RMC SGPI and steam system SME’s attend semi-annual SGPI or SME refresher training as applicable to maintain their certification. c Provide resources to ensure SRF or RM C SGPI and steam system SME’s meet all requirements to maintain certification per reference (a) and (d) 27.4.5 Ship Commanding Officer. a. Request inspections via naval message with primary and alternate dates to the TYCOM. Include information copies to the cognizant SRF or RMC and NSWCPD for accomplishment using the format in Appendix A. b. Schedule steam reboiler inspections as required by appropriate Planned Maintenance System, Class Maintenance Plan items, and reference (a). c. Prepare for scheduled inspections and operational tests per references (b) and (c). d. Conduct inspections that are the responsibility of Ship’s Force and provide reports required by references (b) and (c). e. Review inspection results and initiate corrective actions for discrepancies within Ship's Force capability. f. Initiate requests for assistance on repair actions beyond Ship's Force capabilities. Any severely degraded discrepancy as outline in paragraph 27.8.1c of this chapter, which cannot be corrected prior to the end of the maintenance availability or if inspection is during an operational state (i.e. STS), submit a major temporary DFS per Volume V, Part I, Chapter 8 of this manual for the affected steam reboiler or specific system components per references (b) and (c) and contact the ISEA inspector and local SRF or RMC steam systems SME. g. Assess the impact of repairs and associated corrective actions on the ship’s operating schedule and advise the TYCOM of any adverse effects. h. Submit reports per paragraph 27.8.1.d of this chapter. 27.4.6 SRF or RMC Senior SGPI:

p. 331

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-6 a. SRF or RMC Senior SGPIs are part of the TWH’s technical pyramid and are accountable for the enforcement of associated NAVSEA technical requirements. b. Ensure all assigned SGPIs complete training, attend at least one SGPI training refresher annually, and maintain current SGPI certifications per references (a) and (d). c. Perform steam reboiler inspections per references (a) through (d) and paragraph 27.7 of this chapter d. Review and submit reports per paragraph 27.8.1d of this chapter. e. Coordinate inspections in cognizant maintenance areas. f. Send inspection messages prepared in accordance with Appendix B through Appendix G. g. Maintain an updated list of upcoming steam reboiler inspections. The list must include the next required inspection date for all ships assigned to the SRF or RMC AOR. 27.4.7 SRF or RMC Steam Systems SME: a. SRF or RMC steam systems SMEs are part of the TWH’s technical pyramid and are accountable for the enforcement of associated NAVSEA technical requirements. b. Review NSA and Ship’s Force maintenance and repair industrial work packages to ensure specifications and special instructions are included. Adhere to current technical requirements, mandate proper material(s) selection, repair procedures are applicable and correct. Quality assurance inspections and test procedures are correct and being accomplished in accordance with applicable requirements. c. Provide solutions to help resolve technical or scheduling issues negatively impacting maintenance availability or operational ship repairs occurring in the applicable RMC AOR. d. Provide direct technical support and oversight for repairs performed by Ship’s Force, contractors, and naval or private shipyards. This work includes assessment, disassembly, repair, reassembly and testing of steam systems equipment. e. Provide direct technical support and oversite for mandatory industrial preparations for 5YR-SI inspection cycle PSAI, SAI, ISV, and CAI in the SRF or RMC AOR. Provide status of industrial preparations for inspections to the designated ISEA inspector and local RMC lead SGPI upon request. f. Attend ship maintenance availability production meetings as required. Assist with scheduling of steam reboiler maintenance availabilities, critical repairs, inspection preparation, inspection and test events, and help resolve associated technical issues. g. Respond to requests for and attend onsite shipboard or repair shop industrial repair in- process inspections or “call-outs” and “check points” and function as the NSA or government representative as applicable. 27.4.8 SRF or RMC SGPI.

p. 332

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-7 a. SRF or RMC SGPIs are part of the TWH’s technical pyramid and are accountable for the enforcement of associated NAVSEA technical requirements. b. Maintain SGPI certification by completing periodic requirements described in references (a) and (d). c. Perform inspections per the requirements of references (a) through (d) and paragraph section 27.7 of this chapter. d. Participate in the coordination of critical operational assessments and test events with Ship’s Force, AOR SRF or RMC steam system SME, and repair contractor to support in-port and underway events. e. The assigned SGPI will notify the AOR’s SRF or RMC steam systems SME a minimum of one week prior to any RTE or Special Inspection occurring in the applicable AOR. If not possible due to emergent tasking, the assigned SGPI will notify the lead RMC SGPI within one working day of tasking. 27.5 INSPECTION SCHEDULING. a. Commanding Officers of ships request RTE Inspections and initiation of the 5YR-SI inspection cycle SAI by naval message per Appendix A. An OPNAV 4790/2K must be submitted requesting a SGPI and ISEA inspector to conduct inspections. b. Commands, NSAs and Ships can initiate requests for SGPI and ISEA inspections, requests for SRF or RMC steam systems SMEs and SGPIs to witness operational tests, and requests for SRF OR RMC steam systems SMEs to perform ISV’s in a timely manner to ensure successful coordination of scheduling. Commands and ships must ensure inspection scheduling complies with references (b) and (c) and Appendix H. c. RTE inspections, 5YR-SI cycle inspections, and other inspection services must be coordinated by specific AORs for optimum utilization of SGPI, SRF or RMC steam systems SME and ISEA inspector resources. d. TYCOM may utilize 5YR-SI cycle SAI and CAI inspection results documented in RIRMIS to satisfy the pressure vessel and piping portion of a RTE inspection. e. Appendix H of this chapter provides a summary of inspection scheduling responsibilities. 27.6 SAFETY. a. The safety of civilian and military inspectors, SRF or RMC steam systems SMEs, Ship’s Force, industrial activity personnel, and other support contractors involved in inspection, industrial preparations, reboiler system component disassembly, and reassembly must be given the highest priority throughout the preparation and inspection process. b. There must be a safety observer outside the reboiler entrance to provide assistance when personnel are working inside the reboiler. c. Ensure the “Idle Reboiler Condition” is set and maintained per the requirements of the Steam Plant Manual and reference (b) and (c) in preparation for inspections. Contact

p. 333

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-8 the ISEA inspector or cognizant SRF or RMC steam systems SME for requirements if clarification is required. d. Do not enter any part of the idle reboiler until it has been fully ventilated and certified as “gas free” and safe for entry by a Naval Maintenance Facility Gas Free Engineer, Ship’s Force Gas Free Engineer, or National Fire Protection Agency Marine Chemist. e. Ensure the idle reboiler is tagged out per reference (c). This includes setting and maintaining two-valve protection per chapter 10 of this volume. f. Ensure all safety precautions associated with entry into sealed tanks, voids or pressure vessels, including gas-free certification procedures, are followed per the requirements of references (e), (f), (g), and chapter 25 of this volume. g. Ensure all precautions cited in reference (c) section 5.3 are followed before entering a reboiler. h. Post warning signs that indicate personnel are working in the reboiler in all of the following locations: reboiler control console and in conspicuous places in the shaft alley. The signs must remain posted until the work has been completed. i. Drain connections on all interconnecting reboiler and steam or feed system piping should be opened to the atmosphere and monitored to observe potential instances of valve leak-by. j. Portable lighting used inside the reboiler must be watertight and explosion proof. The use of unshielded or non-approved lighting in an open reboiler is prohibited. Portable lighting can be obtained from the National Stock System. k. Maintain an inventory log for accountability of all items taken into a reboiler. Foreign material exclusion closures will be used to the maximum extent practical to prevent tools or other foreign materials from being inadvertently left in the reboiler or associated systems. (1) Personnel entering reboilers will remove all jewelry and empty their pockets of all unnecessary items. (2) Removal of all items and foreign material exclusion closures from the reboiler must be verified and accounted for from the inventory log prior to conducting a final closeout inspection. Final closeout inspection must be accomplished by the Reactor Officer or his or her designated representative. 27.7 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. All reboiler inspections, including pre and post inspection operational assessments should be scheduled concurrently. Appendix H of this chapter provides a summary of inspection scheduling responsibilities. 27.7.1 Routine Inspection. Steam Reboiler Routine Inspection (RTE) inspections will be conducted at least every 36 months. To provide flexibility to accommodate mission requirements, inspections may be performed as early as 24 months but shall not exceed 42 months after its last inspection. The 36 month periodicity begins with the first warm-up of the reboiler to normal operating pressure and

p. 334

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-9 temperature following the previous inspection. Inspections that exceed the 36 month interval require a minor temporary DFS approved by the TYCOM, normally with concurrence from the ISEA. A major temporary DFS approved by the TWH and cognizant Ship Design Manager is required to operate beyond 42 months. Exceeding any RTE inspection interval without a DFS requires that the reboiler system be placed out of commission until inspected by a SGPI. Additional requirements are as follows: a. RTE inspections are scheduled by the Carrier Planning Activity. b. RTE inspections are conducted by a SGPI. An ISEA inspector can assist if requested by SGPI. c. The TYCOM may utilize 5YR-SI inspection cycle SAI and CAI results documented in RIRMIS to satisfy the pressure vessel portion of a RTE Inspection. d. RTE inspections will not be considered complete until a SGPI has updated RIRMIS and completed a satisfactory post availability operational assessment. e. The Routine inspection will be conducted concurrent with ECI or tube renewals. f. A STS inspection conducted by an SGPI in accordance with reference (c), Figure 5-5, is required as a condition of approval for both minor (exceed 36 months but within 42 months) and major (beyond 42 months) temporary DFS’s. The STS inspection results will be documented in RIRMIS by the inspecting SGPI and attached to the request for DFS. 27.7.2 Five-Year Strength and Integrity (5YR-SI) Inspection Cycle. The 5YR-SI inspection cycle will be conducted every 64 months. To provide flexibility to accommodate mission requirements, 5YR-SI inspection cycle may be performed as early as 54 months but not exceed 72 months after the previous 5YR-SI inspection. The 64 months period begins with the first warm-up of the reboiler to normal operating pressure and temperature following the previous inspection. Inspections that exceed the 64 months interval require a minor temporary DFS per volume V, part I, chapter 8 of this manual approved by the TYCOM, normally with concurrence from the ISEA. A major temporary DFS approved by the TWH and cognizant Ship Design Manager is required to operate beyond 72 months. Exceeding any 5YR- SI inspection cycle interval without a DFS per volume V, part I, chapter 8 of this manual requires that the reboiler be placed out of commission until inspected by ISEA inspector. A STS inspection conducted by an SGPI in accordance with reference (c), Figure 5-5, is required as a condition of approval for both Minor (exceed 64 months but within 72 months) and major (beyond 72 months) temporary DFS’s. The STS inspection results will be documented in RIRMIS by an SGPI and attached to the request for a DFS. Additional requirements and details are as follows: a. Pre-Start of Availability Inspection. (1) PSAI’s are scheduled at TYCOM discretion in coordination with the ISEA inspector to support Advanced Planning (AP). (2) PSAI’s can only be conducted by an ISEA inspector accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a steam systems SME.

p. 335

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-10 (3) PSAI results will be documented in RIRMIS by the ISEA inspector, major findings and repair recommendations will be reported by naval message by the ISEA. b. Start of Availability Inspection. (1) SAI’s are scheduled by the Carrier Planning Activity in coordination with the Naval Supervising Activity (NSA). (2) SAI’s can only be conducted by an ISEA inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a steam system SME. (3) SAI results will be documented in RIRMIS by the ISEA inspector, major findings and repair recommendations will be reported by naval message by ISEA c. Industrial Support Visit. (1) ISV’s are coordinated with the industrial activity or NSA to assess status of critical repairs or provide ISEA onsite technical support (2) ISV’s can only be conducted by an ISEA inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a steam system SME. (3) ISV results will be documented in RIRMIS by the ISEA inspector, major findings and status of repairs will be reported by naval message by the ISEA d. Completion of Availability Inspection. (1) CAI’s are scheduled by NSA. (2) CAI’s certify all repairs identified at SAI’s and subsequent ISV’s are accomplished in accordance with requirements. (3) CAI’s can only be conducted by an ISEA inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a steam system SME. (4) CAI results will be documented in RIRMIS by the ISEA inspector, the status of repairs will be reported by naval message by the ISEA 27.7.3 Special Inspections. Additional reboiler inspections requested by the TYCOM in coordination with Ship’s Force are performed by an SGPI or SRF or RMC steam system SME per the requirements of references (a) through (d). ISEA inspectors participate in special inspections if requested by the TYCOM or cognizant SRF or RMC for specific conditions. Special inspections are conducted whenever the following conditions exist: a. Major repairs defined by reference (c) are accomplished. This inspection is requested by the TYCOM in coordination with Ship’s Force. An ISEA inspector and local SRF or RMC SGPI is required to perform this inspection. This includes: (1) Repair or adjustments to safety devices or remote isolation devices.

p. 336

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-11 (2) Repairs to the reboiler pressure vessel, including nozzles, circumferential welds, shell and head plates, manhole plate and attachment hinge welds which exceed reference (c) criteria. (3) Repairs to or replacement of pressure vessel piping and valves. b. When the TYCOM desires to assess a specific or unique material condition. This inspection is requested by the TYCOM in coordination with Ship’s Force. An ISEA inspector is required to perform this inspection. 27.7.4 Operational Assessment. a. Operational assessments shall be accomplished prior to and at the completion of all Chief of Naval Operations – Maintenance Availabilities (CNO-MAs). These assessments include both cold and hot (steaming) safety device and safety feature operational tests per the requirements of reference (c). b. Operational assessments will be conducted by an SGPI normally accompanied by a SRF or RMC steam system SME with Ship’s Force. c. Results will be documented in RIRMIS by the SGPI. 27.7.5 Inactivation Inspection: a. Inactivation inspections ar e conducted prior to final component and system official inactivation in general accordance with 5YR-SI inspection cycle requirements as applicable per direction of the TYCOM. b. Inactivation inspections are conducted by an ISEA inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a steam system SME. c. If a RTE inspection or 5YR-SI inspection cycle CAI has been conducted in the last 18 months, applicable results from the last inspection RIRMIS report may be used to document final inactivation conditions (including lay-up). d. Inspection results will be documented in RIRMIS by the ISEA inspector. 27.7.6 Reactivation Inspections. a. Depending on the dates of the last CAI, reactivation may require a full 5YR-SI cycle of inspections (PSAI, SAI, ISV and CAI). b. This inspection is conducted by an ISEA inspector, accompanied by a local SRF or RMC SGPI and a steam systems SME. c. Inspection results will be documented in RIRMIS by the ISEA inspector. 27.8 ADDITIONAL INSPECTION AN D REPORTING GUIDELINES a. Repair Before Operate Discrepancies: (1) RBOs are issued for discrepancies that, if not corrected prior to continued operation, could endanger personnel or equipment. (2) Discrepancies that require a RBO to be issued are defined by paragraph 27.8.b of this chapter.

p. 337

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-12 (3) Only an SGPI with a current certification may issue a RBO deficiency. All RBO items shall be corrected and re-inspected by a certified SGPI or NSWCPD inspector, and preferably by the same SGPI or NSWCPD inspector who originally identified the discrepancy prior to operation of the reboiler. RBO discrepancies include those for which continued unrestricted operation could endanger personnel or equipment. RBOs may not be departed via DFS. If there is not an immediate or near future danger to personnel or equipment, the discrepancy shall be assigned as “SEVERELY DEGRADED” with major operational restrictions. (4) The SGPI that issues the RBO must notify the TYCOM by naval message within 24 hours using the format in Appendix F of this chapter. (5) RBO discrepancies and associated repairs are tracked and re-inspected by the SGPI and SRF or RMC steam systems SME’s or ISEA inspectors. (6) RBO’s cannot be rescinded by a DFS. (7) The SGPI that issues the RBO must notify the TYCOM of the correction and re-inspection of all RBO discrepancies by naval message using the format in Appendix I of this chapter, prior to closeout and operation (including warm-up) of the reboiler system. b. RBO Criteria: (1) Inoperative, degraded or misadjusted safety devices. (2) Fire or Safety hazards, oil soaked lagging, oil leaks or other fire hazards. (3) Reboiler that does not pass applicable hydrostatic test. (4) Control equipment inoperable in their automatic mode or failed cold checks. (5) Non-deferrable defects within the pressure vessel boundary. (6) Ultra-sonic test (UT) inspection results of piping that are below minimum requirements of reference (b) or when visual inspection dictates replacement. (7) Improperly assembled flanged joints (mixed fasteners, undersized Flexitallic gaskets, non-level in Level I systems). (8) Out of periodicity, inoperative critical temperature or pressure measuring instruments. (9) Valve tightness integrity which limits its ability to perform intended function and exceeds the criteria of reference (h). (a) Non-conformance of electrical safety and deteriorated or damaged wiring or components. (b) Inability to maintain reboiler water chemistry within limits. Ineffective reboiler feedwater program based on log review which left uncorrected may result in severe degradation of the reboiler watersides. Inoperative or degraded treatment, sampling, or blowdown systems.

p. 338

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-13 (10) Any other discrepancy deemed by the SGPI which would cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment. NOTE: A SEVERELY DEGRADED DESI GNATION IS ASSIGNED TO A DEFICIENCY THAT IS NOT AN IMMEDIATE OR NEAR FUTURE DANGER TO PERSONNEL OR EQUIPMENT, BUT WILL HAVE MAJOR OPERATIONAL RESTRICTIONS. c. “SEVERELY DEGRADED” Designation Criteria. (1) A severely degraded discrepancy in accordance with this chapter must be corrected or repaired prior to reboiler operation unless it has been properly approved as a major DFS. A major DFS must be submitted to NAVSEA for review and approval with accompanying engineering analysis recommendations from the originator. (2) The status of a reboiler related DFS will be verified by the SGPI during the inspection for conformance with the requirements of this manual prior to placing the reboiler into operation. d. Reporting Inspection Results. (1) The lead inspector must personally debrief inspection results and provide a preliminary RIRMIS report to the ship's Commanding Officer or his designated representative and TYCOM prior to departure. (2) Inspection results must be entered into RIRMIS immediately after the completing the inspection by the cognizant lead inspector. RIRMIS must be finalized not later than no later than seven days after the completion of all final repairs identified during inspections. (3) Inspection results must be reported by naval message by the lead inspector no later than 14 days after the completing the inspection using the guidance provided in Appendix C and Appendix D. (4) The ship’s Reactor Officer must report repair status and corrected discrepancies by naval message within 30 days of inspection completion and update at 30-day intervals thereafter using the format in Appendix G of this chapter. Update messages shall list the RIRMIS Item Number OPNAV 4790/2K Job Sequence Number (JSN) of discrepancy items which have been completed since the last update message. Update messages must continue until all discrepancies are corrected or appropriately deferred to the next CNO-MA. The TYCOM is the sole authority for deferral of discrepancies. 27.9 STEAM REBOILER IN SPECTION PREPARATION. a. Depending on ship operational commitments or posture, an operational assessment shall be conducted by a SGPI or designated Ship’s Force representative prior to disassembling the reboiler for inspection. Detailed assessment requirements are provided in references (b) and (c). b. Prepare the reboiler for inspection per references (b) and (c).

p. 339

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27-14 c. The cognizant SRF or RMC steam systems SME is responsible for reviewing the Repair Activity and NSA planning documents, tracking progress and providing assistance as required, reporting the status of industrial work and inspection preparations (including lagging removal and UT inspection of pressure vessel components and piping) for 5YR-SI inspections. When 5YR-SI inspection preparation industrial work and UT inspections are completed, the TYCOM and ISEA inspector shall be notified immediately that the reboiler is ready for ISEA inspection. d. Wire shut and danger tag all steam and water valves to the reboiler per the reference (c). Post warning signs “PERSONNEL WORKING IN REBOILER” per reference (c) and paragraph 27.6 of this chapter. e. The ship’s Reactor Officer must ensure all Ship’s Force responsibilities are complete using guidance provided in reference (c) and provide applicable reports to the cognizant SGPI, SRF or RMC steam systems SME or ISEA inspector as applicable. 27.10 REBOILER INSPECTION. 27.10.1 Reboiler Inspection Forms. Reboiler inspections will be documented using RIRMIS. 27.10.2 Completion of Inspection. A debrief and a preliminary inspection report, including a summary of restrictive discrepancies, will follow the CAI inspection. Paragraph 27.8.d of this chapter identifies official reporting requirements. 27.10.3 Operating Procedures. Each ship with reboilers will have approved Steam Plant Manual for: a. Normal operations including startup and shutdown. b. Operating parameters, limitations, alarms and set points. c. Systems diagrams. 27.10.4 Eddy Current Inspection. Eddy Current Inspection (ECI) is governed by reference (i) and is accomplished every 36 months. a. The ECI will be scheduled by the Carrier Planning Activity via the Baseline Availability Work Package. b. The ECI performed by Shipyard or Ship Repair Facility personnel trained and qualified in the use of ECI equipment and ECI data interpretation. c. Reports are generated and distributed per reference (i).

p. 340

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27A-1 APPENDIX A APPENDIX A SAMPLE REBOILER INSPECTION REQUEST MESSAGE FROM USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO)// TO (RMC)// INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (AS APPLICABLE)// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// COMNAVSEASYCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z25 // BT UNCLAS// MSGID/GENADMIN/ USS (SHIPS NAME HULL NO)// SUBJ/REQUEST FOR REBOILER INSPECTION// REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// AMPN/REF A IS THE JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL// RMKS/1. PER REF A REQUEST RMC PROVIDE A CERTIFIED SGPI TO ACCOMPLISH ROUTINE REBOILER INSPECTION OF (REBOILER NUMBER). REQUEST PRIMARY INSPECTION START DATE OF (PROVIDE DATE) AND AN ALTERNATE START DATE OF (PROVIDE DATE). AWR ENTERED IN SHIP'S CSMP (JSN NUMBER).// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLL OWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAIN LANGUAGE ADDRESS DIRECTORY (PLAD) IS UTILIZED.

p. 341

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27B-1 APPENDIX B APPENDIX B SAMPLE REBOILER INSPECTION CONFIRMATION MESSAGE FROM (RMC)// TO USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NUMBER)// INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (AS APPLICABLE)// COMNAVSEASYCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z25 // NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// RMC// BT MSGID/GENADMIN// SUBJ/INSPECTION DATE CONFIRMATION// REF/A/ (INSPECTION REQUEST MESSAGE DTG)// REF/B//DOC//COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// NARR/REF A IS REQUESTING REBOILER INSPECTION. REF B IS COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 DEFINING REBOILER INSPECTION CRITERIA AND PROCEDURES.// POC/ (SENIOR INSPECTOR NAME/ RATE/UIC/LOC: CITY/TEL: DSN// SUBJ/INSPECTION DATE CONFIRMATION// RMKS/1 IN RESPONSE TO REF A, A REBOILER INSPECTION WILL BE CONDUCTED PER REF B BEGINNING (DATE) ON REBOILER NUMBER ( ). ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING CERTIFIED INSPECTORS ARE ASSIGNED TO CONDUCT THE ROUTINE OR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY (AS APPROPRIATE) INSPECTION. INSPECTOR/NAME/RATE/DOD ID#/CLEARANCE.// 2. NSWCPD WILL PROVIDE A CERTIFIED ISEA INSPECTOR FOR THE STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY INSPECTION.// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLL OWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 342

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27C-1 APPENDIX C APPENDIX C SAMPLE ROUTINE REBOILER INSPECTION REPORT COVER LETTER FROM: COMMANDING OFFICER, REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER TO: COMMANDING OFFICER, USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) SUBJ: ROUTINE INSPECTION OF NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) REF: (A) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3, JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B) NAVSEA S9534-AD-MMA-010, STEAM REBOILER MAINTENANCE ENCL: (1) REBOILER INSPECTION REPORT OF NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) 1. (PARENT COMMAND) STEAM GENERATING PLANT INSPECTOR(S) (INSPECTOR’S NAME) INSPECTED NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) IN USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO) ON (DATE) WHILE (SHIP’S LOCATION). 2. DISCREPANCIES, WHICH REQUIRED CORRECTIVE ACTION AND THERE UPDATED STATUSES, ARE OUTLINED IN ENCLOSURES (NUMBER OF ENCLOSURES). 3. ADVANCE COPIES OF ENCLOSURE(S) HAVE BEEN DELIVERED TO THE SHIP’S COMMANDING OFFICER. 4. (COMMAND) POINT OF CONTACT IS (SENIOR INSPECTOR), CODE (NUMBER), COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE (NUMBER), DSN (NUMBER) E-MAIL ADDRESS IS: (ADDRESS). COPY TO (W/ENCL): COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA (AS APPLICABLE) COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (AS APPLICABLE) USS (HULL NAME) (AS APPLICABLE FROM BELOW) USS NIMITZ, USS DWIGHT D EISENHOWER, USS CARL VINSON USS THEODORE ROOSEVELT, USS ABRAHAM LINCOLN USS GEORGE WASHINGTON, USS JOHN C STENNIS USS HARRY S TRUMAN, USS RONALD REAGAN USS GEORGE H W BUSH COPY TO (W/O ENCL): NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA (CODE 412) COMNAVSEA SYSCOM WASHINGTON DC (ADD APPLICABLE CODES) MARMC NORFOLK VA SOUTHWEST RMC SAN DIEGO CA COMNAVSURFLANT NORFOLK VA NAVSHIPREPFAC YOKOSUKA JA NAVSHIPREPFAC DET SASEBO JA

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLL OWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 343

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27D-1 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D SAMPLE FIVE YEAR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY REBOILER INSPECTION REPORT COVER LETTER FROM: COMMANDING OFFICER, REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER TO: COMMANDING OFFICER, USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) SUBJ: 5 YEAR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY INSPECTION OF NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) REF: (A) COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3, JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B) NAVSEA S9534-AD-MMA-010, STEAM REBOILER MAINTENANCE ENCL: ( 1) REBOILER INSPECTION REPORT OF NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) 1. NSWCPD INSPECTOR(S) (INSPECTOR’S NAME) INSPECTED NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) IN USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) ON (DATE) WHILE (SHIP’S LOCATION). 2. DISCREPANCIES, WHICH REQUIRED CORRECTIVE ACTION AND THERE UPDATED STATUS, ARE OUTLINED IN ENCLOSURES (NUMBER OF ENCLOSURES). 3. ADVANCE COPIES OF ENCLOSURE(S) HAVE BEEN DELIVERED TO THE SHIP’S COMMANDING OFFICER. 4. NSWCPD POINT OF CONTACT IS (SENIOR INSPECTOR), CODE (NUMBER), COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE (NUMBER), DSN (NUMBER) E-MAIL ADDRESS IS: (ADDRESS). COPY TO (W/ENCL): COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA (AS APPLICABLE) COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (AS APPLICABLE) USS (HULL NAME) (HULL NAMES SHOWN IN APPENDIX C) COPY TO (W/O ENCL): NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA (CODE 412) COMNAVSEA SYSCOM WASHINGTON DC (ADD APPLICABLE CODES) MARMC NORFOLK VA SOUTHWEST RMC SAN DIEGO CA COMNAVSURFLANT NORFOLK VA NAVSHIPREPFAC YOKOSUKA JA NAVSHIPREPFAC DET SASEBO JA

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLL OWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 344

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27E-1 APPENDIX E APPENDIX E SAMPLE OTHER REBOILER INSPECTION REPORT COVER LETTER FROM: COMMANDING OFFICER, REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER TO: COMMANDING OFFICER, USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) SUBJ: (SPECIAL, ETC.) INSPECTION OF NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) REF: (A)COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3, JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B) NAVSEA S9534-AD-MMA-010, STEAM REBOILER MAINTENANCE ENCL:(1) REBOILER INSPECTION REPORT OF NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) 1. (PARENT COMMAND) STEAM GENERATING PLANT INSPECTOR(S) (INSPECTOR’S NAME) INSPECTED NUMBER(S) REBOILER(S) IN USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) ON (DATE) WHILE (SHIP’S LOCATION). 2. DISCREPANCIES, WHICH REQUIRED CORRECTIVE ACTION AND THERE UPDATED STATUS, ARE OUTLINED IN ENCLOSURES (NUMBER OF ENCLOSURES). 3. ADVANCE COPIES OF ENCLOSURE(S) HAVE BEEN DELIVERED TO THE SHIP’S COMMANDING OFFICER. 4. (COMMAND) POINT OF CONTACT IS (SENIOR INSPECTOR), CODE (NUMBER), COMMERCIAL TELEPHONE (NUMBER), DSN (NUMBER) E-MAIL ADDRESS IS: (ADDRESS). COPY TO (W/ENCL): COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA (AS APPLICABLE) COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (AS APPLICABLE) USS (HULL NAME) (HULL NAMES SHOWN IN APPENDIX C) COPY TO (W/O ENCL): NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA (CODE 412) COMNAVSEA SYSCOM WASHINGTON DC (ADD APPLICABLE CODES) MARMC NORFOLK VA SOUTHWEST RMC SAN DIEGO CA COMNAVSURFLANT NORFOLK VA NAVSHIPREPFAC YOKOSUKA JA NAVSHIPREPFAC DET SASEBO JA

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLL OWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 345

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27F-1 APPENDIX F APPENDIX F SAMPLE REBOILER INSPECTION RBO AND SEVERELY DEGRADED DISCREPANCIES MESSAGE FROM: COMMANDER, REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER// TO: USS (SHIP NAME AND HULL NUMBER)// INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (AS APPLICABLE)// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// PEO CARRIERS WASHINGTON DC// (REPAIR ACTIVITY)//(CODE)// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z25// BT UNCLASS//N09517// MSGID/GENADMIN/(REGIONAL MAINTENANCE CENTER/CODE) // SUBJ/(TYPE) INSPECTION REPAIR BEFORE OPERATE (RBO) DISCREPANCIES OF REBOILER NUMBER ( ) ABOARD USS (SHIP NAME HULL NUMBER)// REF/A/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// REF/B/DOC/OPNAVINST 4790.4//NARR/REF A IS JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL VOLUME IV CHAPTER 27 AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR REBOILER INSPECTIONS. REF B IS 3-M MANUAL AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR CSMP DOCUMENTATION.// POC/(SENIOR INSPECTOR) (UIC)/LOC: (CITY, STATE)/TEL:(NUMBER)/TEL:DSN (NUMBER)// RMKS/1. NUMBER (S) REBOILER ROUTINE OR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY (AS APPROPRIATE) INSPECTION CONDUCTED (DATE) BY (INSPECTORS NAME) WHILE (SHIPS LOCATION). RBO DISCREPANCIES AND PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION ARE REPORTED PER REF A AS FOLLOWS: (RIRMIS ITEM NO, DEFICIENCY, REPAIR, ETC) A. B. C. 1. NUMBER () REBOILER MUST NOT BE OPERATED UNTIL ALL ABOVE LISTED DISCREPANCIES ARE CORRECTED AND A REINSPECTION IS CONDUCTEDPER REF A. 2. SEVERELY DEGRADED DISCREPANCIES AND PROPOSED CORRECTIVE ACTION ARE REPORTED PER REF A AS FOLLOWS: A. B. C. SEVERELY DEGRADED DISCREPANCIES ARE REQUIRED TO BE CORRECTED PRIOR TO REBOILER OPERATION OR MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR MAJOR DEPARTURE FROM SPECIFICATION (DFS). PER REF A DISCREPANCIES COMPLETED MUST BE REPORTED EVERY 30 DAYS USING THE GUIDANCE PROVIDED IN REF A VOLUME IV, CHAPTER 27.// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLLOWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 346

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27G-1 APPENDIX G APPENDIX G SAMPLE REBOILER INSPECTION RBO - DISCREPANCIES 30 DAY UPDATE MESSAGE FROM USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO)// TO (RMC)// INFO COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (AS APPLICABLE)// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z25// TYCOM// BT MSGID/GENADMIN/USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO)// SUBJ/ USS (SHIP’S NAME AND HULL NO.) REBOILER NO ( ) INSPECTION.// REF/A/DOC/RIRMIS REPORT FROM (RMC AND DATE)// REF/B/DOC/COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3// REF/C/DOC/OPNAVINST 4790.4// NARR/REF A IS RIRMIS REPORT FROM COMMANDER (RMC). REF B IS COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 JOINT FLEET MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND PROVIDES GUIDANCE FOR REBOILER INSPECTIONS. REF C IS OPNAVINST 4790.4 3-M MAINTENANCE MANUAL AND PROVIDES DIRECTION FOR CSMP DOCUMENTATION.// RMKS/ REBOILER (S) NO ( ) ROUTINE OR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY INSPECTION WAS CONDUCTED (DATE) BY (SGPI INSPECTOR NAME) ITEMS CORRECTED ARE REPORTED PERREF B AS FOLLOWS. 1. (NUMBER REBOILER) 2. RIRMIS ITEM (I.E., C1/01) JOB SUBMITTED JSN (NUMBER).// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLL OWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

p. 347

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27H-1 APPENDIX H APPENDIX H SUMMARY OF REBOILER INSPECTION SCHEDULING AND RESPONSIBILITIES Type of Inspection Periodicity or Requirement Scheduling Responsibility Lead for Inspection Routine 36 months not to exceed 42 months TYCOM SGPI Five-Year Strength and Integrity 64 months not to exceed 72 months TYCOM ISEA inspector 5YR-SI Pre-Start of Availability 180 days max. prior to CNO-MA TYCOM Ship’s Force ISEA inspector, steam systems SME 5YR-SI Start of Availability Beginning of CNO-MA TYCOM ISEA inspector 5YR-SI Industrial Support Visit As required during CNO- MA Naval Supervisory Authority ISEA inspector or steam systems SME 5YR-SI Completion of Availability Prior to final reboiler close- out NSA ISEA inspector Inactivation or Reactivation Prior to Inactivation or Reactivation Inactive Ship Facility ISEA inspector Eddy Current Inspection 36 months as governed By reference (i) Carrier Planning Activity Shipyard Contracting Activity Special Major repairs TYCOM Ship’s Force ISEA inspector and SGPI

p. 348

COMUSFLTFORCOMINST 4790.3 REV D CHG 3 07 Nov 2023 IV-27I-1 APPENDIX I APPENDIX I SAMPLE REBOILER INSPECTION RBO DISCREPANCIES RESCISSION MESSAGE FROM RMC// TO USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO)// INFO/COMNAVAIRPAC SAN DIEGO CA/COMNAVAIRLANT NORFOLK VA (AS APPLICABLE)// USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NO.// NAVSURFWARCENDIV PHILADELPHIA PA// PEO CARRIERS WASHINGTON DC// COMNAVSEASYSCOM WASHINGTON DC/05Z25// BT //SUBJ/USS (SHIPS NAME AND HULL NUMBER) REBOILER NUMBER ( ) REPAIR BEFORE OPERATE (RBO) RESCISSION// REF/A/ (ORIGINATING RBO MESSAGE DTG)// REF/B/CON/SHIP NAME//DDMMMYYYY NARR/REF A ADDRESSES RBO DISCREPANCIES FOUND DURING REBOILER ROUTINE OR STRENGTH AND INTEGRITY (AS APPROPRIATE) INSPECTIONS CONDUCTED ON (DATE)// REF B IS BTWN (SHIP ENGINEER OFFICER) AND RMC SGPI RATE NAME DISCUSSING RBO DISCREPANCIES CORRECTION.// RMKS/1. REF A RESTRICTIONS RESCINDED BASED UPON RE-INSPECTION. THIS MESSAGE CONFIRMS REF B. 2. FOR FURTHER INFO, CONTACT UNCLASSIFIED E-MAIL (SENIOR INSPECTOR).// BT

NOTE: ENSURE MESSAGES ARE FOLL OWING CURRENT MESSAGE FORMAT AND CURRENT PLAD IS UTILIZED.

· 2/4